برای دانلود هر کتابی که نیاز دارید ، کافیست مشخصات ان را به ایمیل Ebook سایت ایمیل بفرمایید. توضیحات بیشتر در : دانلود Ebook
برخی از کتابهایی که قابل تهیه است در لیست زیر مشاهده می کنید. برای سفارش این کتب ایمیل بزنید.
Downing, T. (1996). The Mexican Earth. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Originally published: New York : Doubleday, Doran & Co., 1940. With new foreword.
Downs, A. (1995). Corporate Executions : The Ugly Truth About Layoffs–how Corporate Greed Is Shattering Lives, Companies, and Communities. New York, AMACOM.
Downs, A. (1997). Beyond the Looking Glass : Overcoming the Seductive Culture of Corporate Narcissism. New York, AMACOM.
Downs, A. (2000). The Fearless Executive : Finding the Courage to Trust Your Talents and Be the Leader You Are Meant to Be. New York, AMACOM.
Downs, A. and I. Brookings (1992). Stuck in Traffic : Coping with Peak-hour Traffic Congestion. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Downs, J. M. (1997). The Golden Ghetto : The American Commercial Community at Canton and the Shaping of American China Policy, 1784-1844. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.
Dowty, A. (1998). The Jewish State : A Century Later, Updated With a New Preface. Berkeley, University of California Press.
As the fiftieth anniversary of Israeli statehood approaches, along with the commemoration of the hundredth anniversary of the World Zionist Organization, the question of what is meant by a’Jewish’state is particularly timely. Alan Dowty takes on that question in a book that is admirable for its clarity and its comprehensive interpretation of the historical roots and contemporary functioning of Israel.Israeli nationhood, democracy, and politics did not unfold in a social or political vacuum, but developed from power-sharing practices in pre-state Jewish communities in Palestine and in Eastern Europe. Dowty elucidates the broad cluster of cultural, historical, and ideological tenets which came to comprise Israel’s contemporary political system. He demonstrates that such tenets were not arbitrary but in fact developed logically from Jewish political habits and the circumstances of time. Dowty illustrates how these traditions are balanced with those of ideology and modernization, and he provides an integrated, sophisticated analysis of the Israeli nation’s formation and present state.Dowty also proposes thoughtful answers to puzzles regarding the strengths and weaknesses of Israeli democracy in responding to the challenges of communal divisions, religious contention, the country’s non-Jewish minority, and accommodation with the Palestinians. The Jewish State will be invaluable for anyone looking for that one book that gives an intelligent overview of both Israel today and of its origins.
Doyle, A. C. The Adventures of Gerard. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. The Case Book of Sherlock Holmes. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. His Last Bow. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. The Hound of the Baskervilles. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. The Lost World. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. The Memoirs of Sherlock Holmes. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. The Poison Belt. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. The Ring of Thoth, and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. Round the Red Lamp. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. Sign of Four. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. The Stark Munro Letters. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. A Study in Scarlet. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. Tales of Terror and Mystery. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. Through the Magic Door. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. Valley of Fear. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. The Vital Message. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. (1999). The Return of Sherlock Holmes. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1995). The Adventure of Silver Blaze. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). Beyond the City. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The Captain of the Polestar and Other Tales. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The New Revelation. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The Parasite. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). Round the Red Lamp. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The Vital Message. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1996). The White Company. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1997). Living English Poets : A. Conan Doyle. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, A. C. and V. University of (1998). The Lost World. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Doyle, M. E., et al. (2000). Food Safety 1994. New York, CRC Press.
Doyle, M. E., et al. (2000). Food Safety 1995. New York, CRC Press.
Includes Part I–Diet and Health, Part II–Safety of Food Components, Part III–Foodborne Microbial Illness.
Drachman, E. R., et al. (1997). Presidents and Foreign Policy : Countdown to Ten Controversial Decisions. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Drago, H. S. (1998). Outlaws on Horseback : The History of the Organized Bands of Bank and Train Robbers Who Terrorized the Prairie Towns of Missouri, Kansas, Indian Territory, and Oklahoma for Half a Century. Lincoln, Bison Books.
Outlaws on Horseback concentrates on the long, unbroken chain of crime that began in the late 1850s with the Missouri-Kansas border warfare and ended in Arkansas in 1921 with the killing of Henry Starr, the last of the authentic desperadoes. Harry Sinclair Drago shows links among the men and women who terrorized the Midwest while he squelches the most outlandish tales about them. The guerrilla warfare led by the evil William Quantrill was training for Frank and Jesse James and Cole and Jim Younger. Drago puts their bloody careers in perspective and tracks down the truth about Belle Starr the Bandit Queen, Cherokee Bill, Rose of the Cimarron, and the gangs, including the Daltons and Doolins, that infested the Oklahoma hills. The action moves from the sacking of Lawrence to the raid on Northfield to the shootout at Coffeyville.
Draimin, B. H. (1994). Drugs and AIDS. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Draimin, B. H. (1994). Everything You Need to Know When a Parent Has AIDS. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Drake, J. D. (1997). The Perfect Interview : How to Get the Job You Really Want. New York, AMACOM.
Drake, J. R. The Culprit Fay and Other Poems. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Drake, S. M. and J. C. McLeary (1999). The Pocket Idiot’s Guide to the Portable Office. New York, Alpha Books.
Draper, J. W. History of the Conflict Between Religion and Science. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Drasgow, F. and J. Olson-Buchanan (1999). Innovations in Computerized Assessment. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.
Computerized assessment offers many opportunities for innovations in measurement. In contrast to static paper-and-pencil instruments, computerized assessment can capitalize on the dynamic capabilities of the computer. For example, the difficulty of administered items can be adopted to the ability of the examinee, thus eliminating items that are too hard or too easy. Multimedia computers provide the opportunity to revolutionize assessment. Stereo sound, animation, and full-motion video can be incorporated into assessment tools and aid in the measurement of individual differences ranging from musical skills to interpersonal abilities. Innovations in Computerized Assessment presents the experiences of leading researchers in computerized assessment. The book places particular emphasis on the dilemmas that were faced by the researchers. Questions addressed include: • What problems did they confront? • What were the pros and cons of various options? • How were dilemmas resolved? • Were the solutions good ones?
Drazen, J. M., et al. (1998). Five-lipoxygenase Products in Asthma. New York, CRC Press.
Five-Lipoxygenase Products in Asthma offers an authoritative examination of the biochemistry, basic pharmacology, and clinical pharmacology of the leukotrienes with special emphasis on their role in asthma. A critical reference for every asthma researcher and clinician, Five-Lipoxygenase Products in Asthmahighlights agents and products of the 5-LO pathway and its relationship to other pathways explores the enzymology of the 5-LO pathway with focus on leukotriene transport, degradation, and excretion details the role of protein identification in the 5-LO pathway describes human cell types that produce leukotrienes and their activation outlines pharmacological and binding study evidence for leukotriene receptors discusses the recovery of leukotrienes in lung disease analyzes leukotriene receptor antagonists and synthesis inhibitors by specific agent provides a by entity summary of individual drug information in exercise-induced, allergen-induced, aspirin-induced, and chronic stable asthma profiles the use of agents active on the 5-LO pathway in asthma treatment and more! With complete discussions of the recovery of leukotrienes in induced and spontaneous asthma and other conditions, Five-Lipoxygenase Products in Asthma, will benefit pulmonologists and pulmonary disease specialists; clinical allergists; internists; chest, intensive care, primary care, and family practice physicians; respiratory therapists; physiologists; pathologists; cell and molecular biologists; and graduate and medical school students in these disciplines.
Dreifort, J. E. (1991). Myopic Grandeur : The Ambivalence of French Foreign Policy Toward the Far East, 1919-1945. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.
General Charles de Gaulle once said, France cannot be France without greatness. France’s effort to maintain its presence as a great world power is the subject of Myopic Grandeur, the first major study of French foreign policy initiatives in the Far East from World War I until the conclusion of World War II. France emerged from World War I as the dominant power in Europe and one of the great imperial powers of the world, yet policymakers there faced a dramatic disparity between its great power aspirations and decreasing resources. The challenges presented by German, Italian, and Japanese expansion caused France to resort to diplomatic maneuvering to defend its substantial interests in the Far East and salvage its status as a major player in the region. In their attempt to reduce growing tensions in the Far East, French policymakers vainly sought support from potential allies: the isolationist United States was unconvinced of a Japanese threat, and Britain’s frequently contradictory actions and vacillating policies further complicated the situation. Despite French initiatives, the handling of the Far Eastern situation prior to World War II was characterized by a lack of coordination and missed opportunities. Based upon extensive multi-archival research, John Dreifort provides clear evidence that France was not as pro-appeasement toward the Japanese as conventionally thought, and that French policymakers frequently had clearer insight into the dangers and opportunities which exited in the Far East than did statesmen of other major Western powers in the area.
Dreiser, T. Sister Carrie. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dreiser, T. (1999). The Financier. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dreiser, T. and T. D. Nostwich (1991). Newspaper Days. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Dreiser, T., et al. (1996). Dreiser’s Russian Diary. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Dreiser, T. and V. University of (1996). Ida Hauchawout. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dreiser, T. and J. L. W. West (1992). Jennie Gerhardt. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Jennie Gerhardt was Theodore Dreiser’s second novel and his first true commercial success. Today it is generally regarded as one of his three best novels, along with Sister Carrie and An American Tragedy. But the text of Jennie Gerhardt heretofore known to readers is quite different from the text as Dreiser originally wrote it. In the tradition of the University of Pennsylvania Dreiser Edition, James L.W. West III has recaptured the text as it was originally written, restoring it to its complete, unexpurgated form. As submitted to Harper and Brothers in 1911, Jennie Gerhardt was a powerful study of a woman tragically compromised by birth and fate. Harpers agreed to publish the book but was nervous about its subject matter and moral stance. Jennie has an illegitimate child by one man and lives out of wedlock with another – but Dreiser does not condemn her for her behavior. As a requirement for publication, Harpers insisted on cutting and revising the text. Although Dreiser fought against many of the cuts and succeeded in restoring some material, Harpers shortened the text by 16,000 words and completely revised its style and tone. These changes ultimately transformed Jennie Gerhardt from a blunt, carefully documented work of social realism to a touching love story merely set against a social background. Passages critical of organized religion and of the institution of marriage were reduced and altered. Perhaps most important, Jennie’s point of view – her innate romantic mysticism – was largely edited out of the text. As a consequence, the central dialectic of the novel was skewed and the narrative thrown out of balance.
Dressler, W. W. (1991). Stress and Adaptation in the Context of Culture : Depression in a Southern Black Community. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Dressman, J. B. and H. Lennernèas (2000). Oral Drug Absorption : Prediction and Assessment. New York, CRC Press.
A practical, hands-on guide for successfully developing oral drug products, this comprehensive reference runs the gamut from theoretical stages of computer-based calculations to practical guidelines for establishing in vitro/in vivo correlations. Coverage details the interrelationship between the physiology of the gastrointestinal tract and oral drug formulations and absorption, and progresses to the latest applications of pharmacokinetic analysis. Includes chapters by the innovators of the Biopharmaceutical Classification Scheme (BCS), human perfusions, and biorelevant dissolution testing!With over 600 literature references, equations, drawings, and photographs, Oral Drug Absorptionoffers multiple methods for predicting permeability, solubility, and dissolution for oral bioavailability and bioequivalence facilitates selection of appropriate drug candidates for development fully elaborates on the experimental and data analysis techniques of in vitro/in vivo correlations provides guidance to the Federal Drug Administration’s BCS and its applications appends helpful case studies to the concepts discussed and much more!Contributions by more than 20 international specialists on the latest research make Oral Drug Absorption an invaluable tool and useful reference in the hands of pharmaceutical scientists, medicinal chemists, pharmacists, pharmacologists, toxicologists, biochemists, gastroenterologists, regulatory personnel, and graduate school students in these disciplines.
Dretske, F. I. (1995). Naturalizing the Mind. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
How can the baffling problems of phenomenal experience be accounted for? In this provocative book, Fred Dretske argues that to achieve an understanding of the mind it is not enough to understand the biological machinery by means of which the mind does its job. One must understand what the mind’s job is and how this task can be performed by a physical system—the nervous system.Naturalizing the Mind skillfully develops a representational theory of the qualitative, the phenomenal, the what-it-is-like aspects of the mind that have defied traditional forms of naturalism. Central to Dretske’s approach is the claim that the phenomenal aspects of perceptual experiences are one and the same as external, real-world properties that experience represents objects as having. Combined with an evolutionary account of sensory representation, the result is a completely naturalistic account of phenomenal consciousness.
Drew, B. A. (1997). 100 Most Popular Young Adult Authors, The: Biographical Sketches and Bibliographies : Biographical Sketches and Bibliographies, Revised Edition. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
The book focuses on individuals writing in the’90s, but also includes 12 classic authors (e.g., Mark Twain, Louisa May Alcott, J.R.R. Tolkien) who are still widely read by teens. It also covers some authors known primarily for adult literature (e.g., Stephen King) and some who write mainly for middle readers but are also popular among young adults (e.g., Betsy Byars). An affordable alternative to multivolume publications, this book makes a great collection development tool and resource for author studies. It will also help readers find other books by and about their favorite writers.
Drew, D. M., et al. (2006). Making Twenty-first-century Strategy : An Introduction to Modern National Security Processes and Problems. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.
‘This new work defines national security strategy, its objectives, the problems it confronts, and the influences that constrain and facilitate its development and implementation in a post-Cold War, post-9/11 environment. The authors note that making and implementing national strategy centers on risk management and present a model for assessing strategic risks and the process for allocating limited resources to reduce them. The major threats facing the United States now come from its unique status as’the sole remaining superpower’against which no nation-state or other entity can hope to compete through conventional means. The alternative is what is now called asymmetrical or fourth generation warfare. Drew and Snow discuss all these factors in detail and bring them together by examining the continuing problems of making strategy in a changed and changing world.’–AU Press web site.
Drew, E. P., et al. (1994). Information Technology in Selected Countries : Reports From Ireland, Ethiopia, Nigeria, and Tanzania. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.
‘United Nations sales no.: E93.III.A.2’–T.p. verso.
Dreyer, F. A. (1999). The Genesis of Methodism. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.
Dreyfus, G. B. J. (1997). Recognizing Reality : Dharmakåirti’s Philosophy and Its Tibetan Interpretations. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Driesbach, J. T., et al. (1998). Art of the Gold Rush : (Published in Association with the Oakland Museum of California and the Crocker Art Museum, Sacramento). Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
The California Gold Rush captured the get-rich dreams of people around the world more completely than almost any event in American history. This catalog, published in celebration of the sesquicentennial of the 1848 discovery of gold at Sutter’s Mill, shows the vitality of the arts in the Golden State during the latter nineteenth century and documents the dramatic impact of the Gold Rush on the American imagination.Among the throngs of gold-seekers in California were artists, many self-taught, others formally trained, and their arrival produced an outpouring of artistic works that provide insights into Gold Rush events, personages, and attitudes. The best-known painting of the Gold Rush era, C.C. Nahl’s Sunday Morning in the Mines (1872), was created nearly two decades after gold fever had subsided. By then the Gold Rush’s mythic qualities were well established, and new allegories—particularly the American belief in the rewards of hard work and enterprise—can be seen on Nahl’s canvas. Other works added to the image of California as a destination for ambitious dreamers, an image that prevails to this day. In bringing together a range of art and archival material such as artists’diaries and contemporary newspaper articles, The Art of the Gold Rush broadens our understanding of American culture during a memorable period in the nation’s history.
Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). A Lesson to My Ghost. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). Portia’s Housekeeping. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). The Toll-gate House. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drinkwater, J. and V. University of (1997). Two Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drinnon, R. (1997). Facing West : The Metaphysics of Indian-hating and Empire-building. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Originally published: Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press, c1980.
Driscoll, J. (1992). Wanting Only to Be Heard. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Driscoll, M. (1998). Web-based Training : Using Technology to Design Adult Learning Experiences. San Francisco, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Driscoll, M. J., et al. (1998). Learning About Assessment, Learning Through Assessment. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
‘Mathematical Sciences Education Board, Center for Science, Mathematics, and Engineering Education.’
Driver, H. (1997). The Birth of Military Aviation : Britain, 1903-1914. Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.
A mine of information, drawing on an impressive range of archives. It will become an important point of reference. ENGLISH HISTORICAL REVIEW This book aims to demonstrate how the crisis evident in British military aviation in the early years of the First World War was inherent in the entire development of aviation in the years preceding the conflict. After outlining the work of the early pioneers and the growth of an aviation industry as a branch of armaments, Dr Driver considers the objectives of the War Office in increasingly seeking to divert design development to their researchestablishment at Farnborough. He shows how the resultant virtual state monopoly in design and procurement had disastrous consequences for aircraft innovation and development, suffocating both competition and initiative, and leading to the maintenance of inadequate aircraft by the Royal Flying Corps following the outbreak of war. The continuing dispute and its culmination in the’Fokker Scourge’controversy of 1915-1916 graphically characterise the strained development of military-industrial relations in this area. Dr HUGH DRIVER gained an MA in War Studies from King’s College London,and a D.Phil in modern history at Oriel College, Oxford.
Drobizheva, L. M. (1998). Ethnic Conflict in the Post-Soviet World : Case Studies and Analysis. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.
Presents 16 case studies of ethnic conflict in the post-Soviet world. The book places ethnic conflict in the context of imperial collapse, democratization and state building.
Drohan, M. I. (1998). Weight-loss Programs : Weighing the Risks and Realities. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Discusses the relationship between health and diet and examines a variety of commercial weight-loss programs and the health risks that they pose to their members.
Drohan, M. I. (1999). Floods. New York, PowerKids Press.
Examines the nature, origins, and dangers of floods and discusses how to prevent them and protect against them.
Drohan, M. I. (1999). Tsunamis : Killer Waves. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes tsunamis, where they occur, what causes them, and what can be done to protect people from them.
Drone, J. M. (1998). Musical Theater Synopses : An Index. Lanham, Md, Scarecrow Press.
Dronke, P. (1968). Medieval Latin and the Rise of European Love-lyric. Oxford, Clarendon Press.
Drooker, P. B. (1992). Mississippian Village Textiles at Wickliffe. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.
Because textiles rarely are preserved in the archaeological record outside of deserts and permafrost areas, in many regions of the world very little is known about their characteristics, functions, production technology, or socioeconomic importance. While this fact is also true of organic fabrics produced during the Mississippian period in southeastern North Anerica, a wide variety of Mississippian textiles has been preserved in the form of impressions on large pottery vessels. From attribute analysis of 1,574 fabrics impressed on Wickliffe pottery sherds and comparison of the impressions with extant Mississippian textile artifacts, Drooker presents the first comparative analysis of these materials and the most inclusive available summary of information on Mississippian textiles.
Drozdov, A. D. (1998). Mechanics of Viscoelastic Solids. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Drucker, P. F. (1998). Peter Drucker on the Profession of Management. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.
A collection of articles published in the Harvard Business Review from 1950-1995.
Druckman, D., et al. (1994). Learning, Remembering, Believing : Enhancing Human Performance. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Can such techniques as sleep learning and hypnosis improve performance? Do we sometimes confuse familiarity with mastery? Can we learn without making mistakes? These questions apply in the classroom, in the military, and on the assembly line. Learning, Remembering, Believing addresses these and other key issues in learning and performance. The volume presents leading-edge theories and findings from a wide range of research settings: from pilots learning to fly to children learning about physics by throwing beanbags. Common folklore is explored, and promising research directions are identified. The authors also continue themes from their first two volumes: Enhancing Human Performance (1988) and In the Mind’s Eye (1991). The result is a thorough and readable review of Learning and remembering. The volume evaluates the effects of subjective experience on learning–why we often overestimate what we know, why we may not need a close match between training settings and real-world tasks, and why we experience such phenomena as illusory remembering and unconscious plagiarism. Learning and performing in teams. The authors discuss cooperative learning in different age groups and contexts. Current views on team performance are presented, including how team-learning processes can be improved and whether team-building interventions are effective. Mental and emotional states. This is a critical review of the evidence that learning is affected by state of mind. Topics include hypnosis, meditation, sleep learning, restricted environmental stimulation, and self-confidence and the self-efficacy theory of learning. New directions. The volume looks at two new ideas for improving performance: emotions induced by another person–socially induced affect–and strategies for controlling one’s thoughts. The committee also considers factors inherent in organizations–workplaces, educational facilities, and the military–that affect whether and how they implement training programs. Learning, Remembering, Believing offers an understanding of human learning that will be useful to training specialists, psychologists, educators, managers, and individuals interested in all dimensions of human performance.
Druckman, D., et al. (1997). Enhancing Organizational Performance. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
‘Committee on Techniques for the Enhancement of Human Performance, Commission on Behavioral and Social Sciences and Education, National Research Council.’
Druckrey, T. (1999). Ars Electronica : Facing the Future: a Survey of Two Decades. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Description based on print version record.
Drum, D. E. (1999). The Chronic Pain Management Sourcebook. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.
Drummond, G. D. (1982). The German Social Democrats in Opposition, 1949-1960 : The Case Against Rearmament. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Drummond, H. Baxter’s Second Innings. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. The Greatest Thing in the World : And Other Addresses. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. A Life for a Life and Other Addresses. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. The Lowell Lectures on the Ascent of Man. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. The Monkey That Would Not Kill. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. Natural Law in the Spiritual World. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. The New Evangelism : And Other Papers. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H. Stones Rolled Away and Other Addresses to Young Men. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Drummond, H., et al. The Ideal Life. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dryden, C. W. (1997). A-Train : Memoirs of a Tuskegee Airman. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.
A-Train is the story of one of the black Americans who, during World War II, graduated from Tuskegee (AL) Flying School and served as a pilot in the Army Air Corps’99th Pursuit Squadron. Charles W. Dryden presents a fast-paced, balanced, and personal account of what it was like to prepare for a career traditionally closed to African Americans, how he coped with the frustrations and dangers of combat, and how he, along with many fellow black pilots, navigators, bombardiers, and crewmen, emerged with a magnificent war record. Under the command of Colonel Benjamin O. Davis Jr., the Tuskegee airmen fought over North Africa, Sicily, and Europe, escorting American bomber crews who respected their’no-losses’record. Some were shot down, many of them were killed or captured by the enemy, and several won medals of valor and honor. But the airmen still faced great barriers of racial prejudice in the armed forces and at home. As a member of that elite group of young pilots who fought for their country overseas while being denied civil liberties at home, Dryden presents an eloquent story that will touch each and every reader.
Dryden, I. L. and K. V. Mardia (1998). Statistical Shape Analysis. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
This text deals primarily with the analysis of point set data to describe an object’s shape. It discusses the theory behind the statistical analysis of shape and examines how it can be applied to a broad variety of subjects.
Dryden, J. All for Love. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dryden, J. Poems of John Dryden. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dryden, W. (1998). Developing Self-acceptance : A Brief, Educational, Small Group Approach. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Drysdale, D. (1999). An Introduction to Fire Dynamics. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
D’Silva, E. H., et al. (1992). Poverty Alleviation Through Agricultural Projects : Report on a Seminar Held Jointly by the Asian Development Bank, the Centre on Integrated Rural Development for Asia and the Pacific, and the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Du Bois, W. E. B. The Souls of Black Folk. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and H. Aptheker (1973). The Correspondence of W. E. B. Du Bois. [Amherst], University of Massachusetts Press.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and J. D. Smith (1997). John Brown : A Biography. London, Routledge.
First published in 1909, W.E.B. Du Bois’s biography of abolitionist John Brown is a literary and historical classic. With a rare combination of scholarship and passion, Du Bois defends Brown against all detractors who saw him as a fanatic, fiend, or traitor. Brown emerges as a rich personality, fully understandable as an unusual leader with a deeply religious outlook and a devotion to the cause of freedom for the slave.This new edition is enriched with an introduction by John David Smith and with supporting documents relating to Du Bois’s correspondence with his publisher.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). The Freedmen’s Bureau. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). A Negro Schoolmaster in the New South. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). Of the Training of Black Men. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). The Souls of Black Folk : Essays and Sketches. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Du Bois, W. E. B. and V. University of (1996). Strivings of the Negro People. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Duane, D. C. and J. Boessenecker (1999). Against the Vigilantes : The Recollections of Dutch Charley Duane. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Duarte, D. L. and N. T. Snyder (1999). Mastering Virtual Teams : Strategies, Tools, and Techniques That Succeed. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Dube, L. (1997). Women and Kinship : Comparative Perspectives on Gender in South and South-East Asia. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.
Dube, S. (1998). Untouchable Pasts : Religion, Identity, and Power Among a Central Indian Community, 1780-1950. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Dubin, L. C. (1999). The Port Jews of Habsburg Trieste : Absolutist Politics and Enlightenment Culture. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.
Dubofsky, M. (1994). The State & Labor in Modern America. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
In this important new book, Melvyn Dubofsky traces the relationship between the American labor movement and the federal government from the 1870s until the present. His is the only book to focus specifically on the’labor question’as a lens through which to view more clearly the basic political, economic, and social forces that have divided citizens throughout the industrial era. Many scholars contend that the state has acted to suppress trade union autonomy and democracy, as well as rank-and-file militancy, in the interest of social stability and conclude that the law has rendered unions the servants of capital and the state. In contrast, Dubofsky argues that the relationship between the state and labor is far more complex and that workers and their unions have gained from positive state intervention at particular junctures in American history. He focuses on six such periods when, in varying combinations, popular politics, administrative policy formation, and union influence on the legislative and executive branches operated to promote stability by furthering the interests of workers and their organizations.
DuBose, E. and L. DuBose (1993). Cyrano De Bergerac : Notes. Including Introduction and Life of Rostand, List of Characters, Synopsis of the Play, Summaries and Commentaries, Character Analyses and Critical Commentaries, Review Questions and Essay Topics, Bibliography. Lincoln, NB, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
DuBrin, A. J. (1995). The Breakthrough Team Player : Becoming the M.V.P. On Your Workplace Team. New York, AMACOM.
DuBrin, A. J. (1997). Personal Magnetism : Discover Your Own Charisma and Learn to Charm, Inspire, and Influence Others. New York, AMACOM.
DuBrin, A. J. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Leadership. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Ducharme, D. F. (1998). The Treasure in the Tiny Blue Tin. Ft. Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.
In the early 1900s in Texas, a twelve-year-old Jewish immigrant runs away to search for his father who he fears is sick, and he is joined on his dangerous journey by a prejudiced country boy.
Duck, F. A., et al. (1998). Ultrasound in Medicine. Bristol, CRC Press.
Ultrasound in Medicine is a broad-ranging study of medical ultrasound, including ultrasound propagation, interaction with tissue, and innovations in the application of ultrasound in medicine. The book focuses specifically on the science and technology-the underlying physics and engineering. It examines the most closely related aspects of these basic sciences in clinical application and reviews the success of technological innovations in improving medical diagnosis and treatment. The book bridges the gap between tutorial texts widely available for ultrasound and medical training and theoretical works on acoustics.
Duck, R. C. (1995). Finding Words for Worship : A Guide for Leaders. Louisville, Ky, Presbyterian Publishing Corporation.
Ruth Duck provides a much-needed how-to book for creating unique and creative worship resources, including prayers, hymns, and sermons. She presents methods and models for creating these new resources while remaining scripturally relevant and mindful of inclusive-language concerns. This is an invaluable guide for those involved in writing or evaluating worship services.
Dudley, D. L. (1991). My Father’s Shadow : Intergenerational Conflict in African American Men’s Autobiography. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Dudley, E. J. (1997). The Endless Text : Don Quixote and the Hermeneutics of Romance. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Dudley, W. C. and M. Lee (1998). Tsunami! Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.
Duetsch, L. L. (1998). Industry Studies. Armonk, NY, ME Sharpe, Inc.
Duff, C. S. (1999). Learning From Other Women : How to Benefit From the Knowledge, Wisdom, and Experience of Female Mentors. New York, AMACOM.
Duff, E. G. Spare Your Good : (T. Marshe London, 1555?). Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Duff Gordon, L. Letters From the Cape. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Duffield, S. W. and V. University of (1997). The Writings of George MacDonald. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Duffus, R. L. (1972). The Santa Fe Trail. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Dugan, M. and J. Boessenecker (1992). The Grey Fox : The True Story of Bill Miner, Last of the Old-time Bandits. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Duggan, A. (1997). Queens and Queenship in Medieval Europe : Proceedings of a Conference Held at King’s College London, April 1995. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.
The image, status and function of queens and empresses, regnant and consort, in kingdoms stretching from England to Jerusalem in the European middle ages, are here under scrutiny. The studies confrontmany of the central issues relating to women’s authority and power in medieval societies and raise questions about the perception of women rulers in contemporary records (and modern historical writing). Did queens exercise real or counterfeit power? Did the promotion of the cult of the Virgin enhance or restrict their sphere of action? Is it time to revise the early feminist view of women as victims? Important papers on Emma of England, Margaret of Scotland, coronation and burial ritual, Byzantine empresses and Scandinavian queens, among others, clearly indicate that a reassessment of `women’s work’and of the role of women in the world of medieval dynastic politics is under way. Contributors: JANOS BAK, GEORGE CONKLIN, PAUL CROSSLEY, VOLKER HONEMANN, STEINAR IMSEN, LIZ JAMES,KURT-ULRICH JASCHKE, SARAH LAMBERT, JANET L. NELSON, JOHN C. PARSONS, KAREN PRATT, DION SMYTHE, PAULINE STAFFORD, MARY STROLL, VALERIE WALL, ELIZABETH WARD, DIANA WEBB.
Dugger, E. L. (1998). Adventure Guide to New Hampshire. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.
Dugger, E. L. (1999). Adventure Guide to Massachusetts & Western Connecticut. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.
Duhamel, D. (1999). The Star-Spangled Banner. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
The Star-Spangled Banner, Denise Duhamel’s sixth book of poems, is about falling in love, American-style, with someone who is not American. In the title poem, a small American girl mishears the first line of’The Star-Spangled Banner’as’José, can you see?’, which leads her to imagine a foreign lover of an American woman dressed in a star-spangled gown. The misunderstandings caused by language recur throughout the book: contemplating what’yes’means in different cultures; watching Nickelodeon’s’Nick at Nite’with a husband who grew up in the Philippines and never saw The Patty Duke Show; misreading another poet’s title’The Difference Between Pepsi and Coke’as’The Difference Between Pepsi and Pope’and concluding that’Pepsi is all for premarital sex. / The Pope won’t stain your teeth.’Misunderstandings also abound as characters mingle with others from different classes. In’Cockroaches,’a father-in-law refers to budget-minded American college students backpacking in Europe as cockroaches, not realizing his daughter-in-law was once, not so long ago, such a student/roach herself. With welcome levity and refreshing irreverence, The Star-Spangled Banner addresses issues of ethnicity, class, and gender in America.
Duhaut-Cilly, A. B., et al. (1999). A Voyage to California, the Sandwich Islands, and Around the World in the Years 1826–۱۸۲۹. Berkeley, University of California Press.
While French sea captain Auguste Duhaut-Cilly may not have become wealthy from his around-the-world travels between 1826 and 1829, his trip has enriched historians interested in early nineteenth-century California. Because of a poor choice in goods to trade he found it necessary to spend nearly two years on the Alta and Baja California coasts before disposing of his cargo and returning to France. What was bad luck for Duhaut-Cilly was good luck for us, however, because he recorded his impressions of the region’s natural history and human populations in a diary. This translation of Duhaut-Cilly’s writing offers today’s readers a rare eyewitness account of the pastoral society that was Mexican California, including the missions at the height of their power.A veteran of the Napoleonic wars, Duhaut-Cilly was an educated man conversant in Spanish and English. He was also Catholic, which gave him special access to the California missions. Thus his diary allows the reader an insider’s view of the padres’lives, including their dealings with the military. Through his eyes we see the region’s indigenous people and how they were treated, and we’re privy to his commentary on the behavior of the Californios.This translation also contains Duhaut-Cilly’s account of the Sandwich Islands portion of his voyage and provides an authentic rendering of life at sea during the early nineteenth century. In the spirit of Richard Henry Dana’s Two Years before the Mast, Duhaut-Cilly’s reflections are a historical gem for anyone with a love of personal narratives and original accounts of the past.
Duina, F. G. (1999). Harmonizing Europe : Nation-states Within the Common Market. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Duke, D. L. (1995). The School That Refused to Die : Continuity and Change at Thomas Jefferson High School. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Duke dos Santos, M. I. and P. De la Fuente (1995). Sabine R. Ulibarrâi : Critical Essays. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Duke, P. G. and M. Wilson (1995). Beyond Subsistence : Plains Archaeology and the Postprocessual Critique. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.
This volume presents a series of essays, written by Plains scholars of diverse research interests and backgrounds, that apply postprocessual approaches to the solution of current problems in Plains archaeology. Postprocessual archaeology is seen as a potential vehicle for integrating culture-historical, processual, and postmodernist approaches to solve specific archaeological problems. The contributors address specific interpretive problems in all the major regions of the North American Plains, investigate different Plains societies (including hunter-gatherers and farmers and their associated archaeological records), and examine the political content of archaeology in such fields as gender studies and cultural resource management. They avoid a programmatic adherence to a single paradigm, arguing instead that a mature archaeology will use different theories, methods, and techniques to solve specific empirical problems. By avoiding excessive infatuation with the correct scientific method, this volume addresses questions that have often been categorized as beyond archaeological investigations. Contributors inlcude: Philip Duke, Michael C. Wilson, Alice B. Kehoe, Larry J. Zimmerman, Mary K. Whelan, Patricia J. O’Brien, Monica Bargielski Weimer, David W. Benn, Richard A. Krause, James F. Brooks, Neil A. Mirau, Miranda Warburton, Melissa A. Connor, and Ian Hodder
Dulaney, S. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Single Parenting. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Dulles, J. W. F. (1980). President Castello Branco, Brazilian Reformer. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.
Dumanski, J., et al. (1998). Indicators of Land Quality and Sustainable Land Management : An Annotated Bibliography. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
‘A joint publication of the World Bank and Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada.’
Dumas, A. The Black Tulip. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dumas, A. Camille (la Dame Aux Camilias). Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dumas, A. Ten Years Later. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dumas, A. The Three Musketeers. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dumas, A. (1999). The Count of Monte Cristo. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dumas, A. (1999). Twenty Years After. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dumont, T. Q. and V. University of (1996). The Power of Concentration. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dunaway, D. K. (1998). Aldous Huxley Recollected : An Oral History. Walnut Creek, CA, AltaMira Press.
Best-selling author Aldous Huxley’s American years have been a period literary historians discounted. His reputation suffered after his exile to California, which he undertook partly for the sake of his failing sight, partly out of disappointment with the European peace movement, and partly in search of new spiritual direction. With his move to California, Huxley became part of Hollywood’s Golden Age, working alongside such noted figures as Charlie Chaplin, Greta Garbo, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Bertolt Brecht and Christopher Isherwood. During this time Huxley published nineteen books. His writing and life underwent many transformations, and many crucial unanswered questions remained about his sojourn. Were the writings of the American years as self-indulgent as critics claimed? How did cinematic conventions influence his art? Did he ever reach that unitary mystical experience he sought throughout the last decades of his life? Prominent oral historian and biographer David Dunaway responds to these questions, using interviews with co-workers, family, and friends and an analysis of Huxley’s FBI files and little-known scripts for’Jane Eyre’and’Pride and Prejudice,’to provide us with intimate glimpses into Huxley’s development as an author and a man. For the oral and literary historian, an extended introduction and appendix describe in detail the methods, processes, and challenges of doing oral literary history research.
Dunaway, W. A. (1996). The First American Frontier : Transition to Capitalism in Southern Appalachia, 1700-1860. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
In The First American Frontier, Wilma Dunaway challenges many assumptions about the development of preindustrial Southern Appalachia’s society and economy. Drawing on data from 215 counties in nine states from 1700 to 1860, she argues that capitalist exchange and production came to the region much earlier than has been previously thought. Her innovative book is the first regional history of antebellum Southern Appalachia and the first study to apply world-systems theory to the development of the American frontier. Dunaway demonstrates that Europeans established significant trade relations with Native Americans in the southern mountains and thereby incorporated the region into the world economy as early as the seventeenth century. In addition to the much-studied fur trade, she explores various other forces of change, including government policy, absentee speculation in the region’s natural resources, the emergence of towns, and the influence of local elites. Contrary to the myth of a homogeneous society composed mainly of subsistence homesteaders, Dunaway finds that many Appalachian landowners generated market surpluses by exploiting a large landless labor force, including slaves. In delineating these complexities of economy and labor in the region, Dunaway provides a perceptive critique of Appalachian exceptionalism and development.
Dunay, R. E. and E. A. Hailwood (1995). Non-biostratigraphical Methods of Dating and Correlation. London, Geological Society of London.
Dunbabin, T. J. (1968). The Western Greeks : The History of Sicily and South Italy From the Foundation of the Greek Colonies to 480 B.C. Oxford, Clarendon P.
‘An early version of this book was in 1937 submitted to All Souls College for examination for fellowship by thesis.’
Dunbar, P. L. and V. University of (1996). Mr. Cornelius Johnson, Office-seeker. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dunbar-Nelson, A. M. The Goodness of St. Rocque and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dunbar-Nelson, A. M. and V. University of (1996). Edouard. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dunbar-Nelson, A. M. and V. University of (1996). Lesie, the Choir Boy. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Duncan, G. T., et al. (1993). Private Lives and Public Policies : Confidentiality and Accessibility of Government Statistics. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Duncan, M. G. (1996). Romantic Outlaws, Beloved Prisons : The Unconscious Meanings of Crime and Punishment. New York, NYU Press.
An ex-convict struggles with his addictive yearning for prison. A law-abiding citizen broods over his pleasure in violent, illegal acts. A prison warden loses his job because he is so successful in rehabilitating criminals. These are but a few of the intriguing stories Martha Grace Duncan examines in her bold, interdisciplinary book Romantic Outlaws, Beloved Prisons. Duncan writes:’This is a book about paradoxes and mingled yarns – about the bright sides of dark events, the silver linings of sable clouds.’She portrays upright citizens who harbor a strange liking for criminal deeds, and criminals who conceive of prison in positive terms: as a nurturing mother, an academy, a matrix of spiritual rebirth, or a refuge from life’s trivia. In developing her unique vision, Duncan draws on literature, history, psychoanalysis, and law. Her work reveals a nonutopian world in which criminals and non-criminals–while injuring each other in obvious ways–nonetheless live together in a symbiotic as well as an adversarial relationship, needing each other, serving each other, enriching each other’s lives in profound and surprising fashion.
Duncan, S. J. The Pool in the Desert. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Duncan, W. L. (1994). Manufacturing 2000. New York, AMACOM.
Dundes, A. (1999). Holy Writ As Oral Lit : The Bible As Folklore. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
This book helps us resolve some of the mysteries and contradictions that evolved during the Bible’s pre-written legacy and that persist in the Great Book today. Most biblical scholars acknowledge that both the Old and New Testaments were orally transmitted for decades before appearing in written form. With great reverence for the Bible, Dundes offers a new and exciting way to understand its variant texts. He uses the analytical framework of folklore to unearth and contrast the multiple versions of nearly every major biblical event, including the creation of woman, the flood, the ten commandments (there were once as many as eleven or twelve), the names of the twelve tribes, the naming of the disciples, the Sermon on the Mount, the Lord’s Prayer, and the words inscribed on the Cross, among many others.
Dunham, K. and S. Michael (2000). Bigelow’s Virus Troubleshooting Pocket Reference. London, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Dunn, C. W. and J. D. Woodard (1996). The Conservative Tradition in America. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.
Dunn, D. D. (1997). Politics and Administration at the Top : Lessons From Down Under. Pittsburgh, Pa, University of Pittsburgh Press.
Winner of the 1998 Charles Levine Award for best book on administration and policyDunn focuses on two levers of power in modern democracies, the elected party politician and the professional state bureaucrat, using Australia as his example. Dunn uses interviews with Cabinet ministers, members of their staffs, and department heads of two governments in Australia to see how ministers seek to provide political direction to the bureaucracy. He examines the extent to which they succeed and how their direction is both influenced by and acted on by the departments. Dunn’s analysis provides a rare look at high-level relationships between politicians and executive departments in one democratic government and offers insights into issues of accountability and responsibility in democratic governments. His findings, based on his in-depth look at a government that blends many features of both U.S. and British governments, reveal the fundamentals that are necessary to make this key relationship work well and are thus pertinent to public administration in all democracies.
Dunn, G. H. (1994). Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Science : An Investment in the Future. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Panel chairman: Gordon H. Dunn.
Dunn, M. (2000). The Good Death Guide : Everything You Wanted to Know but Were Afraid to Ask. Oxford, How To Books, Ltd.
Dunn, R. H. and V. University of (1996). The Aeronauts. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dunn, R. S. and S. A. Griggs (1998). Learning Styles and the Nursing Profession. New York, N.Y., Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Dunn, W. J. (1988). Pacific Microphone. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.
Dunne, M. (1992). Metapop : Self-referentiality in Contemporary American Popular Culture. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.
Dunne, M. (1995). Hawthorne’s Narrative Strategies. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.
Dunne, P. (2000). Director’s Dilemma : Tales From the Frontline. London, Kogan Page.
Dunne, T. and C. National Research (1998). Hydrologic Sciences : Taking Stock and Looking Ahead. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Hydrologic science, an important, interdisciplinary science dealing with the occurrence, distribution, and properties of water on Earth, is key to understanding and resolving many contemporary, large-scale environmental issues. The Water Science and Technology Board used the opportunity of its 1997 Abel Wolman Distinguished Lecture to assess the vitality of the hydrologic sciences by the hydrologic community. The format included focus by lecturer Thomas Dunne on the intellectual vitality of the hydrologic sciences, followed by a symposium featuring several invited papers and discussions. Hydrologic Sciences is a compilation of the Wolman Lecture and the papers, preceded by a summarizing overview. The volume stresses a number of needs for furtherance of hydrologic science, including development of a coherent body of transferable theory and an intellectual center for the science, communication across multiple geo- and environmental science disciplines, appropriate measurements and observations, and provision of central guidance for the field.
Dunning, J. H. and K. A. Hamdani (1997). The New Globalism and Developing Countries. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.
Dunning, R. (1994). French for Communication, 1979-1990. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.
Dunning, R. (1997). Cric Crac! : Teaching and Learning French Through Story-telling. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.
Dunsany, E. J. M. D. P. If. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dunsmore, R. (1997). Earth’s Mind : Essays in Native Literature. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Dupagne, M. and P. B. Seel (1998). High-definition Television : A Global Perspective. Ames, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
DuPont, R. L. (2000). The Selfish Brain : Learning From Addiction. Center City, Minn, Hazelden.
Originally published : Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press, Inc., 1997.
DuPrâe, A. (1998). Humor and the Healing Arts : A Multimethod Analysis of Humor Use in Health Care. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
Offering a social scientific look at humor’s role in medical transactions, this volume is based on extensive field study in seven medical settings. It includes excerpts from dozens of actual conversations between patients and caregivers. Analysis of these episodes reveals that humor is a practical tool used to meet many medical objectives. It is used by patients to good-naturedly complain and to campaign for more personal attention, and by caregivers to get attention, make amends, insist on unpleasant routines, and establish rapport. Examining humor from many angles, the book begins with a phenomenological analysis of the essence of funny. This section describes what makes some things funny but not others, and how to distinguish between potentially funny and unfunny episodes in medical situations. From an ethnographic perspective, joking around is shown to be a persuasive element of medical culture. Examples illustrate how patients and caregivers use humor to negotiate the dialectics between helping and hurting, and individuality and compliance. Additionally, a close-up look at three medical transactions shows how humor is used to help a physical therapy patient overcome fear and queasiness, reduce the embarrassment of a mammography, and defuse a potential conflict between a student aide and a young patient. A final section examines techniques for initiating conversational humor. In sum, this volume provides an intimate and realistic look at medical conversations as they are conducted every day. It serves as a valuable complement to health communication texts and offers information of interest to health communication scholars, healthcare practitioners, and anyone interested in the effects and techniques of conversational humor. Richly grounded in naturally occurring data, the book can be understood and used effectively by both scholars and practitioners.
Duprâe, L. K. (1994). Metaphysics and Culture. Milwaukee, Wis, Marquette University Press.
Dupre, D. S. (1997). Transforming the Cotton Frontier : Madison County, Alabama, 1800-1840. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press.
Duquette, G. (1995). Second Language Practice : Classroom Strategies for Developing Communicative Competence. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.
Durâan, D. and D. Heyden (1994). The History of the Indies of New Spain. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Translation of: Historia de las Indias de Nueva-Espaäna y Islas de Tierra Firme.
Durant, I. (1999). Death Among the Fossils. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Durbin, P. T. (1991). Critical Perspectives on Nonacademic Science and Engineering. Bethlehem [Pa.], Lehigh University Press.
Spine title: Critical perspectives.
Durch, J., et al. (1997). Improving Health in the Community : A Role for Performance Monitoring. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
How do communities protect and improve the health of their populations? Health care is part of the answer but so are environmental protections, social and educational services, adequate nutrition, and a host of other activities. With concern over funding constraints, making sure such activities are efficient and effective is becoming a high priority. Improving Health in the Community explains how population-based performance monitoring programs can help communities point their efforts in the right direction. Within a broad definition of community health, the committee addresses factors surrounding the implementation of performance monitoring and explores the’why’and’how to’of establishing mechanisms to monitor the performance of those who can influence community health. The book offers a policy framework, applies a multidimensional model of the determinants of health, and provides sets of prototype performance indicators for specific health issues. Improving Health in the Community presents an attainable vision of a process that can achieve community-wide health benefits.
Durch, J., et al. (1993). Emergency Medical Services for Children. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
How can we meet the special needs of children for emergency medical services (EMS) when today’s EMS systems are often unprepared for the challenge? This comprehensive overview of EMS for children (EMS-C) provides an answer by presenting a vision for tomorrow’s EMS-C system and practical recommendations for attaining it. Drawing on many studies and examples, the volume explores why emergency care for children–from infants through adolescents–must differ from that for adults and describes what seriously ill or injured children generally experience in today’s EMS systems. The book points the way to integrating EMS-C into current emergency programs and into broader aspects of health care for children. It gives recommendations for ensuring access to emergency care through the 9-1-1 system; training health professionals, from paramedics to physicians; educating the public; providing proper equipment, protocols, and referral systems; improving communications among EMS-C providers; enhancing data resources and expanding research efforts; and stimulating and supporting leadership in EMS-C at the federal and state levels. For those already deeply involved in EMS efforts, this volume is a convenient, up-to-date, and comprehensive source of information and ideas. More importantly, for anyone interested in improving the emergency services available to children–emergency care professionals from emergency medical technicians to nurses to physicians, hospital and EMS administrators, public officials, health educators, children’s advocacy groups, concerned parents and other responsible adults–this timely volume provides a realistic plan for action to link EMS-C system components into a workable structure that will better serve all of the nation’s children.
Durham, B. H. (1999). Clean Your House the Lazy Way. New York, NY, Macmillan.
Durham, C. A. (1998). Double Takes : Culture and Gender in French Films and Their American Remakes. Hanover, NH, Dartmouth.
During the past decade or more the American remake has increasingly characterized Hollywood’s relationship with the French cinema, as films ranging from classics like A Bout de Souffle (Breathless) to contemporary comedies like Trois Hommes et un Couffin (Three Men and a Baby) and La Cage aux Folles (Birdcage) are adapted for US screens.In this comparative, interdisciplinary study Carolyn Durham shows how the remake phenomenon reveals striking differences not just in film theory but also epitomizes larger issues of competition, political and economic tensions, and social, gender, and aesthetic constructs. Durham establishes the metaphor of Euro Disney, which American investors envisioned as the quintessential transcultural entertainment but many French denounced as’a cultural Chernobyl,’and then applies it to a close analysis of the films, showing how significant changes between original and remake further our understanding of national identity in both countries. France’s belief in its own cultural superiority, she writes, leads to a perceived duty to’disseminate French culture worldwide in the guise of civilisation itself,’an attitude that clashes with Hollywood’s filmmaking hegemony and its’openness to new ideas, including the foreign.’While the central concern is the meaning of cross-cultural differences, this engaging and incisive book also outlines an ongoing battle between a nation convinced of its aesthetic and cultural patrimony and an American industry driven by its own sense of global destiny.
Durham, W. T. (1997). Volunteer Forty-niners : Tennesseans and the California Gold Rush. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.
Durica, K. M. (1996). Literature Links to Phonics : A Balanced Approach. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Durie, B. and M. Flanagan (1999). Creating a Web Site : How to Build a Web Site in a Weekend and Keep It in Good Shape. [N.p.], How to Books.
Durig, A. (1996). Autism and the Crisis of Meaning. Saratoga Springs, NY, State University of New York Press.
Durlach, N. I., et al. (1995). Virtual Reality : Scientific and Technological Challenges. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Despite widespread interest in virtual reality, research and development efforts in synthetic environments (SE)–the field encompassing virtual environments, teleoperation, and hybrids–have remained fragmented. Virtual Reality is the first integrated treatment of the topic, presenting current knowledge along with thought-provoking vignettes about a future where SE is commonplace. This volume discusses all aspects of creating a system that will allow human operators to see, hear, smell, taste, move about, give commands, respond to conditions, and manipulate objects effectively in a real or virtual environment. The committee of computer scientists, engineers, and psychologists on the leading edge of SE development explores the potential applications of SE in the areas of manufacturing, medicine, education, training, scientific visualization, and teleoperation in hazardous environments. The committee also offers recommendations for development of improved SE technology, needed studies of human behavior and evaluation of SE systems, and government policy and infrastructure.
Durrenberger, E. P. and P. Gâisli (1995). The Anthropology of Iceland. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
The Anthropology of Iceland presents the first perspectives on Icelandic anthropology from both Icelandic and foreign anthropologists. The thirteen essays in this volume are divided into four themes: ideology and action; kinship and gender; culture, class, and ethnicity; and the Commonwealth period of circa 930 to 1220, which saw the flowering of sagas. Insider and outsider viewpoints on such topics as the Icelandic women’s movement, the transformation of the fishing industry, the idea of mystical power in modern Iceland, and archaeological research in Iceland merge to form an international, comparative discourse. Individually and collectively, by bringing the insights of anthropology to bear on Iceland, the native and foreign authors of this volume carry Iceland into the realm of modern anthropology, advancing our understanding of the island’s people and the practice of anthropology.
Durso, F. T. and R. S. Nickerson (1999). Handbook of Applied Cognition. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Duschl, R. A. and R. J. Hamilton (1992). Philosophy of Science, Cognitive Psychology, and Educational Theory and Practice. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Dusenberry, V. (1998). The Montana Cree : A Study in Religious Persistence. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Originally published: Stockholm : University of Stockholm/Almquist & Wiksell, 1962, in series: Acta Universitatis Stockholmiensis. Stockholm Studies in Comparative Religion.
Dussauge, P. and B. Garrette (1999). Cooperative Strategy : Competing Successfully Through Strategic Alliances. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Dutka, S., et al. (1995). DAGMAR, Defining Advertising Goals for Measured Advertising Results. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
‘First edition by Russell Colley.’
Dutta, P. K. (1999). Strategies and Games : Theory and Practice. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
Game theory has become increasingly popular among undergraduate as well as business school students. This text is the first to provide both a complete theoretical treatment of the subject and a variety of real-world applications, primarily in economics, but also in business, political science, and the law. Strategies and Games grew out of Prajit Dutta’s experience teaching a course in game theory over the last six years at Columbia University.The book is divided into three parts: Strategic Form Games and Their Applications, Extensive Form Games and Their Applications, and Asymmetric Information Games and Their Applications. The theoretical topics include dominance solutions, Nash equilibrium, backward induction, subgame perfect equilibrium, repeated games, dynamic games, Bayes-Nash equilibrium, mechanism design, auction theory, and signaling. An appendix presents a thorough discussion of single-agent decision theory, as well as the optimization and probability theory required for the course.Every chapter that introduces a new theoretical concept opens with examples and ends with a case study. Case studies include Global Warming and the Internet, Poison Pills, Treasury Bill Auctions, and Final Jeopardy. Each part of the book also contains several chapter-length applications including Bankruptcy Law, the NASDAQ market, OPEC, and the Commons problem. This is also the first text to provide a detailed analysis of dynamic strategic interaction.
Dutton, B. P. (1994). American Indians of the Southwest. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Rev., enl. ed. of: Indians of the American Southwest. 1975.
Dutton, R. (1995). Jacobean Civic Pageants. Staffordshire, England, Edinburgh University Press.
Dworkin, R. B. (1996). Limits : The Role of the Law in Bioethical Decision Making. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Dycus, S. (1996). National Defense and the Environment. Hanover, UPNE.
A cogent examination of the issues involved in applying environmental laws to national security activities.
Dyer, C. S. and N. T. Romalov (1995). Rediscovering Nancy Drew. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
‘Rediscovering Nancy Drew is a rich collection of literary memories and insightful cultural comments.’–Journal of Children’s Literature’Nancy, especially the Nancy of the original story, is our bright heroine, chasing down the shadows, conquering our worst fears, giving us a glimpse of our brave and better selves, proving to everybody exactly how admirable and wonderful a thing it is to be a girl. Thank you, Nancy Drew.’–Nancy Pickard’Nancy Drew belongs to a moment in feminist history; it is a moment, I suggest, that we celebrate, allowing ourselves the satisfaction of praising her for what she dared and forgiving her for what she failed to undertake or understand.’–Carolyn G. Heilbrun’Rediscovering Nancy Drew lights up the territory. It informs, delights, and acknowledges through love and scholarship a debt long overdue.’–Dale H. Ross In 1991, women staff and faculty at the University of Iowa discovered that the pseudonymous author of the original Nancy Drew books, Carolyn Keene, was none other than Mildred Wirt Benson, the first person to earn a master’s degree in journalism at Iowa. The excitement caused by their discovery led to the 1993 Nancy Drew Conference, which explored the remarkable passion for Nancy Drew that spans a wide spectrum of American society. The result: a lively collaboration of essays by and interviews with mystery writers, collectors, publishers, librarians, scholars, journalists, and fans which presents a spirited, informative, totally enjoyable tribute to the driver of that blue roadster so many readers have coveted.
Dyer, D. (1998). TRW : Pioneering Technology and Innovation Since 1900. Boston, Harvard Business School Press.
Dyer, F. L. Edison, His Life and Inventions. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Dyer, F. L., et al. (1998). Edison, His Life and Inventions. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Dykstra, M. (1997). My Heart on the Yukon River : Portraits From Alaska and the Yukon. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.
Dyrbye, C. and S. O. Hansen (1997). Wind Loads on Structures. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Dyson, A. H. (1993). Social Worlds of Children Learning to Write in an Urban Primary School. New York, Teachers College Press.
Dyson, R. G. and F. A. O’Brien (1998). Strategic Development : Methods and Models. Chichester, England, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Eaglestone, R. (1997). Ethical Criticism : Reading After Levinas. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.
Eaker-Rich, D. and J. Van Galen (1996). Caring in an Unjust World : Negotiating Borders and Barriers in Schools. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Eales, A. B. (1996). Army Wives on the American Frontier : Living by the Bugles. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.
Ealy, C. D. and K. Lesh (1999). Our Money, Ourselves : Redesigning Your Relationship with Money: a Self-help Guide. New York, AMACOM.
Earl, R. O., et al. (1993). Iron Deficiency Anemia : Recommended Guidelines for the Prevention, Detection, and Management Among U.S. Children and Women of Childbearing Age. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
This book summarizes information related to public health measures on the prevention, detection, and management of iron deficiency anemia. It presents draft guidelines and recommendations related to this area, as applicable in primary health care and public health clinic settings, and it formulates recommendations for research. This volume is intended both to provide a common frame of reference for health professionals in preventing and treating iron deficiency anemia and to enable the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to prepare national guidelines and recommendations for the prevention and control of iron deficiency anemia.
Earle, J. and S. D. Kruse (1999). Organizational Literacy for Educators. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
Teachers and administrators who understand the’politics’in schools can operate more successfully to facilitate change. This text teaches educators to identify and influence common social patterns that affect their work in school organizations. It combines literature from educational leadership and foundations of education to provide a comprehensive introduction to organizational theories related to schooling. A particularly notable feature is that in addition to traditional bureaucratic and political approaches, there is a substantial focus on recent critical and feminist theories. Extensive use of narrative vignettes makes the theories accessible for prospective and practicing teachers. Practice cases and exercises assist students in applying the theories to their own organization settings. Assuming little prior knowledge of theories about school organizations, this volume is intended as a text for introductory graduate courses, as well as for advanced undergraduate courses, and groups such as site-based management teams and district professional development committees.
Earley, C. A. (1996). One Woman’s Army : A Black Officer Remembers the WAC. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.
Earthquake Engineering Research, I. (1994). Practical Lessons From the Loma Prieta Earthquake. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
The Loma Prieta earthquake struck the San Francisco area on October 17, 1989, causing 63 deaths and $10 billion worth of damage. This book reviews existing research on the Loma Prieta quake and draws from it practical lessons that could be applied to other earthquake-prone areas of the country. The volume contains seven keynote papers presented at a symposium on the earthquake and includes an overview written by the committee offering recommendations to improve seismic safety and earthquake awareness in parts of the country susceptible to earthquakes.
Easterly, W. R. (1992). How Do National Policies Affect Long-run Growth? : A Research Agenda. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Easting, R. (1997). Visions of the Other World in Middle English. Suffolk, Boydell & Brewer.
Visions of Hell and Heaven, or, more usually, of Purgatory and the Earthly Paradise, were widely disseminated in the Middle Ages, and this volume offers an introduction to and a bibliography of the scholarly literature (mainly but not exclusively from the 20th century) on a range of Middle English texts, from the twelfth to the fifteenth century, recounting visions in nineteen different versions.Dr Easting briefly discusses the genre; the relationship of visions to texts; the literary tradition and functions of such visions; and the development of the scholarly discussion of this material. Since there are Latin sources for the majority of the Middle English visions, and much work has been done on the Latin texts, the volume includes non-annotated, select bibliographies of recent work on the Latin vision tradition in addition to the chronologically-arranged annotated General Bibliography on the Middle English texts. The volume is completed with an Index of Manuscripts, an Index of Scholars and Critics, and a Subject Index.Dr ROBERT EASTINGteaches in the Department of English Language and Literature at the Victoria University of Wellington.
Eastman, C. A. (1995). Indian Boyhood. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Eastman, C. A. and V. University of (1995). The Soul of the Indian. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Eastman, C. A. and V. University of (1996). Indian Boyhood. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Eastman, C. A. and V. University of (1996). The Madness of Bald Eagle. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Easton, J. (1999). Striking It Rich.com : Profiles of 23 Incredibly Successful Websites You’ve Probably Never Heard of. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Easton, R. O. and J. F. Easton (1991). Love and War : Pearl Harbor Through V-J Day. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Easton, T. A. (1996). Careers in Science. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Eaton, R. M. (1993). The Rise of Islam and the Bengal Frontier, 1204-1760. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In all of the South Asian subcontinent, Bengal was the region most receptive to the Islamic faith. This area today is home to the world’s second-largest Muslim ethnic population. How and why did such a large Muslim population emerge there? And how does such a religious conversion take place? Richard Eaton uses archaeological evidence, monuments, narrative histories, poetry, and Mughal administrative documents to trace the long historical encounter between Islamic and Indic civilizations.Moving from the year 1204, when Persianized Turks from North India annexed the former Hindu states of the lower Ganges delta, to 1760, when the British East India Company rose to political dominance there, Eaton explores these moving frontiers, focusing especially on agrarian growth and religious change.
Eaton, W. P. and V. University of (1997). The Painter of ‘Diana of the Tides’. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ebbe, O. N. I. (2000). Comparative & International Criminal Justice Systems : Policing, Judiciary and Corrections. Boston, Mass, Butterworth-Heinemann.
The study of diverse criminal justice systems and their agencies of social control has taken on an essential role in establishing which deterrents and correction methods are most effective. Comparative and International Criminal Justice Systems, Second Edition explores in depth the policing, judicial and penological models of various countries and compares and contrasts the effective methods with those proven less than adequate. The first edition covered eight countries and one region while the second edition covers twelve countries and a region. The dynamics of criminal justice in Ireland (Europe), Israel (Middle East), Hong Kong (Asia), and Argentina (South America) have been added because their evolutionary histories teaches a lot about the nature of law and justice. For ease of instruction, this edition is structured topically as opposed to by continents.Contains current and up-to-date informationPresents contributions from reputable scholars from four different continentsSpecifically covers police, judiciary and corrections
Ebdon, L. and E. H. Evans (1998). An Introduction to Analytical Atomic Spectrometry. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Ebener, P. A., et al. (1999). Welfare Reform in California : Results of the 1998 All-county Implementation Survey. Santa Monica, Calif, RAND Corporation.
‘MR-1052-CDSS’–Cover p. .
Ebersole, M. C. (1992). Hail to Thee, Okoboji U! : A Humor Anthology on Higher Education. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Eberspèacher, J., et al. (2001). GSM Switching, Services and Protocols. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Prev. ed.: GSM switching, services, and protocol. 1999.
Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Careers for Computer Buffs & Other Technological Types. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Careers for Good Samaritans & Other Humanitarian Types. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Careers for Talkative Types & Others with the Gift of Gab. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.
Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1998). Prepare for College. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Originally published: How to prepare for college. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA : VGM Career Horizons, c1990.
Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1999). Careers for Culture Lovers & Other Artsy Types. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Eberts, M. and M. Gisler (1999). Careers for Financial Mavens & Other Money Movers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Eberts, M., et al. (1998). Careers for High-energy People & Other Go-getters. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Eberts, M. and R. Kelsey (1998). Careers for Cybersurfers & Other Online Types. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Ebling, J. (1996). Jud’s Magical Journey. Champaign, IL, Sagamore Pub.
‘Prologue by Gregory Kelser, epilogue by Earvin Johnson’–dust jacket.
Ebrey, P. B. (1993). The Inner Quarters : Marriage and the Lives of Chinese Women in the Sung Period. Berkeley, University of California Press.
The Sung Dynasty (960-1279) was a paradoxical era for Chinese women. This was a time when footbinding spread, and Confucian scholars began to insist that it was better for a widow to starve than to remarry. Yet there were also improvements in women’s status in marriage and property rights. In this thoroughly original work, one of the most respected scholars of premodern China brings to life what it was like to be a woman in Sung times, from having a marriage arranged, serving parents-in-law, rearing children, and coping with concubines, to deciding what to do if widowed.Focusing on marriage, Patricia Buckley Ebrey views family life from the perspective of women. She argues that the ideas, attitudes, and practices that constituted marriage shaped women’s lives, providing the context in which they could interpret the opportunities open to them, negotiate their relationships with others, and accommodate or resist those around them.Ebrey questions whether women’s situations actually deteriorated in the Sung, linking their experiences to widespread social, political, economic, and cultural changes of this period. She draws from advice books, biographies, government documents, and medical treatises to show that although the family continued to be patrilineal and patriarchal, women found ways to exert their power and authority. No other book explores the history of women in pre-twentieth-century China with such energy and depth.
Eccles, W. J. (1983). The Canadian Frontier, 1534-1760. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Echeverria, J. (1999). Home Away From Home : A History Of Basque Boardinghouses. Reno, Nev, University of Nevada Press.
In this meticulously researched study of Basque boardinghouses in the United States, Jeronima Echeverria offers a compelling history of the institution that most deeply shaped Basque immigrant life and served as the center of Basque communities throughout the West. She weaves into her narrative the stories of the boarding house owners and operators and the ways they made their establishments a home away from home for their fellow compatriots, as well as the stories of the young Basques who left the security of their beloved homeland to find work in the United States.
Echeverri-Gent, J. (1993). The State and the Poor : Public Policy and Political Development in India and the United States. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This comparison of rural development in India and the United States develops important departures from economic and historical institutionalism. It elaborates a new conceptual framework for analyzing state-society relations beginning from the premise that policy implementation, as the site of tangible exchanges between state and society, provides strategic interaction among self-interested individuals, social groups, and bureaucracies. It demonstrates how this interaction can be harnessed to enhance the effectiveness of public policy. Echeverri-Gent’s application of this framework to poverty alleviation programs generates provocative insights about the ways in which institutions and social structure constrain policy-makers. In the process, he illuminates new implications for the concepts of state autonomy and state capacity.The book’s original conceptual framework and intriguing findings will interest scholars of South Asia and American politics, social theorists, and policy-makers.
Echols, E. S. and V. University of (1996). A New England Literary Colony. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Eck, D. L. (1993). Encountering God : A Spiritual Journey From Bozeman to Banaras. Boston, Beacon Press.
Religion scholar Diana Eck is director of the Pluralism Project, which seeks to map the new religious diversity of the United States, particularly the increasing presence of Hindu, Buddhist, and Muslim communities. In this tenth-anniversary edition of Encountering God, Eck shows why dialogue with people of other faiths remains crucial in today’s interdependent world–globally, nationally, and even locally. She reveals how her own encounters with other religions have shaped and enlarged her Christian faith toward a bold new Christian pluralismFrom the Trade Paperback edition.
Eckes, A. E. (1995). Opening America’s Market : U.S. Foreign Trade Policy Since 1776. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
Despite the passage of NAFTA and other recent free trade victories in the United States, former U.S. trade official Alfred Eckes warns that these developments have a dark side. Opening America’s Market offers a bold critique of U.S. trade policies over the last sixty years, placing them within a historical perspective. Eckes reconsiders trade policy issues and events from Benjamin Franklin to Bill Clinton, attributing growing political unrest and economic insecurity in the 1990s to shortsighted policy decisions made in the generation after World War II. Eager to win the Cold War and promote the benefits of free trade, American officials generously opened the domestic market to imports but tolerated foreign discrimination against American goods. American consumers and corporations gained in the resulting global economy, but many low-skilled workers have become casualties. Eckes also challenges criticisms of the’infamous’protectionist Smoot-Hawley Tariff Act of 1930, which allegedly worsened the Great Depression and provoked foreign retaliation. In trade history, he says, this episode was merely a mole hill, not a mountain.
Eckstein, A. M. (1995). Moral Vision in the Histories of Polybius. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Arthur Eckstein’s fresh and stimulating interpretation challenges the way Polybius’Histories have long been viewed. He argues that Polybius evaluates people and events as much from a moral viewpoint as from a pragmatic, utilitarian, or even’Machiavellian’one. Polybius particularly asks for’improvement’in his audience, hoping that those who study his writings will emerge with a firm determination to live their lives nobly. Teaching by the use of moral exemplars, Polybius also tries to prove that success is not the sole standard by which human action should be judged.
Eckstein, B. J. (1990). The Language of Fiction in a World of Pain : Reading Politics As Paradox. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Eckstein, H. (1998). Can Democracy Take Root in Post-Soviet Russia? : Explorations in State-society Relations. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.
Eckstein, R., et al. (2000). Using Samba. Beijing, O’Reilly.
Eco, U. (1994). The Limits of Interpretation. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Eco, U. (1994). The Role of the Reader : Explorations in the Semiotics of Texts. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Economic Development, I. (1996). Leveling the Playing Field : Giving Girls an Equal Chance for Basic Education–three Countries’ Efforts. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
‘EDI prepared this profile of three countries that are taking innovative and courageous steps to level the playing field in education for the benefit of girls’–P. v.
Eddins, D. (1995). The Emperor Redressed : Critiquing Critical Theory. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.
There have been signs now, for some time, that poststructuralist hegemony is declining. This book helps us to understand the theoretical flaws that make this decline inevitable. The essays in this volume represent a collective questioning of the poststructuralist ascendancy, and of the assumptions involved therin, by a group of our most prominent scholars. These scholars were charged with examining the truth-value, methodology, practice, and humanistic status of poststructuralist theories and with speculating on what their conclusions portend for the future of theory. They provide cogent evidence that the poststructuralist heyday has passed.
Eddy, C. and T. Buchanon (1999). Sams Teach Yourself Microsoft Access 2000 in 24 Hours. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.
Edelfelt, R. A. (1998). Careers in Education. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Edelman, S. (1999). Representation and Recognition in Vision. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
Researchers have long sought to understand what the brain does when we see an object, what two people have in common when they see the same object, and what a’seeing’machine would need to have in common with a human visual system. Recent neurobiological and computational advances in the study of vision have now brought us close to answering these and other questions about representation.In Representation and Recognition in Vision, Shimon Edelman bases a comprehensive approach to visual representation on the notion of correspondence between proximal (internal) and distal similarities in objects. This leads to a computationally feasible and formally veridical representation of distal objects that addresses the needs of shape categorization and can be used to derive models of perceived similarity.Edelman first discusses the representational needs of various visual recognition tasks, and surveys current theories of representation in this context. He then develops a theory of representation that is related to Shepard’s notion of second-order isomorphism between representations and their targets. Edelman goes beyond Shepard by specifying the conditions under which the representations can be made formally veridical. Edelman assesses his theory’s performance in identification and categorization of 3D shapes and examines it in light of psychological and neurobiological data concerning the object-processing stream in primate vision. He also discusses the connections between his theory and other efforts to understand representation in the brain.
Eden, K. and K. D. Yates (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Tae Kwon Do. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Eden, L., et al. (1994). Multinationals in North America. Calgary, Alta, University of Calgary Press.
Papers presented May 20-21, 1993, at a conference held in Ottawa.
Eden, S. (1996). Environmental Issues and Business : Implications of a Changing Agenda. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Eder, J. F. (1999). A Generation Later : Household Strategies and Economic Change in the Rural Philippines. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.
Eder, L. B. (2000). Managing Healthcare Information Systems with Web-enabled Technologies. Hershey, Pa, IGI Global.
Edersheim, A. The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Edersheim, A. The Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Edgar, K. J. (1998). Everything You Need to Know About Media Violence. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Edgar, S. L. (1997). Morality and Machines : Perspectives on Computer Ethics. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Edgeworth, M. (1999). The Absentee. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Edgeworth, M. (1999). Castle Rackrent. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Edgington, E. S. (1995). Randomization Tests. New York, M. Dekker.
Edington, C. (1994). Court and Culture in Renaissance Scotland : Sir David Lindsay of the Mount. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Edlin, G., et al. (1997). Essentials for Health and Wellness. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Edlin, G., et al. (1998). Health and Wellness. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Edminister, J. and M. Nahvi (1996). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Electric Circuits. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Edmond, R. (1997). Representing the South Pacific : Colonial Discourse From Cook to Gauguin. Cambridge, U.K., Cambridge University Press.
This book examines how the South Pacific was represented by explorers, missionaries, travellers, writers, and artists between 1767 and 1914 by drawing on history, literature, art history, and anthropology. Edmond engages with colonial texts and postcolonial theory, criticising both for their failure to acknowledge the historical specificity of colonial discourses and cultural encounters, and for continuing to see indigenous cultures in essentially passive or reactive terms. The book offers a detailed and grounded’reading back’of these colonial discourses into the metropolitan centres which gave rise to them, while resisting the idea that all representations of other cultures are merely self-representations. Among its themes are the persistent myth-making around the figure of Cook, the western obsession with Polynesian sexuality, tattooing, cannibalism, and leprosy, and the Pacific as a theatre for adventure and as a setting for Europe’s displaced fears of its own cultural extinction.
Edmonston, B., et al. (1996). Local Fiscal Effects of Illegal Immigration : Report of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
The recent level of illegal immigration to the United States has increased debates about the effect of these immigrants on the cost of public services, and states have begun to enact policies that limit the public services available to illegal immigrants. The central issues are how many illegal immigrants reside in particular local areas and states and their effect on public expenditures and revenues and the economy in general. The Local Fiscal Effects of Illegal Immigration workshop selected six studies for analysis. The six case studies focused on one specific aspect of the complex question of the demographic, economic, and social effects of immigration: the net public services costs of illegal immigrants to selected geographical regions.
Edmonston, B. and C. National Research (1996). Statistics on U.S. Immigration : An Assessment of Data Needs for Future Research. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
The growing importance of immigration in the United States today prompted this examination of the adequacy of U.S. immigration data. This volume summarizes data needs in four areas: immigration trends, assimilation and impacts, labor force issues, and family and social networks. It includes recommendations on additional sources for the data needed for program and research purposes, and new questions and refinements of questions within existing data sources to improve the understanding of immigration and immigrant trends.
Edmonston, B., et al. (1997). The New Americans : Economic, Demographic, and Fiscal Effects of Immigration. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
This book sheds light on one of the most controversial issues of the decade. It identifies the economic gains and losses from immigration–for the nation, states, and local areas–and provides a foundation for public discussion and policymaking. Three key questions are explored: What is the influence of immigration on the overall economy, especially national and regional labor markets? What are the overall effects of immigration on federal, state, and local government budgets? What effects will immigration have on the future size and makeup of the nation’s population over the next 50 years? The New Americans examines what immigrants gain by coming to the United States and what they contribute to the country, the skills of immigrants and those of native-born Americans, the experiences of immigrant women and other groups, and much more. It offers examples of how to measure the impact of immigration on government revenues and expenditures–estimating one year’s fiscal impact in California, New Jersey, and the United States and projecting the long-run fiscal effects on government revenues and expenditures. Also included is background information on immigration policies and practices and data on where immigrants come from, what they do in America, and how they will change the nation’s social fabric in the decades to come.
Edmunds, H. and A. American Marketing (1999). The Focus Group Research Handbook. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
At head of title: American Marketing Association.
Edmunds, M., et al. (1998). America’s Children : Health Insurance and Access to Care. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
America’s Children is a comprehensive, easy-to-read analysis of the relationship between health insurance and access to care. The book addresses three broad questions: How is children’s health care currently financed? Does insurance equal access to care? How should the nation address the health needs of this vulnerable population? America’s Children explores the changing role of Medicaid under managed care; state-initiated and private sector children’s insurance programs; specific effects of insurance status on the care children receive; and the impact of chronic medical conditions and special health care needs. It also examines the status of’safety net’health providers, including community health centers, children’s hospitals, school-based health centers, and others and reviews the changing patterns of coverage and tax policy options to increase coverage of private-sector, employer-based health insurance. In response to growing public concerns about uninsured children, last year Congress voted to provide $24 billion over five years for new state insurance initiatives. This volume will serve as a primer for concerned federal policymakers and regulators, state agency officials, health plan decisionmakers, health care providers, children’s health advocates, and researchers.
Edmunds, M., et al. (1998). Systems of Accountability : Implementing Children’s Health Insurance Programs. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.
‘Committee on Children, Health Insurance, and Access to Care Division of Health Care Services, Institute of Medicine, and Board on Children, Youth, and Families, National Research Council and Institute of Medicine.’
Edmunds, M. and M. Institute of (1997). Managing Managed Care : Quality Improvement in Behavioral Health. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Managed care has produced dramatic changes in the treatment of mental health and substance abuse problems, known as behavioral health. Managing Managed Care offers an urgently needed assessment of managed care for behavioral health and a framework for purchasing, delivering, and ensuring the quality of behavioral health care. It presents the first objective analysis of the powerful multimillion-dollar accreditation industry and the key accrediting organizations. Managing Managed Care draws evidence-based conclusions about the effectiveness of behavioral health treatments and makes recommendations that address consumer protections, quality improvements, structure and financing, roles of public and private participants, inclusion of special populations, and ethical issues. The volume discusses trends in managed behavioral health care, highlighting the emerging role of the purchaser. The committee explores problems of overlap and fragmentation in the delivery of behavioral health care and discusses the issue of access, a special concern when private systems are restricted and public systems overburdened. Highly applicable to the larger health care system, this volume will be of particular interest to all stakeholders in behavioral health–federal and state policymakers, public and private purchasers, health care providers and administrators, consumers and consumer advocates, accrediting organizations, and health services researchers.
Edmunds, R. D. (1978). The Potawatomis, Keepers of the Fire. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Edmunds, R. D. and J. L. Peyser (1993). The Fox Wars : The Mesquakie Challenge to New France. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Edwards, C. M. (2000). Storyteller’s Goddess : Tales of the Goddess and Her Wisdom from Around the World. [N.p.], Marlowe & Company.
Edwards, J. A Treatise Concerning Religious Affections : In Three Parts. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Edwards, J. Treatise on Grace. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Edwards, J. An Unpublished Essay on the Trinity. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Edwards, J. (1998). Opposing Censorship in the Public Schools : Religion, Morality, and Literature. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
In the past several years, hundreds of challenges a year to books used in public schools have been reported across the nation. Most of these have come from the Religious Right. This book confronts the attacks on public education and commonly used literature books by challenging the religious assumptions, the biblical interpretations, and the intimidation tactics of the Religious Right. Part I counters the claims of these censors by presenting opposing views on democracy, secular humanism, religion, the Bible, morality, and the purposes of literature. In Part II, six books frequently taught in high school classes are analyzed. Edwards shows why they have been challenged by the Religious Right, and presents a case for their moral and religious virtues as well as their literary worth. The book differs from other anti-censorship works because it deals primarily and directly with the religious and moral aspects that educators often tend to avoid. This book offers teachers and school administrators scholarly conterarguments that can help confront with literature challenges from the Religious Right.
Edwards, J. C. (1982). Ethics Without Philosophy : Wittgenstein and the Moral Life. Tampa, University Press of Florida.
‘A University of South Florida book.’
Edwards, K. W. (1997). Your Successful Real Estate Career. New York, AMACOM.
Edwards, L. K. (1993). Applied Analysis of Variance in Behavioral Science. New York, M. Dekker.
Edwards, M. R. and A. J. Ewen (1996). Feedback : The Powerful New Model for Employee Assessment & Performance Improvement. New York, N.Y., AMACOM.
Edwards, M. U. (1994). Printing, Propaganda, and Martin Luther. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Martin Luther, the first Protestant, was also the central figure in the West’s first media campaign. Making effective use of the recently invented printing press, Luther and his allies spread their heretical message using a medium that was itself subversive: pamphlets written in the vernacular and directed to the broadest reading public. But to what extent was the Reformation a’print event’? Who were the readers of this Evangelical literature, and how did they interpret it? What, finally, was Martin Luther’s role in publishing the new ideas? To date, some of the larger questions surrounding Reformation printing and the early years of Protestantism have been difficult to answer because of a lack of empirically based research. Printing, Propaganda, and Martin Luther, the first book in English to offer such a detailed analysis of the subject, redresses that situation. Here, Mark Edwards presents the results of his study of Protestant and Catholic pamphlets published in Strasbourg during the early years of the Reformation (1518-1522), shows the remarkable success of the Luther New Testament, and examines the propagandistic challenges posed by Catholic counterattack and inter-Protestant quarrels. Martin Luther’s clear dominance of printing during this period (by himself he outpublished his fellow Protestants and his Catolic opponents) gives the study of his writings special significance. Edwards couples his findings with a Provocative analysis of the ways in which they challenge the accepted history of the Reformation. First, he argues that consideration of who likely knew what about Luther’s message, and when, leads to a narrative strikingly different from most published accounts. Second, although Luther tried to control the interpretation of his writings, the message his reading public received was often quite distinct from what he intended, and these discrepancies have profound implications for the study of the Reformation. Finally, Edwards demonstrates that printing, by putting the means of interpretation into readers’hands, raised new issues of authority. In that way, the medium became entangled with the message. The result of meticulous research and deft analysis, Printing, Propaganda, and Martin Luther makes an important contribution to the study of the early Reformation and printing. Its findings will likely influence studies on the subject for years to come.
Edwards, P. N. (1997). The Closed World : Computers and the Politics of Discourse in Cold War America. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
The Closed World offers a radically new alternative to the canonical histories of computers and cognitive science by arguing that we can make sense of computers as tools only when we simultaneously grasp their roles as metaphors and political icons
Edwards, S. (1995). Crisis and Reform in Latin America : From Despair to Hope. Oxford, World Bank Publications.
Edwards, S. (1999). Kevin Brown : Kevin with a ‘K’. Champaign, Ill, Perseus Books, LLC.
Edwards, S. and M. McKenzie (1995). Snowshoeing. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.
Edwards, V. (1999). EC Company Law. Oxford, Clarendon Press.
Edwards, V. and A. Redfern (1992). The World in a Classroom : Language in Education in Britain and Canada. Clevedon, Avon [England], Multilingual Matters.
Eemeren, F. H. v. (1993). Reconstructing Argumentative Discourse. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.
Efron, J. M., et al. (1998). Jewish History and Jewish Memory : Essays in Honor of Yosef Hayim Yerushalmi. Hanover, University Press of New England.
Description based on print version record.
Egan, D. and H. Kenner (1992). Desmond Egan, Selected Poems. Omaha, Neb, Oxford University Press USA.
Egan, K. (1998). The Educated Mind : How Cognitive Tools Shape Our Understanding. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.
The Educated Mind offers a bold and revitalizing new vision for today’s uncertain educational system. Kieran Egan reconceives education, taking into account how we learn. He proposes the use of particular’intellectual tools’—such as language or literacy—that shape how we make sense of the world. These mediating tools generate successive kinds of understanding: somatic, mythic, romantic, philosophical, and ironic. Egan’s account concludes with practical proposals for how teaching and curriculum can be changed to reflect the way children learn.’A carefully argued and readable book…. Egan proposes a radical change of approach for the whole process of education…. There is much in this book to interest and excite those who discuss, research or deliver education.’—Ann Fullick, New Scientist’A compelling vision for today’s uncertain educational system.’—Library Journal’Almost anyone involved at any level or in any part of the education system will find this a fascinating book to read.’—Dr. Richard Fox, British Journal of Educational Psychology’A fascinating and provocative study of cultural and linguistic history, and of how various kinds of understanding that can be distinguished in that history are recapitulated in the developing minds of children.’—Jonty Driver, New York Times Book Review
Egger, B. E., et al. (1992). G Company’s War : Two Personal Accounts of the Campaigns in Europe, 1944-1945. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.
This unique account of combat in World War II provides parallel day-to-day records of the same events as seen by two men in the same company, one an enlisted man, one an officer. G Company’s War is the story of a World War II rifle company in Patton’s Third Army as detailed in the journals of S/Sgt. Bruce Egger and Lt. Lee M. Otts, both of G Company, 328th Regiment, 26th infantry Division. Bruce Egger arrived in France in October 1944, and Lee Otts arrived in November. Both fought for G Company through the remainder of the war. Otts was wounded seriously in March 1945 and experienced an extended hospitalization in England and the United States. Both men kept diaries during the time they were in the service, and both expanded the diaries into full-fledged journals shortly after the war. These are the voices of ordinary soldiers–the men who did the fighting–not the generals and statesmen who viewed events from a distance. Most striking is how the two distinctly different personalities recorded the combat experience. For the serious-minded Egger, the war was a grim ordeal; for Otts, with his sunny disposition, the war was a once-in-a-lifetime experience, sometimes even fun. Each account is accurate in its own right, but the combination of the two into a single, interwoven story provides a broader understanding of war and the men caught up in it. Historian Paul Roley has interspersed throughout the text helpful overviews and summaries that place G Company’s activities in the larger context of overall military operations in Europe. In addition, Roley notes what happened to each soldier mentioned as wounded in action or otherwise removed from the company and provides an appendix summarizing the losses suffered by G Company. The total impact of the work is to describe the reality of war in a frontline infantry company.
Eggink, G. and C. National Research Council (1997). 1996 International Symposium on Bacterial Polyhydroxyalkanoates. Ottawa, NRC Research Press.
‘Davos, Switzerland, 18-23 August 1996’.
Ehin, C. (2000). Unleashing Intellectual Capital. Boston, Routledge.
Unleashing Intellectual Capital reveals breakthrough principles for structuring Knowledge Age organizations. It helps leaders and knowledge professionals better understand how human nature supports or undermines voluntary workplace collaboration and innovation-vital sources of competitive advantage in business. Integrating the latest insights from diverse scientific disciplines, the book reestablishes some very basic truths about human innate behavior that determine how people best work together and are managed, or in some cases’unmanaged.’Using understandable and practical models, Unleashing Intellectual Capital explains human nature and offers readers a comprehensive framework they can use to generate sustained high levels of intellectual capital within their own organizations while at the same time reducing workplace violence.
Ehrenberg, R. G. (1994). Labor Markets and Integrating National Economies. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Ehrenhaft, P. D. (1997). Policies on Imports From Economies in Transition : Two Case Studies. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Ehrenpreis, I. (1980). Acts of Implication : Suggestion and Covert Meaning in the Works of Dryden, Swift, Pope, and Austen. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
This book argues that the best approach to the aesthetic value of much literature of the past is by way of the deliberate meaning–implicit or explicit–that the author invites the reader to share. Ehrenpreis shows that subtlety and indirection do not militate against the didacticism and lucid style we usually associate with writers in the Augustan tradition. In a group of stimulating essays he examines how an eighteenth-century dramatist, essayist, poet, and novelist imply meaning about politics, religion, and sexual passion, focusing on their concept of heroism to elaborate these themes.
Ehrhart, W. D. (1995). Busted : A Vietnam Veteran in Nixon’s America. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Ehrlich, L. (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Quilting. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Ehrlich, R. (1994). The Cosmological Milkshake : A Semi-serious Look at the Size of Things. [New Brunswick, NJ], Rutgers University Press.
Bite-sized essays and zany cartoons about the sizes of things in the universe–how big, how far, how fast, how hot.
Ehrlich, R. (1996). What If You Could Unscramble an Egg? New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.
Eichelberger, J. (1999). Prophets of Recognition : Ideology and the Individual in Novels by Ralph Ellison, Toni Morrison, Saul Bellow, and Eudora Welty. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University Press.
Eichengreen, B. J. (1994). International Monetary Arrangements for the 21st Century. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Eidahl, L. (1999). Using Visual Basic 6. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.
Eidelberg, P. (1976). On the Silence of the Declaration of Independence. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
Eiffert, S. D. (1999). Cross-train Your Brain : A Mental Fitness Program for Maximizing Creativity and Achieving Success. New York, AMACOM.
Eiselein, G. (1996). Literature and Humanitarian Reform in the Civil War Era. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Eisen, D. (2000). Using Options to Buy Stocks : Build Wealth with Little Risk and No Capital. Chicago, Ill, Kaplan Publishing.
Eisen, G. (1990). Children and Play in the Holocaust : Games Among the Shadows. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
Eisenberg, A. I. (1995). Reconstructing Political Pluralism. New York, State University of New York Press.
Eisenberg, L. Z. and N. Caplan (1998). Negotiating Arab-Israeli Peace : Patterns, Problems, Possibilities. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Eisenhower, D. D. Eisenhower’s Farewell Address. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Eisenpreis, B. (1997). Coping : A Young Woman’s Guide to Breast Cancer Prevention. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
A guide to understanding breast cancer, its cause, and its treatment.
Eisenpreis, B. (1998). Coping with Scoliosis. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Defines and describes scoliosis, discussing how it is diagnosed and treated and providing advice and resources for those having this condition.
Eisenstadt, P. R. (1999). Affirming the Covenant : A History of Temple B’rith Kodesh, Rochester, New York, 1848-1998. Rochester, N.Y., The Temple.
Eisenstadt, S. N. (1992). Jewish Civilization : The Jewish Historical Experience in a Comparative Perspective. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Eisinger, J. (1999). Trace and Transformation : American Criticism of Photography in the Modernist Period. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Eisinger, P. K. (1998). Toward an End to Hunger in America. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Eisler, R. M. and M. Hersen (2000). Handbook of Gender, Culture, and Health. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.
This Handbook illustrates how gender, ethnicity, age, and even sexual orientation and understanding influence the health practices and risk factors for health problems in diverse groups of people. Contributions from leading researchers in psychology, health, and epidemiology provide an interdisciplinary approach to the topic. In addition to epidemiological issues, this book discusses the view that public health policy and programs must be individually tailored to specific groups to maximize their effectiveness. Part I deals with the effects of stress on the health of diverse populations. Part II of the book raises the issues of varied health risk factors and health practices for different cultural and socioeconomic groups. Part III examines specific health problems and issues common to women and men of varying ethnicity. The last section deals with the health problems of specific populations. Featuring the latest information for understanding how diverse groups of people perceive and respond to issues relating to their health, this Handbook should prove to be a valuable resource to a wide range of practitioners and researchers in psychology, medicine, psychiatry, sociology, social work, nursing, exercise science, and counseling.
Eismann, E. P. (1996). Unitas–building Healing Communities for Children. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Rev. ed., originally published: Bronx, N.Y. : Hispanic Research Center, Fordham University, 1982.
Eisner, T., et al. (1995). Chemical Ecology : The Chemistry of Biotic Interaction. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Chemical signals among organisms form’a vast communicative interplay, fundamental to the fabric of life,’in the words of one expert. Chemical ecology is the the discipline that seeks to understand these interactions-to use biology in the search for new substances of potential benefit to humankind. This book highlights selected research areas of medicinal and agricultural importance. Leading experts review the chemistry of Insect defense and its applications to pest control. Phyletic dominance–the survival success of insects. Social regulation, with ant societies as a model of multicomponent signaling systems. Eavesdropping, alarm, and deceit–the array of strategies used by insects to find and lure prey. Reproduction–from the gamete attraction to courtship nd sexual selection. The chemistry of intracellular immunosuppression. Topics also include the appropriation of dietary factors for defense and communication; the use of chemical signals in the marine environment; the role of the olfactory system in chemical analysis; and the interaction of polydnaviruses, endoparasites, and the immune system of the host.
Eitzen, D. S. (1999). Fair and Foul : Beyond the Myths and Paradoxes of Sport. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.
El Obeid, A. E. (1999). Food Security : New Solutions for the Twenty-first Century. Ames, Iowa, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
‘Proceedings from the symposium honoring the tenth anniversary of the world food prize.’
El-Aasser, M. S. and P. A. Lovell (1997). Emulsion Polymerization and Emulsion Polymers. New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Elaydi, S. (1991). Differential Equations : Stability and Control. New York, M. Dekker.
Elazar, D. J. (1991). Exploring Federalism. Tuscaloosa, AL, University Alabama Press.
The release of this book in 1987 prompted a flurry of excellent and complimentary reviews furthering Elazar’s already considerable reputation as the leading contemporary scholar of federalism.
Elbrecht, J. and L. Fakundiny (1993). The Restorationist Text One : A Collaborative Fiction by Jael B. Juba. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Elder, B. (1998). Body of Vision : Representations of the Body in Recent Film and Poetry. Waterloo, Ont, Wilfrid Laurier University Press.
Eldred, G. W. (2000). The Complete Guide to Second Homes for Vacations, Retirement, and Investment. New York, N.Y., John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Eldridge, L. D. (1997). Women and Freedom in Early America. New York, New York University Press.
Eldridge, M. (1998). Transforming Experience : John Dewey’s Cultural Instrumentalism. Nashville, Vanderbilt University Press.
Elias, D. (1999). Dow 40,000 : Strategies for Profiting From the Greatest Bull Market in History. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Elias, J. J. (1995). The Throne Carrier of God : The Life and Thought of ÁAlåa’ Ad-Dawla As-Simnåanåi. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Elias, R. (1998). Triumph of Hope : From Theresienstadt and Auschwitz to Israel. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Elias, S., et al. (1999). Legal Research : How to Find & Understand the Law. Berkeley, CA, Nolo.com.
Elias, S. and K. McGrath (1999). Trademark : Legal Care for Your Business & Product Name. Berkeley, CA, Nolo Press.
Elias, S., et al. (1999). How to File for Chapter 7 Bankruptcy. Berkeley, Nolo Press.
Eliasson, A.-C. (1996). Carbohydrates in Food. New York, Marcel Dekker.
Eliasson, A.-C. and K. Larsson (1993). Cereals in Breadmaking : A Molecular Colloidal Approach. New York, CRC Press.
Eliot, G. Adam Bede. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Eliot, G. Middlemarch. Mt. View, Calif, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Eliot, G. Silas Marner. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Eliot, T. S. Poems. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Eliot, T. S. Prufrock and Other Observations. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Eliot, T. S. The Waste Land. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Eliot, T. S. and V. University of (1996). The Possibility of a Poetic Drama. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Eliot, T. S. and V. University of (1996). The Second-order Mind. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Elizarenkova, T. I. and W. Doniger (1995). Language and Style of the Vedic Rsis. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Elkins, A. (1991). The Poetry of James Wright. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Ellenson, D. H. (1990). Rabbi Esriel Hildesheimer and the Creation of a Modern Jewish Orthodoxy. Tuscaloosa, University Alabama Press.
The story of modern Orthodox Judaism is usually told only from the perspective of Rabbi Samson Raphael Hirsch. Ellenson’s work, a thorough examination of the life and work of one of Hirsch’s contemporaries, Rabbi Esriel Hildesheimer, reveals another important contributor to the creation of a modern Jewish Orthodoxy during the late 1800s. like Hirsch, Hildesheirmer felt the need to continue certain traditions while at the same time introducing certain innovations to meet the demands of a modern society. This original study of an Orthodox rabbinic leader shows how Hildesheirmer’s flexible and pragmatic approach to these problems continues to be relevant to modern Judaism. The way in which this book draws upon response literature for its comprehension of Hildesheimer makes it a distinctive work in modern Jewish historiography and sociology.
Elliott, C. (1996). The Rules of Insanity : Moral Responsibility and the Mentally Ill Offender. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Elliott, E. and C. N. Davidson (1991). The Columbia History of the American Novel. New York, Columbia University Press.
Elliott, R. S., et al. (1997). The Mexican War Correspondence of Richard Smith Elliott. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Letters and sketches originally printed in the Saint Louis reveille under the pen name John Brown.
Elliott, T. G. (1996). The Christianity of Constantine the Great. Bronx, NY, Marketing and Distribution, Fordham University Press.
Ellis and Associates (1999). National Pool and Waterpark Lifeguard Training. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Ellis, C. (1996). To Change Them Forever : Indian Education at the Rainy Mountain Boarding School, 1893-1920. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
‘Chapter 1 is reprinted from the American Indian culture and research journal, vol. 18, no. 3, 1994. Chapter 3… reprinted from the Chronicles of Oklahoma’–T.p. verso.
Ellis, C. D. (1998). Winning the Loser’s Game : Timeless Strategies for Successful Investing. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Rev. ed. of: Investment policy. 2nd ed. c1993.
Ellis, D. G. (1999). Crafting Society : Ethnicity, Class, and Communication Theory. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
The study of communication, language, and discourse is at once simple, elegant, and complex. Each of these areas is informed by’micro’subjective experiences of individuals and the’macro’processes of a culture. Communication itself is thoroughly modern yet it seeks anchorage in the traditions of the humanities and social sciences. All of this creates a significant challenge. In this monograph, Ellis considers the study of communication as he discusses three key issues in communication theory: (1) the growing emphasis on meaning, (2) the importance of a mediated culture, and (3) the links between micro communication activities and macro social categories such as ethnicity and social class. In response to these three issues, this book deals with the way people use language and communication to construct their world; this world is not constructed purely but is influenced by attitudes, ideologies, and biases. In the modern world the medium of communication has an impact on consciousness and society, and Ellis shows how the media are responsible for some of the fault lines in society. The book also explores principles of medium theory and documents the impact of media on psychological and sociological phenomena. Finally, work of Goffman, Giddens, and Randall Collins is extended to show how micro communication behaviors are implicated in and by social conditions. ADDITIONAL COPY FOR MAILER Expanded features: • The chapters work out a logic connecting real communication patterns with the broad principles upon which societies are explored. Thus the title’Crafting’Society–the crafting is purposefully active to indicate the dynamic processes involved in creating what we call society. Society and culture have their roots and empirical bases in communication; that is, in the daily struggles of interaction. • Two chapters on two of the most important and controversial issues of the day–ethnicity and class. These two chapters are clear illustrations of the new theoretical principles discussed throughout the book. • A chapter on social class is very unique for a book devoted to communication processes. Communication theorists do not usually write about class, even though it is a highly symbolic process and rooted in communication patterns. Class is a difficult concept in America since so few people, other than sociologists, care to talk about it. • A chapter on medium theory takes the bold step of experimenting a little by summarizing basic causal statements and propositions. This device underscores the goal of a theory which is to come to grips with testable statements. The focus is on medium theory and how the media influence consciousness and social structure. • A unique chapter takes up the issue of how communication processes are constitutive of social structures. It draws on work by Giddens and others to return to a concept of structure based on actions that produce and reproduce structure.
Ellis, D. G. (1999). From Language to Communication. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
From Language to Communication focuses on the structure of texts and on the social and psychological aspects of language. Utilizing current thinking and research, this volume provides an overview of issues in linguistics, sociolinguistics, cognition, pragmatics, discourse, and semantics as they coalesce to create the communicative experience. As a unique examination of the relationship between language and communication, key features of the second edition include: • material on the biological bases of language, • models of the mind and information processing, • discussions of semantics and the creation of new words, • conversation analysis with practical applications, and • a chapter on sociolinguistics, including language and groups, dialects, and personal styles. Designed as an introduction to language and communication study, this text is appropriate for use in undergraduate and graduate courses in discourse and related courses in language, meaning, and messages. It also makes an excellent companion volume for courses in theory or interpersonal communication. ADDITIONAL COPY FOR MAILER More readable and practical than its predecessor, this second edition contains major additions: • A more general introduction to language and communication, including new material on the biological bases of language as well as a table of species comparisons and brain comparisons. • New models of the mind and how you process information, including more on the role of short and long term memory. It also includes a section on the features of messages that aid in comprehension–in other words, how people use the messages of another to build meaning and comprehension. • A new section on semantics, new words and how they come about, and a more interesting treatment of meaning and how it works. The section on new words details the many ways that new words come into being. The examples are interesting and engaging for the student. • A new focus on pragmatics with a major new section on conversation analysis which includes very practical ways to apply the principles with numerous examples. • A new chapter on sociolinguistics includes material on language and groups (including gender, African-American English, and social class) dialects, personal styles, and related issues.
Ellis, E. I. (1999). Opportunities in Broadcasting Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Rev. ed. of: Opportunities in broadcasting. 1981.
Ellis, E. S. Thomas Jefferson : A Character Sketch. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Ellis, G. (1992). Rings and Fields. Oxford [England], Clarendon Press.
Ellis, H. and P. Taylor (1999). Varicose Veins. London, Cambridge University Press.
This third edition of a popular book aims to address the aetiology and treatment of varicose veins in plain language that will be understandable to the physician and lay reader alike. It deals with possible causes, treatment, complications and common questions and answers. The text has been brought up-to-date and includes clear explanations of recently developed diagnostic techniques such as Doppler ultrasound and new treatment options such as laser therapy. The book is fully illustrated throughout with photographs and clear explanatory drawings, often in colour, to aid understanding. It also includes simple self-help material such as some exercise programmes.
Ellis, H. and V. University of (1997). On Life and Sex : Essays of Love and Virtue. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ellis, J. B. Lahoma. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Ellis, M. H., et al. (2000). A Year at the Catholic Worker : A Spiritual Journey Among the Poor. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.
‘An earlier version of the work was published under the title A Year at the Catholic Worker by Paulist Press, 1978.’–T.p. verso.
Ellis, R. (1998). Speaking to the People : The Rhetorical Presidency in Historical Perspective. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
Ellis, R. W. (1999). Combination Vaccines : Development, Clinical Research, and Approval. Totowa, N.J., Humana Press.
Ellis, S. G. (1995). Tudor Frontiers and Noble Power : The Making of the British State. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Ellison, C. W. (1995). Country Music Culture : From Hard Times to Heaven. Jackson [Miss.], University Press of Mississippi.
Ellison, R. C. (1999). Bibb County, Alabama : The First Hundred Years. University, Ala, University Alabama Press.
This model county history chronicles one hundred years in the life of a representative Deep South county. The history of Bibb County between 1818 and 1918 is in many ways representative of the experience of central Alabama during that period. Bibb County shares physical characteristics with the areas both to its north and to its south. In its northern section is a mineral district and in its southern valleys fertile farming country; therefore, its citizens have sometimes allied themselves with the hill counties and sometimes with their Black Belt neighbors. Both sections of the county developed in step with the surrounding counties. Bibb’s foundries were established during the same time and by the same iron masters as Shelby County, and its coal mines in the same decade as Jefferson County. Its farmers planted the same crops and faced the same problems as those in Perry, Autauga, and Tuscaloosa counties. Like Tuscaloosa, Bibb endeavored to promote river transportation for both its industrial and its agricultural products. This carefully documented history is based on a variety of original sources, from personal letters to government records. It is generously illustrated with early maps and with old pictures of Bibb landmarks, many of which have now vanished.
Ellmore, R. T. (1991). NTC’s Mass Media Dictionary. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Ellsworth, J. and L. J. Ames (1998). Critical Perspectives on Project Head Start : Revisioning the Hope and Challenge. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ellwood, I. (2000). The Essential Brand Book : Over 100 Techniques to Increase Brand Value. London, Kogan Page.
Ellwood, N. (1999). Learning About Integrity From the Life of Eleanor Roosevelt. New York, Powerkids Press.
A brief biography examining the value of integrity in the life of the First Lady who devoted herself to helping others and working for peace.
Ellwood, R. S. (1997). The Fifties Spiritual Marketplace : American Religion in a Decade of Conflict. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.
Ellwood, R. S. (1999). Mysticism and Religion. New York, N.Y., Seven Bridges Press.
Elman, B. A. (1990). Classicism, Politics, and Kinship : The Chʻang-chou School of New Text Confucianism in Late Imperial China. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Elman, J. L. (1996). Rethinking Innateness : A Connectionist Perspective on Development. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
Rethinking Innateness asks the question,’What does it really mean to say that a behavior is innate?’The authors describe a new framework in which interactions, occurring at all levels, give rise to emergent forms and behaviors. These outcomes often may be highly constrained and universal, yet are not themselves directly contained in the genes in any domain-specific way.One of the key contributions of Rethinking Innateness is a taxonomy of ways in which a behavior can be innate. These include constraints at the level of representation, architecture, and timing; typically, behaviors arise through the interaction of constraints at several of these levels.The ideas are explored through dynamic models inspired by a new kind of’developmental connectionism,’a marriage of connectionist models and developmental neurobiology, forming a new theoretical framework for the study of behavioral development. While relying heavily on the conceptual and computational tools provided by connectionism, Rethinking Innateness also identifies ways in which these tools need to be enriched by closer attention to biology.
Elman, R. M. (1998). Namedropping : Mostly Literary Memoirs. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Elmendorf, W. W. and A. L. Kroeber (1992). The Structure of Twana Culture. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.
Elsas, J. D. v., et al. (1997). Modern Soil Microbiology. New York, CRC Press.
Elshtain, J. B. and J. T. Cloyd (1995). Politics and the Human Body : Assault on Dignity. Nashville, Tenn, Vanderbilt University Press.
Elsner, P. and H. I. Maibach (2000). Cosmeceuticals : Drugs Vs. Cosmetics. New York, Informa Healthcare.
Elster, J. (1999). Strong Feelings : Emotion, Addiction, and Human Behavior. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
Emotion and addiction lie on a continuum between simple visceral drives such as hunger, thirst, and sexual desire at one end and calm, rational decision making at the other. Although emotion and addiction involve visceral motivation, they are also closely linked to cognition and culture. They thus provide the ideal vehicle for Jon Elster’s study of the interrelation between three explanatory approaches to behavior: neurobiology, culture, and choice.The book is organized around parallel analyses of emotion and addiction in order to bring out similarities as well as differences. Elster’s study sheds fresh light on the generation of human behavior, ultimately revealing how cognition, choice, and rationality are undermined by the physical processes that underlie strong emotions and cravings. This book will be of particular interest to those studying the variety of human motivations who are dissatisfied with the prevailing reductionisms.•Not for sale in Belgium, France, or Switzerland.
Elstob, E. (1997). Travels in a Europe Restored : 1989-1995. Woodbridge, Boydell & Brewer.
Europe Restored is a highly personal account of the fall of the Iron Curtain, written from an unusual viewpoint. Eric Elstob was director of various investment trusts in the City during the years before and after the collapse of Communism, with a special interest in European affairs. But he also travelled as an ordinary tourist in eastern Europe, and this book juxtaposes vividly the vignettes of everyday life that he encountered with his high-level contacts in the financial and political world; a discussion of the problems of switching from a command economy to a market economy with thefinance minister in the capital one month is set beside a talk with the baker who had just bought his shop in a village the next month. Such daily encounters offer exceptional grass-roots witness tothe economic challenges facing the former eastern European countries as they struggle to rejoin the wider European economic and cultural entity. ERIC ELSTOB was vice-chairman of the Foreign and Colonial Group until his retirement in 1995.
Eltigani, E. E. T. (1995). War and Drought in Sudan : Essays on Population Displacement. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Elton, E. J. and M. J. Gruber (1999). Investments. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Elton, E. J. and M. J. Gruber (1999). Investments. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Elwood, C. (1999). The Body Broken : The Calvinist Doctrine of the Eucharist and the Symbolization of Power in Sixteenth-Century France. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.
In the public religious controversies of sixteenth-century France, no subject received more attention or provoked greater passion that the eucharist. In this study of Reformation theologies of the eucharist, Christopher Elwood contends that the doctrine for which French Protestants argued played a pivotal role in the development of Calvinist revolutionary politics. By focusing on the new understandings of signs and symbols purveyed in Protestant writing on the sacrament of the Lords Supper, Elwood shows how adherents to the Reformation movement came to interpret the nature of power and the relation between society and the sacred in ways that departed radically from the views of their Catholic neighbors. The clash of religious, social, and political ideals focused in interpretations of the sacrament led eventually to political violence that tore France apart in the latter half of the sixteenth century.
Elwood, W. N. (1999). Power in the Blood : A Handbook on AIDS, Politics, and Communication. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
In this single volume, William N. Elwood has gathered potent evidence of the impact that the HIV/AIDS epidemic has had on the world, its communities, and its inhabitants, and he addresses the role of communication in affecting the way in which people respond to AIDS. With a multidisciplinary group of contributors and topics ranging from political rhetoric to interpersonal discourse, Power in the Blood offers a multitude of ways in which to think about power, politics, HIV prevention, and people living with HIV. Readers will be able to use this information in class discussions, program designs, grant applications, and research, as well as in their own lives. With this volume, Elwood makes a thoroughly convincing argument that communication is the key to understanding, treating, and preventing AIDS, and he inspires further action toward the goal of ending the AIDS crisis.
Ely, S. E. (1998). In Jewish Texas : A Family Memoir. Fort Worth, Texas Christian University Press.
Elyot, T. The Boke Named the Governour. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Elzinga, A. (1993). Changing Trends in Antarctic Research. Dordrecht, Springer.
This book gives an update on the rapidly changing events surrounding the introduction of an environmental protection regime in Antarctica. It takes up the historical background, as well as the role of science as a vehicle for political action. In particular it traces the shift of political agendas relating to Antarctica, and the changes this has wrought in research directions. The book brings together discussions from a symposium held at the University of Gteborg in Sweden, where a unique interaction between scientists, research administrators and philosophers of science homed in on the implications for science that flow from the shift towards an environmentalist focus in Antarctica. It is argued that changing trends in Antarctic research must be understood bifocally, i.e. with reference both to political changes and epistomological considerations. This places the book squarely in two different discourses, one in the social studies of science and technology, with special reference to science policy, and the other in environmental studies, with special reference to Antarctica. A comprehensive index is included.
Embretson, S. E. and S. L. Hershberger (1998). The New Rules of Measurement : What Every Psychologist and Educator Should Know. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.
In this volume prominent scholars from both psychology and education describe how these new rules of measurement work and how they differ from the old rules. Several contributors have been involved in the recent construction or revision of a major test, while others are well-known for their theoretical contributions to measurement. The goal is to provide an integrated yet comprehensive reference source concerned with contemporary issues and approaches in testing and measurement.
Emerson, R. W. An Address. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. The American Scholar. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Beauty. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Circles : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Compensation : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. The Conservative. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. English Traits. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Essay on Character. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Friendship : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Gifts : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Heroism : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Lecture on the Themes. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Literary Ethics. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Man the Reformer. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Manners : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. The Method of Nature. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Nature. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. New England Reformers. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Poems of Ralph Waldo Emerson. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. The Poet : An Essay. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Self Reliance. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. The Transcendentalist. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. Worship. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, R. W. The Young American. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Emerson, T. E. (1997). Cahokia and the Archaeology of Power. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.
This study uses the theoretical concepts of agency, power, and ideology to explore the development of cultural complexity within the hierarchically organized Cahokia Middle Mississippian society of the American Bottom from the 11th to the 13th centuries. By scrutinizing the available archaeological settlement and symbolic evidence, Emerson demonstrates that many sites previously identified as farmsteads were actually nodal centers with specialized political, religious, and economic functions integrated into a centralized administrative organization. These centers consolidated the symbolism of such’artifacts of power’as figurines, ritual vessels, and sacred plants into a rural cult that marked the expropriation of the cosmos as part of the increasing power of the Cahokian rulers. During the height of Cahokian centralized power, it is argued, the elites had convinced their subjects that they ruled both the physical and the spiritual worlds. Emerson concludes that Cahokian complexity differs significantly in degree and form from previously studied Eastern Woodlands chiefdoms and opens new discussion about the role of rural support for the Cahokian ceremonial center.
Emerson, W. K. (1996). Encyclopedia of United States Army Insignia and Uniforms. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Emmanuel, S. M. (1996). Kierkegaard and the Concept of Revelation. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Emmerich, W. (2000). Engineering Distributed Objects. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Emmerichs, M. B. and A. B. Kehoe (1999). Assembling the Past : Studies in the Professionalization of Archaeology. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Encinias, M. (1997). Two Lives for Oñate. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Enders, V. L. and P. B. Radcliff (1999). Constructing Spanish Womanhood : Female Identity in Modern Spain. Albany, State University of New York Press.
The first anthology in English on modern Spanish women’s history and identity formation.
Enelow, W. S. (1998). 201 Winning Cover Letters for $100,000+ Jobs : Cover Letters That Can Change Your Life! Manassas Park, VA, Impact.
Eng, T. R. and W. T. Butler (1997). The Hidden Epidemic : Confronting Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
The United States has the dubious distinction of leading the industrialized world in overall rates of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), with 12 million new cases annually. About 3 million teenagers contract an STD each year, and many will have long-term health problems as a result. Women and adolescents are particularly vulnerable to these diseases and their health consequences. In addition, STDs increase the risk of HIV transmission. The Hidden Epidemic examines the scope of sexually transmitted infections in the United States and provides a critical assessment of the nation’s response to this public health crisis. The book identifies the components of an effective national STD prevention and control strategy and provides direction for an appropriate response to the epidemic. Recommendations for improving public awareness and education, reaching women and adolescents, integrating public health programs, training health care professionals, modifying messages from the mass media, and supporting future research are included. The book documents the epidemiological dimensions and the economic and social costs of STDs, describing them as’a secret epidemic’with tremendous consequences. The committee frankly discusses the confusing and often hypocritical nature of how Americans deal with issues regarding sexuality–the conflicting messages conveyed in the mass media, the reluctance to promote condom use, the controversy over sex education for teenagers, and the issue of personal blame. The Hidden Epidemic identifies key elements of effective, culturally appropriate programs to promote healthy behavior by adolescents and adults. It examines the problem of fragmentation in STD services and provides examples of communities that have formed partnerships between stakeholders to develop integrated approaches. The committee’s recommendations provide a practical foundation on which to build an integrated national program to help young people and adults develop habits of healthy sexuality. The Hidden Epidemic was written for both health care professionals and people without a medical background and will be indispensable to anyone concerned about preventing and controlling STDs.
Engel, W. E. (1995). Mapping Mortality : The Persistence of Memory and Melancholy in Early Modern England. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Engelkamp, J. (1998). Memory for Actions. Hove, East Sussex, UK, Taylor & Francis [CAM].
Engerman, S. L. (1999). Terms of Labor : Slavery, Serfdom, and Free Labor. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University Press.
England, W. A., et al. (1991). Petroleum Migration. London, Geological Society of London.
Englander, R. (1997). Developing Java Beans. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly.
Engle, P. (1996). A Lucky American Childhood. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
More than any other individual, Paul Engle was the spirited force behind the creative writing workshops now so abundant in America. His indomitable nature, enthusiasm, and great persuasive powers, coupled with his distinguished reputation as a poet, loomed large behind the founding of the influential Iowa Writers’Workshop. A Lucky American Childhood will appeal to people with memories of the small-town America that Paul Engle describes with such affectionate realism and to all those interested in the roots of this renowned man of letters.
Engst, A. C. and D. Pogue (1999). Crossing Platforms A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook : A Dictionary for Strangers in a Strange Land. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.
Like travelers in a foreign land, Mac users working in Windows or Windows users working on a Mac often find themselves in unfamiliar territory with no guidebook. Crossing Platforms: A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook, with information presented in a translation dictionary-like format, offers users a handy way of translating skills and knowledge from one platform to the other. Whether it’s explaining the difference between Macintoshaliases and Windows shortcuts or explaining how a Windows user would go about setting up Internet access on a Mac, this book provides readers a simple means to look up familiar interface elements and system features and learn how that element or feature works on the other platform.Crossing Platforms: A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook includes:A general introduction to the key differences between the Mac and WindowsA to Z sections for each platform: one section where Mac users look up familiar Macintosh terms to find the equivalent function in Windows along with an explanation of the differences; and another section where Windows users find familiar Windows terms with pointers to the Macintosh equivalent along with full descriptions of how the function works on the Mac and important differences between the two platformsThe complete translation dictionary-like reference book,Crossing Platforms: A Macintosh/Windows Phrasebook provides a simple solution for everyone who has been confused and frustrated by the arbitrary and sometimes capricious differences between the Macintosh and Windows operating systems. This book bridges the Mac-PC knowledge gap many users are faced with when work or preference demands the use of both a PC and Mac. Whether you already know the Macintosh or Windows, this book helps you navigate in the other operating system using your existing skills and knowledge.
Enloe, C. H. (1990). Bananas, Beaches and Bases : Making Feminist Sense of International Politics. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In this brand new radical analysis of globalization, Cynthia Enloe examines recent events—Bangladeshi garment factory deaths, domestic workers in the Persian Gulf, Chinese global tourists, and the UN gender politics of guns—to reveal the crucial role of women in international politics today.With all new and updated chapters, Enloe describes how many women’s seemingly personal strategies—in their marriages, in their housework, in their coping with ideals of beauty—are, in reality, the stuff of global politics. Enloe offers a feminist gender analysis of the global politics of both masculinities and femininities, dismantles an apparently overwhelming world system, and reveals that system to be much more fragile and open to change than we think.
Enloe, C. H. (1993). The Morning After : Sexual Politics at the End of the Cold War. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Cynthia Enloe’s riveting new book looks at the end of the Cold War and places women at the center of international politics. Focusing on the relationship between the politics of sexuality and the politics of militarism, Enloe charts the changing definitions of gender roles, sexuality, and militarism at the end of the twentieth century.In the gray dawn of this new era, Enloe finds that the politics of sexuality have already shifted irrevocably. Women glimpse the possibilities of democratization and demilitarization within what is still a largely patriarchal world. New opportunities for greater freedom are seen in emerging social movements—gays fighting for their place in the American military, Filipina servants rallying for their rights in Saudi Arabia, Danish women organizing against the European Community’s Maastricht treaty. Enloe also documents the ongoing assaults against women as newly emerging nationalist movements serve to reestablish the privileges of masculinity.The voices of real women are heard in this book. They reach across cultures, showing the interconnections between military networks, jobs, domestic life, and international politics. The Morning After will spark new ways of thinking about the complexities of the post-Cold War period, and it will bring contemporary sexual politics into the clear light of day as no other book has done.
Enloe, C. H. (2000). Maneuvers : The International Politics of Militarizing Women’s Lives. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
Maneuvers takes readers on a global tour of the sprawling process called’militarization.’With her incisive verve and moxie, eminent feminist Cynthia Enloe shows that the people who become militarized are not just the obvious ones—executives and factory floor workers who make fighter planes, land mines, and intercontinental missiles. They are also the employees of food companies, toy companies, clothing companies, film studios, stock brokerages, and advertising agencies. Militarization is never gender-neutral, Enloe claims: It is a personal and political transformation that relies on ideas about femininity and masculinity. Films that equate action with war, condoms that are designed with a camouflage pattern, fashions that celebrate brass buttons and epaulettes, tomato soup that contains pasta shaped like Star Wars weapons—all of these contribute to militaristic values that mold our culture in both war and peace.Presenting new and groundbreaking material that builds on Enloe’s acclaimed work in Does Khaki Become You? and Bananas, Beaches, and Bases, Maneuvers takes an international look at the politics of masculinity, nationalism, and globalization. Enloe ranges widely from Japan to Korea, Serbia, Kosovo, Rwanda, Britain, Israel, the United States, and many points in between. She covers a broad variety of subjects: gays in the military, the history of’camp followers,’the politics of women who have sexually serviced male soldiers, married life in the military, military nurses, and the recruitment of women into the military. One chapter titled’When Soldiers Rape’explores the many facets of the issue in countries such as Chile, the Philippines, Okinawa, Rwanda, and the United States.Enloe outlines the dilemmas feminists around the globe face in trying to craft theories and strategies that support militarized women, locally and internationally, without unwittingly being militarized themselves. She explores the complicated militarized experiences of women as prostitutes, as rape victims, as mothers, as wives, as nurses, and as feminist activists, and she uncovers the’maneuvers’that military officials and their civilian supporters have made in order to ensure that each of these groups of women feel special and separate.
Enneking, W. F. (1990). Clinical Musculoskeletal Pathology. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Eno, R. (1989). The Confucian Creation of Heaven : Philosophy and the Defense of Ritual Mastery. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Enos, T. (1996). Gender Roles and Faculty Lives in Rhetoric and Composition. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Enrâiquez, L. J. (1991). Harvesting Change : Labor and Agrarian Reform in Nicaragua, 1979-1990. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
One of the principal aims of the Sandinista government in Nicaragua was to end the exploitation of the rural poor. But its attempts to promote balanced economic development and redistribute agricultural resources created labor shortages that threatened the country’s economic lifeline. New employment opportunities created through agrarian reform upset the delicate balance developed in pre-revolution years to meet the labor requirements of Nicaragua’s two key crops, cotton and coffee. Laura Enriquez studied this problem extensively while working in Nicaragua between 1982 and 1989, and in Harvesting Change she provides a unique analysis of the dilemmas of reform in an agrarian society.Enriquez describes the traditional labor relations of Nicaragua’s agroexport production and outlines their breakdown as agrarian reform advanced. She also assesses the alternatives adopted by the Sandinista government as it attempted to address the crisis. Her book is based on participant observation and on formal and informal interviews with a broad cross section of people involved in agricultural production, including officials involved in agrarian reform, planning, and labor; producers; workers; and representatives from associations of growers, workers, and peasants.By presenting agrarian reform in its broad social context, Enriquez makes and important contribution to our understanding of the problems associated with the transition to socialism in the Third World.A UNC Press Enduring Edition — UNC Press Enduring Editions use the latest in digital technology to make available again books from our distinguished backlist that were previously out of print. These editions are published unaltered from the original, and are presented in affordable paperback formats, bringing readers both historical and cultural value.
èOlðcen, M. A. and G. Leiser (1995). Vetluga Memoir : A Turkish Prisoner of War in Russia, 1916-1918. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Translated from the Turkish.
èOsterle, H., et al. (1993). Total Information Systems Management : A European Approach. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Eoyang, E. C. (1995). Coat of Many Colors : Reflections on Diversity by a Minority of One. Boston, Beacon Press.
Ephraem The Pearl : Seven Hymns on the Faith. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Epictetus The Golden Sayings of Epictetus. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Epictetus Letter. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Epictetus (1996). The Enchiridion. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Epictetus and R. F. Dobbin (1998). Discourses. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Description based on print version record.
Epicurus Principal Doctrines. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Epp, J. R. and A. M. Watkinson (1997). Systemic Violence in Education : Promise Broken. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Epshtein, M. (1995). After the Future : The Paradoxes of Postmodernism and Contemporary Russian Culture. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Epstein, B. (1991). Political Protest and Cultural Revolution : Nonviolent Direct Action in the 1970s and 1980s. Berkeley, University of California Press.
From her perspective as both participant and observer, Barbara Epstein examines the nonviolent direct action movement which, inspired by the civil rights movement, flourished in the United States from the mid-seventies to the mid-eighties. Disenchanted with the politics of both the mainstream and the organized left, and deeply committed to forging communities based on shared values, activists in this movement developed a fresh, philosophy and style of politics that shaped the thinking of a new generation of activists. Driven by a vision of an ecologically balanced, nonviolent, egalitarian society, they engaged in political action through affinity groups, made decisions by consensus, and practiced mass civil disobedience.The nonviolent direct action movement galvanized originally in opposition to nuclear power, with the Clamshell Alliance in New England and then the Abalone Alliance in California leading the way. Its influence soon spread to other activist movements—for peace, non-intervention, ecological preservation, feminism, and gay and lesbian rights.Epstein joined the San Francisco Bay Area’s Livermore Action Group to protest the arms race and found herself in jail along with a thousand other activists for blocking the road in front of the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory. She argues that to gain a real understanding of the direct action movement it is necessary to view it from the inside. For with its aim to base society as a whole on principles of egalitarianism and nonviolence, the movement sought to turn political protest into cultural revolution.
Epstein, B. A. (1999). Director in a Nutshell : A Desktop Quick Reference. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.
Epstein, J. M., et al. (1996). Growing Artificial Societies : Social Science From the Bottom Up. Washington, D.C., A Bradford Book.
How do social structures and group behaviors arise from the interaction of individuals? Growing Artificial Societies approaches this question with cutting-edge computer simulation techniques. Fundamental collective behaviors such as group formation, cultural transmission, combat, and trade are seen to’emerge’from the interaction of individual agents following a few simple rules.In their program, named Sugarscape, Epstein and Axtell begin the development of a’bottom up’social science that is capturing the attention of researchers and commentators alike.The study is part of the 2050 Project, a joint venture of the Santa Fe Institute, the World Resources Institute, and the Brookings Institution. The project is an international effort to identify conditions for a sustainable global system in the next century and to design policies to help achieve such a system.Copublished with the Brookings Institution
Epstein, L. and J. F. Kobylka (1992). The Supreme Court and Legal Change : Abortion and the Death Penalty. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
The authors analyze abortion and death penalty decisions by the Supreme Court and argue that they provide prime examples of abrupt legal change. After proposing that the strength of legal arguments has at least as much impact on Court decisions as do public opinion and justices’political beliefs, they focus on the way litigators propel certain issues onto the Court’s agenda and seek to persuade the justices to affect legal change.
Epstein, S. (1996). Genoa & the Genoese, 958-1528. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
Set in the middle of the Italian Riviera, Genoa is perhaps best known as the birthplace of Christopher Columbus. But Genoa was also one of medieval Europe’s major centers of trade and commerce. In Genoa and the Genoese, 958-1528, Steven Epstein has written the first comprehensive history of the city that traces its transformation from an obscure port into the capital of a small but thriving republic with an extensive overseas empire. In a series of chronological chapters, Epstein bridges six centuries of medieval and Renaissance history by skillfully interweaving the four threads of political events, economic trends, social conditions, and cultural accomplishments. He provides considerable new evidence on social themes and also examines other subjects important to Genoa’s development, such as religion, the Crusades, the city’s long and combative relations with the Muslim world, the environment, and epidemic disease, giving this book a scope that encompasses the entire Mediterranean. Along with the nobles and merchants who governed the city, Epstein profiles the ordinary men and women of Genoa. Genoa and the Genoese, 958-1528 displays the full richness and eclectic nature of the Genoese people during their most vibrant centuries.’A milestone in medieval Italian history…. This book is a must read for specialists of medieval and early modern Italy, and highly recommendable to anyone interested in the period.’–Sixteenth Century Journal’A learned and intriguing book…. It is necessary reading for anyone interested in getting a better view of the historical evolution of the European economy and polity.’–Journal of Economic History’Genoa’s history is notoriously intricate, but Steven Epstein has produced order out of chaos; this is a work of lasting value, thoughtful, scholarly, and also readable.’–David Abulafia, Cambridge University’Genoa and the Genoese holds the promise of becoming the history of medieval Genoa in the foreseeable future.’–Benjamin Z. Kedar, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem In this comprehensive history of Genoa, Steven Epstein traces the city’s transformation from an obscure port into the capital of a small but thriving republic with an extensive overseas empire. His story bridges six centuries of medieval and Renaissance history, interweaving political events, economic trends, social conditions, and cultural accomplishments. Profiling the ordinary men and women of Genoa as well as the nobles and merchants who governed the city, Epstein captures the full richness and eclectic nature of the Genoese people during their most vibrant centuries. –>
Epstein, S. (1996). Impure Science : AIDS, Activism, and the Politics of Knowledge. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In the short, turbulent history of AIDS research and treatment, the boundaries between scientist insiders and lay outsiders have been crisscrossed to a degree never before seen in medical history. Steven Epstein’s astute and readable investigation focuses on the critical question of’how certainty is constructed or deconstructed,’leading us through the views of medical researchers, activists, policy makers, and others to discover how knowledge about AIDS emerges out of what he calls’credibility struggles.’Epstein shows the extent to which AIDS research has been a social and political phenomenon and how the AIDS movement has transformed biomedical research practices through its capacity to garner credibility by novel strategies. Epstein finds that nonscientist AIDS activists have gained enough of a voice in the scientific world to shape NIH–sponsored research to a remarkable extent. Because of the blurring of roles and responsibilities, the production of biomedical knowledge about AIDS does not, he says, follow the pathways common to science; indeed, AIDS research can only be understood as a field that is unusually broad, public, and contested. He concludes by analyzing recent moves to democratize biomedicine, arguing that although AIDS activists have set the stage for new challenges to scientific authority, all social movements that seek to democratize expertise face unusual difficulties.Avoiding polemics and accusations, Epstein provides a benchmark account of the AIDS epidemic to date, one that will be as useful to activists, policy makers, and general readers as to sociologists, physicians, and scientists.
Epstein, S. D. and N. Hornstein (1999). Working Minimalism. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
The essays in this book present explicit syntactic analyses that adhere to programmatic minimalist guidelines. Thus they show how the guiding ideas of minimalism can shape the construction of a new, more explanatory theory of the syntactic component of the human language faculty. Contributors: Zeljko Boskovic, Samuel David Epstein, Robert Freidin, Erich M. Groat, Norbert Hornstein, Hisatsugu Kitahara, Howard Lasnik, Roger Martin, Jairo Nunes, Norvin Richards, Juan Uriagereka, Amy WeinbergCurrent Studies in Linguistics No. 32
Epstein, W. M. (1997). Welfare in America : How Social Science Fails the Poor. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.
William M. Epstein charges that most current social welfare programs are not held to credible standards in their design or their results. Rather than spending less on such research and programs, however, Epstein suggests we should spend much more, and do the job right. The American public and policymakers need to rely on social science research for objective, credible information when trying to solve problems of employment, affordable housing, effective health care, and family integrity. But, Epstein contends, politicians treat welfare issues as ideological battlegrounds; they demand immediate results from questionable data and implement policies long before social researchers can complete their analyses. Social scientists often play into the political agenda, supporting poorly conceived programs and doing little to test and revise them. Analyzing Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) and the recent welfare reform act, Food Stamps, Medicaid, job training, social services, and other programs, Epstein systematically challenges the conservative’s vain hope that neglect is therapeutic for the poor, as well as the liberal’s conceit that a little bit of assistance is sufficient.
Erasmus, D., et al. (1999). On Copia of Words and Ideas : De Utraque Verborum Ac Rerum Copia. Milwaukee, Marquette University Press.
Erbe, L. H., et al. (1995). Oscillation Theory for Functional Differential Equations. New York, CRC Press.
Erdosh, G. (1997). Food and Recipes of the Civil War. New York, PowerKids Press.
Briefly describes some of the foods eaten in the North and South before and after the Civil War and the impact of the war on what foods were available and how they were prepared. Includes recipes.
Erdosh, G. (1997). Food and Recipes of the Pilgrims. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes the kinds of foods grown and prepared by the Pilgrims during their first years in America, and their dependence upon Native people to ward off starvation. Includes recipes.
Erickson, J. R. (1999). Some Babies Grow up to Be Cowboys : A Collection of Articles and Essays. Denton, University of North Texas Press.
Erickson, M. (2005). Into the Unknown Together : The DOD, NASA, and Early Spaceflight. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.
‘Colonel Erickson examines the use of space exploration as a tool to secure international prestige and national pride as part of the Cold War struggle with the Soviet Union during the Eisenhower, Kennedy, and Johnson administrations. He looks at the creation of the National Aeronautical and Space Administration (NASA), the evolving NASA-DOD relationship, and the larger context in which this relationship was forged. He focuses on the human-spaceflight projects — Projects Mercury, Gemini, Apollo, Dynasoar, and the Manned Orbiting Laboratory–by examining the geopolitical, domestic political, and bureaucratic environments in which decisions concerning these projects were made. By blending in the individuals involved, the obstacles that were overcome, and the achievements of the US space program, Erickson reveals a special transformation that took place during this chapter of Americana.’–Abstract from AU press web site.
Ericsson, K. A. and H. A. Simon (1992). Protocol Analysis : Verbal Reports As Data. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
In this revised edition of the book that first put protocol analysis on firm theoretical ground, the authors review major advances in verbal reports over the past decade, including new evidence on how giving verbal reports affects subjects’cognitive processes, and on the validity and completeness of such reports.
Eriksen, T. H. (1995). Small Places, Large Issues : An Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology. London, Pluto Press.
Erlich, G. C. (1992). The Sexual Education of Edith Wharton. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Starting with the tensions in the early family constellation, Gloria C. Erlich traces Edith Wharton’s erotic evolution—from her early repression of sexuality and her celibate marriage to her discovery of passion in a rapturous midlife love affair with the bisexual Morton Fullerton. Analyzing the novelist’s life, letters, and fiction, Erlich reveals several interrelated identity systems—the filial, the sexual, and the creative—that evolved together over the course of Wharton’s lifetime.
Ermarth, E. D. (1998). Realism and Consensus in the English Novel. Princeton, N.J., Edinburgh University Press.
Erneling, C. E. (1993). Understanding Language Acquisition : The Framework of Learning. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ernest, J. (1995). Resistance and Reformation in Nineteenth-century African-American Literature : Brown, Wilson, Jacobs, Delany, Douglass, and Harper. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.
Ernest, P. (1998). Social Constructivism As a Philosophy of Mathematics. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ernst, C. W. and A. Schimmel (1992). Eternal Garden : Mysticism, History, and Politics at a South Asian Sufi Center. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ernst, J. (1998). Forging a Fateful Alliance : Michigan State University and the Vietnam War. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.
Ernst, J. W., et al. (1994). Dear Father/dear Son : Correspondence of John D. Rockefeller and John D. Rockefeller, Jr. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Errington, S. (1998). The Death of Authentic Primitive Art : And Other Tales of Progress. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In this lucid, witty, and forceful book, Shelly Errington argues that Primitive Art was invented as a new type of art object at the beginning of the twentieth century but that now, at the century’s end, it has died a double but contradictory death. Authenticity and primitivism, both attacked by cultural critics, have died as concepts. At the same time, the penetration of nation-states, the tourist industry, and transnational corporations into regions that formerly produced these artifacts has severely reduced supplies of’primitive art,’bringing about a second’death.’Errington argues that the construction of the primitive in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries (and the kinds of objects chosen to exemplify it) must be understood as a product of discourses of progress—from the nineteenth-century European narrative of technological progress, to the twentieth-century narrative of modernism, to the late- twentieth-century narrative of the triumph of the free market. In Part One she charts a provocative argument ranging through the worlds of museums, art theorists, mail-order catalogs, boutiques, tourism, and world events, tracing a loosely historical account of the transformations of meanings of primitive art in this century. In Part Two she explores an eclectic collection of public sites in Mexico and Indonesia—a national museum of anthropology, a cultural theme park, an airport, and a ninth-century Buddhist monument (newly refurbished)—to show how the idea of the primitive can be used in the interests of promoting nationalism and economic development.Errington’s dissection of discourses about progress and primitivism in the contemporary world is both a lively introduction to anthropological studies of art institutions and a dramatic new contribution to the growing field of cultural studies.
Ershkowitz, H. (1999). John Wanamaker : Philadelphia Merchant. [N.p.], Combined Pub.
Erskine, E. A Robbery Committed, and Restitution Made, Both to God and Man. Pensacola, Fla, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Erskine, R. Gospel Humiliation. Pensacola, Fla, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Erskine, R. The Word of Salvation Sent to Sinners. Pensacola, Fla, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Erwin, E. (1996). A Final Accounting : Philosophical and Empirical Issues in Freudian Psychology. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
More than a century has passed since Sigmund Freud began his groundbreaking work in psychoanalysis yet there is no consensus about his legacy; instead there is persistent disagreement not only about Freud’s reputation and place in history but about the proper standards to use in evaluating his theory and therapy.This book develops epistemological standards for Freudian psychology and provides a comprehensive evaluation of, and possibly final, verdict on Freud’s theory and therapy. Unlike any other evaluation published to date, it contains a systematic discussion of both the Freudian experimental and non-experimental evidence and the proper standards for interpreting the evidence.Part I considers the view that Freud’s theory should be judged by special evidential standards deemed appropriate for judging hypotheses of commonsense psychology. Edward Erwin argues against this view and for the employment of standards applicable to causal hypotheses of both the natural and social sciences. Erwin also addresses other issues about standards such as the need for experimental evidence, the use of placebo controls, the proper goals of psychotherapy, and the use of meta-analysis in analyzing outcome data.The standards developed in part I of the book are used in part II in evaluating the best available Freudian evidence.A Bradford Book
Escobar, E. J. (1999). Race, Police, and the Making of a Political Identity : Mexican Americans and the Los Angeles Police Department, 1900-1945. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In June 1943, the city of Los Angeles was wrenched apart by the worst rioting it had seen to that point in the twentieth century. Incited by sensational newspaper stories and the growing public hysteria over allegations of widespread Mexican American juvenile crime, scores of American servicemen, joined by civilians and even police officers, roamed the streets of the city in search of young Mexican American men and boys wearing a distinctive style of dress called a Zoot Suit. Once found, the Zoot Suiters were stripped of their clothes, beaten, and left in the street. Over 600 Mexican American youths were arrested. The riots threw a harsh light upon the deteriorating relationship between the Los Angeles Mexican American community and the Los Angeles Police Department in the 1940s.In this study, Edward J. Escobar examines the history of the relationship between the Los Angeles Police Department and the Mexican American community from the turn of the century to the era of the Zoot Suit Riots. Escobar shows the changes in the way police viewed Mexican Americans, increasingly characterizing them as a criminal element, and the corresponding assumption on the part of Mexican Americans that the police were a threat to their community. The broader implications of this relationship are, as Escobar demonstrates, the significance of the role of the police in suppressing labor unrest, the growing connection between ideas about race and criminality, changing public perceptions about Mexican Americans, and the rise of Mexican American political activism.
Escobar, M. (1994). Paulo Freire on Higher Education : A Dialogue at the National University of Mexico. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Escoffier, J. (1998). American Homo : Community and Perversity. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Eshom, D. (1999). Lithium : What You Should Know. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Describes the nature and effects of lithium, how it is used to treat mood disorders and ADD, and alternative forms of treatment.
Eskeland, G. S. and S. Devarajan (1996). Taxing Bads by Taxing Goods : Pollution Control with Presumptive Charges. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Eskew, G. T. (1997). But for Birmingham : The Local and National Movements in the Civil Rights Struggle. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
Birmingham served as the stage for some of the most dramatic and important moments in the history of the civil rights struggle. In this vivid narrative account, Glenn Eskew traces the evolution of nonviolent protest in the city, focusing particularly on the sometimes problematic intersection of the local and national movements. Eskew describes the changing face of Birmingham’s civil rights campaign, from the politics of accommodation practiced by the city’s black bourgeoisie in the 1950s to local pastor Fred L. Shuttlesworth’s groundbreaking use of nonviolent direct action to challenge segregation during the late 1950s and early 1960s. In 1963, the national movement, in the person of Martin Luther King Jr., turned to Birmingham. The national uproar that followed on Police Commissioner Bull Connor’s use of dogs and fire hoses against the demonstrators provided the impetus behind passage of the watershed Civil Rights Act of 1964. Paradoxically, though, the larger victory won in the streets of Birmingham did little for many of the city’s black citizens, argues Eskew. The cancellation of protest marches before any clear-cut gains had been made left Shuttlesworth feeling betrayed even as King claimed a personal victory. While African Americans were admitted to the leadership of the city, the way power was exercised–and for whom–remained fundamentally unchanged.
Eskildsen, S. (1998). Asceticism in Early Taoist Religion. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Eskinazi, D. (1999). Botanical Medicine : Efficacy, Quality Assurance, and Regulation. Larchmont, N.Y., M.A. Liebert.
Espada, M. (1997). El Coro : A Chorus of Latino and Latina Poetry. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Espey, J. J. (1994). Minor Heresies, Major Departures : A China Mission Boyhood. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
An American boy, son of Presbyterian missionaries, was born in Shanghai early in this century. The boy lived two lives, one within the pious church compound, the other along the canal and in the alleys of a traditional Chinese city. There he faced the alley brats’Lady Bandit, heard the shrill screams of a child’s foot-binding, learned rank obscenities from passing boatmen, and, while still in short pants, chewed Sen-Sen and ogled snake-charmers in the old Native City. He sailed up the Yangtze to attend boarding school, and along with his Boy Scout patrol, met Chiang Kai-shek. And when John Espey grew up, he wrote about his years in China.This memoir is the story of those years, and while it is a wry, affectionate account, it also conveys an often overlooked picture of China in the years before communism. Seen through the eyes of a child, the interplay of religion, commerce, and American colonialism that took place during this period is revealed more tellingly—and more lightheartedly—than in many an analysis by an’old China hand.’Espey’s bent is to use a’Chinese’approach to his subject, that is, to hide a second meaning within his words, to speak in parables. This he learned from both his single-minded missionary father and the family’s Chinese cook. The result is that the reader of Minor Heresies, Major Departures will learn a great deal about the Pacific Rim while having a rollicking good time.
Espinosa, A. M. and J. M. Espinosa (1990). The Folklore of Spain in the American Southwest : Traditional Spanish Folk Literature in Northern New Mexico and Southern Colorado. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Espinosa, J. M. (1988). The Pueblo Indian Revolt of 1696 and the Franciscan Missions in New Mexico : Letters of the Missionaries and Related Documents. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Esposito, J. L. (1998). Islam and Politics. Syracuse, N.Y., Syracuse University Press.
Substantially revised, this new edition of Islam and Politics updates major country case studies and adds coverage of Tunisia, Algeria, the Taliban of Afghanistan, and Hamas. John L. Esposito also addresses democratization and the clash of civilization debate.
Ess, C. (1996). Philosophical Perspectives on Computer-mediated Communication. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Essame, H. (2000). Patton : As Military Commander. [N.p.], Combined Publishing.
Essed, P. (1996). Diversity : Gender, Color, and Culture. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
Estergreen, M. M. (1962). Kit Carson : A Portrait in Courage. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Estes, R. W. (1996). Tyranny of the Bottom Line : Why Corporations Make Good People Do Bad Things. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Estlund, D. M. and M. C. Nussbaum (1998). Sex, Preference, and Family : Essays on Law and Nature. New York, Oxford University Press.
The public furor over issues of same sex marriages, gay rights, pornography, and single-parent families has erupted with a passion not seen since the 1960s. This book gathers seventeen eminent philosophers and legal scholars who offer commentary on sexuality (including sexual behavior, sexual orientation, and the role of pornography in shaping sexuality), on the family (including both same-sex and single-parent families), and on the proper role of law in these areas. The essayists are all fiercely independent thinkers and offer the reader a range of bold and thought-provoking proposals. Susan Moller Okin argues, for instance, that gender ought to be done away with–that differences in biological sex ought to have’no more social relevance than one’s eye color or the length of one’s toes’–and she urges that we look to same-sex couples as a model for households and families in a gender-free society. And Cass Sunstein suggests that the Supreme Court case Loving vs. Virginia (which overthrew the ban on interracial marriages in Virginia) might be a precedent for overturning laws that bar same-sex marriage: just as Loving overturned miscegenation laws because they were at the service of white supremacy, Sunstein shows, the laws against same-sex marriages and homosexuality are at the service of male supremacy, and might also be overturned. Of vital importance to anyone interested in sexuality, homosexuality, gender, feminism, and the family. Sex, Preference, and the Family both clarifies the current debate and points the way toward a less divisive future.
Estrin, N. F. and J. M. Akerson (2000). Cosmetic Regulation in a Competitive Environment. New York, CRC Press.
A summary of current and emerging domestic and international regulatory issues. It delineates the roles of organizations and programmes to navigate the legislative mass – for large and small personal care companies. The contributors describe the most common means of conducting safety tests to evaluate irritation, sensitization, photoirritation and photosensitization.
Esumi, K. (1999). Polymer Interfaces and Emulsions. New York, Marcel Dekker.
Ettinger, B. (1992). Opportunities in Customer Service Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Ettinger, B. (1995). Opportunities in Office Occupations. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Etulain, R. W. and J. Echeverria (1999). Portraits Of Basques In The New World. Reno, Nev, University of Nevada Press.
A collection of new essays on notable historic and contemporary Basques of America’s Far West that offers a perceptive and lively examination of the lives of one of the West’s most resilient and successful ethnic minorities. It is essential reading for anyone interested in the Basque people or those interested in the process of immigration and assimilation: these profiles illustrate how America’s Basque immigrants have achieved success in mainstream society while retaining strong ties to their ancient Old World culture.
Etzioni, A. and D. Carney (1997). Repentance : A Comparative Perspective. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
There is no consensus about what someone who has violated society’s rules must do in order to be fully restored to the community. Although repentance is a prominent idea in religions ranging from Judaism, Christianity, and Islam to Buddhism and Hinduism, its use in civic culture is vague and inconsistent. For example, is remorse the same as repentance? Drawing from a variety of religious and civic perspectives, the renowned contributors to this book_from the fields of theology, philosophy, and the social sciences_offer a broad understanding of repentance and its many applications. The essays question the legitimacy of repentance as a religious concept for the civic culture, exploring the way in which the religious origins of repentance might both illuminate and facilitate our civic usage of the idea. Excellent for theologians, philosophers, moral ethicists, and anyone asking,’Who deserves a second chance?’
Etzkowitz, H., et al. (1998). Capitalizing Knowledge : New Intersections of Industry and Academia. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Eulau, H. (1996). Micro-macro Dilemmas in Political Science : Personal Pathways Through Complexity. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Eulau, H. (1998). The Politics of Academic Culture : Foibles, Fables, and Facts. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House Publishers.
Euraque, D. A. (1996). Reinterpreting the Banana Republic : Region and State in Honduras, 1870-1972. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
In this new analysis of Honduran social and political development, Dar degreeso Euraque explains why Honduras escaped the pattern of revolution and civil wars suffered by its neighbors Guatemala, El Salvador, and Nicaragua. Within this comparative framework, he challenges the traditional Banana Republic’theory’and its assumption that multinational corporations completely controlled state formation in Central America. Instead, he demonstrates how local society in Honduras’s North Coast banana-exporting region influenced national political development. According to Euraque, the reformism of the 1970s, which prevented social and political polarization in the 1980s, originated in the local politics of San Pedro Sula and other cities along the North Coast. Moreover, Euraque shows that by the 1960s, the banana-growing areas had become bastions of liberalism, led by local capitalists and organized workers. This regional political culture directly influenced events at the national level, argues Euraque. Specifically, the military coup of 1972 drew its ideology and civilian leaders from the North Coast, and as a result, the new regime was able to successfully channel popular unrest into state-sponsored reform projects. Based on long-ignored sources in Honduran and American archives and on interviews, the book signals a major reinterpretation of modern Honduran history.
Euroconsult, et al. (1995). Farm Restructuring and Land Tenure in Reforming Socialist Economies : A Comparative Analysis of Eastern and Central Europe. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
European, C. and B. World (1999). European Union Accession : The Challenges for Public Liability Management in Central Europe. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
‘A European Borrowers Network initiative.’
European Science, F. and P. National Academy (1998). U.S.-European Collaboration in Space Science. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
U.S.-European Collaboration in Space Science reviews the past 30 years of space-based research across the Atlantic. The book, which was prepared jointly with the European Space Science Committee (under the aegis of the European Science Foundation) begins with a broad survey of the historical and political context of U.S.-European cooperation and collaboration in space. The focus of the book is a set of 13 U.S.-European missions in astrophysics, space physics, planetary sciences, earth sciences, and life and microgravity research that illustrate’lessons learned’on the evolution of the cooperation, mission planning and scheduling, international agreements, cost-sharing, management, and scientific output. These lessons form the basis of the joint committee’s findings and recommendations, which serve to improve the future conduct and enhance the scientific output of U.S.-European cooperation and collaboration in space science.
Euvino, G. (1998). The complete idiot’s guide to learning Italian on your own. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Euvino, G. (1999). The Pocket Idiot’s Guide to Italian. New York, Alpha Books.
Evans, B. (1999). Homesurfing.net : The Insider’s Guide to Buying and Selling Your Home Using the Internet. Chicago, Kaplan Publishing.
Evans, B. N. (1997). Interpreting the Free Exercise of Religion : The Constitution and American Pluralism. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
A generation ago, all of the big questions concerning religious freedom in America seemed to have been resolved. At the very least, the lines of division between proponents of a wall of separation between church and state and advocates of religious accommodation seemed clearly drawn. Since then, increasing religious diversity and changing functions of government have raised new questions about what it means to allow the free exercise of religion. In this book, Bette Novit Evans explores the contemporary understandings of this First Amendment guarantee in all of its complexity and ambiguity. Evans situates constitutional arguments about free exercise within the context of theological and sociological insights about American religious experience. She surveys and evaluates several of the most well considered approaches to religious freedom and applies them to contemporary legal controversies, examining problems in defining religion and claims concerning the autonomy of religious institutions. Her conclusions about religious liberty are embedded in an appreciation of American pluralism: the guarantee of religious freedom, she argues, can be understood as an instrument for fostering alternative sources of meaning within a pluralistic political community.
Evans, C. B. (1999). I See by Your Outfit : Becoming a Cowboy a Century Too Late. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.
Evans, C. S. (1992). Passionate Reason : Making Sense of Kierkegaard’s Philosophical Fragments. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Evans, C. S. (1998). Faith Beyond Reason. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Evans, D., et al. (1994). Who Makes Public Policy? : The Struggle for Control Between Congress and the Executive. Chatham, N.J., Chatham House Publishers.
Evans, D. S. and R. Schmalensee (1999). Paying with Plastic : The Digital Revolution in Buying and Borrowing. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Evans, E. (1990). Working with Laryngectomees. Bicester, Oxon, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.
Evans, E. D. (1993). A History of Wales, 1660-1815. Cardiff, University of Wales.
Evans, G. and M. Institute of (1997). Risk Communication and Vaccination : Summary of a Workshop. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Evans, G. E., et al. (1999). Introduction to Library Public Services. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Evans, G. E. and M. Z. Saponaro (2000). Developing Library and Information Center Collections. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Evans, G. R. (1993). Philosophy and Theology in the Middle Ages. London, Routledge.
In the ancient world being a philosopher was a practical alternative to being a christian. Philosophical systems offered intellectual, practical and moral codes for living. By the Middle Ages however philosophy was largely, though inconsistently, incorporated into Christian belef. From the end of the Roman Empire to the Reformation and Renaissance of the sixteenth century Christian theologians had a virtual monopoly on higher education. The complex interaction between theology and philosophy, which was the result of the efforts of Christian leaders and thinkers to assimilate the most sophisticated ideas of science and secular learning into their own system of thought, is the subject of this book. Augustine, as the most widely read author in the Middle Ages, is the starting point. Dr Evans then discusses the classical sources in general which the medieval scholar would have had access to when he wanted to study philosophy and its theological implications. Part I ends with an analysis of the problems of logic, language and rhetoric. In Part II the sequence of topics – God, cosmos, man follow the outline of the summa, or systematic encyclopedia of theology, which developed from the twelfth century as a text book framework. Does God exist? What is he like? What are human beings? Is there a purpose to their lives? These are the great questions of philosophy and religion and the issues to which the medieval theologian addressed himself. From `divine simplicity’to ethics and politics, this book is a lively introduction to the debates and ideas of the Middle Ages.
Evans, I. T. (1997). Bureaucracy and Race : Native Administration in South Africa. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Bureaucracy and Race overturns the common assumption that apartheid in South Africa was enforced only through terror and coercion. Without understating the role of violent intervention, Ivan Evans shows that apartheid was sustained by a great and ever-swelling bureaucracy. The Department of Native Affairs (DNA), which had dwindled during the last years of the segregation regime, unexpectedly revived and became the arrogant, authoritarian fortress of apartheid after 1948. The DNA was a major player in the prolonged exclusion of Africans from citizenship and the establishment of a racially repressive labor market. Exploring the connections between racial domination and bureaucratic growth in South Africa, Evans points out that the DNA’s transformation of oppression into’civil administration’institutionalized and, for whites, legitimized a vast, coercive bureaucratic culture, which ensnared millions of Africans in its workings and corrupted the entire state. Evans focuses on certain features of apartheid—the pass system, the’racialization of space’in urban areas, and the cooptation of African chiefs in the Bantustans—in order to make it clear that the state’s relentless administration, not its overtly repressive institutions, was the most distinctive feature of South Africa in the 1950s. All observers of South Africa past and present and of totalitarian states in general will follow with interest the story of how the Department of Native Affairs was crucial in transforming’the idea of apartheid’into a persuasive—and all too durable—practice.
Evans, J. C. (1972). Tom Jones : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Evans, J. R. and E. Minieka (1992). Optimization Algorithms for Networks and Graphs. New York, M. Dekker.
Evans, J. S. B. T. and D. E. Over (1996). Rationality and Reasoning. Hove, East Sussex, UK, Psychology Press.
This book addresses an apparent paradox in the psychology of thinking. On the one hand, human beings are a highly successful species. On the other, intelligent adults are known to exhibit numerous errors and biases in laboratory studies of reasoning and decision making. There has been much debate among both philosophers and psychologists about the implications of such studies for human rationality. The authors argue that this debate is marked by a confusion between two distinct notions: (a) personal rationality (rationality1Evans and Over argue that people have a high degree of rationality1 but only a limited capacity for rationality2. The book re-interprets the psychological literature on reasoning and decision making, showing that many normative errors, by abstract standards, reflect the operation of processes that would normally help to achieve ordinary goals. Topics discussed include relevance effects in reasoning and decision making, the influence of prior beliefs on thinking, and the argument that apparently non-logical reasoning can reflect efficient decision making. The authors also discuss the problem of deductive competence – whether people have it, and what mechanism can account for it.As the book progresses, increasing emphasis is given to the authors’dual process theory of thinking, in which a distinction between tacit and explicit cognitive systems is developed. It is argued that much of human capacity for rationality1 is invested in tacit cognitive processes, which reflect both innate mechanisms and biologically constrained learning. However, the authors go on to argue that human beings also possess an explicit thinking system, which underlies their unique – if limited – capacity to be rational.
Evans, M. (1993). Bluefeather Fellini. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].
Part Taos Indian and part Italian, Bluefeather Fellini walked in two worlds, with occasional direction from an enigmatic spirit guide. His search for life’s greatest gifts takes the reader from the mines of the American Southwest to the trenches of World War II Europe in this magical, savage and passionate novel.
Evans, M. (1994). Bluefeather Fellini in the Sacred Realm. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].
A romp through the cultures of the southwest, starring Bluefeather Fellini, a down-and-out, half-Italian, half-Indian prospector. Eventually, his guiding spirit finds him work: a millionaire wants the caverns of New Mexico searched for 60 cases of 1880-vintage wine. The job pays well and as a bonus there is the company of the millionaire’s daughter. They meet fantastic cavern-dwellers.
Evans, M. (1997). Rounders 3. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Evans, M. (1997). This Chosen Place : Finding Shangri-La on the 4UR. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].
Evans, P. W. and C. Deleyto (1998). Terms of Endearment : Hollywood Romantic Comedy of the 1980s and 1990s. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.
Evans, S. R. (1996). Voice of the Old Wolf : Lucullus Virgil McWhorter and the Nez Perce Indians. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.
Lucullus V. McWhorter devoted much of his life to preserving the history of the Nez Perce and Yakama Indians of the Pacific Northwest’s interior plateau region. McWhorter held a unique role as Nez Perce tribal historian and gatherer of tradition lore from both treaty and non-treaty bands. In Voice of the Old Wolf, Steve Evans helps to fill a gap in Nez Perce history, focusing on the 1880s to the 1940s, a period often neglected by the many historians of the 1877 war. –From publisher’s description.
Evelyn, J. and G. De la Bédoyère (1995). The Writings of John Evelyn. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.
Today John Evelyn is known almost exclusively for his Diary, the remarkable record of his life at the centre of English social and political life in the seventeenth century; his other literaryworks have received scant attention. The Writings of John Evelyn is the first serious attempt to make a selection of his works available for modern scrutiny. It covers as representative a rangeas possible of Evelyn’s books and tracts, from the first edition of his work on arboriculture, Sylva (1664), and his invective on London’s pollution, Fumifugium (1661), which has acquired a new relevance, to his memorial to his son Richard, The Golden Book of St John of Chrysostom(1659). Also included are political tracts and his comic account of England under the Commonwealth, A Character of England (1656). The editor has written a full introduction to Evelyn’s literary career, and each piece is accompanied by an individual introduction and extensive footnotes. Guy de la Bédoyère gained his Masters Degree from London University.
Everard, J. and M. Jones (1999). The Charters of Duchess Constance of Brittany and Her Family, 1171-1221. Woodbridge, U.K., Boydell & Brewer.
The indispensable charter collection for the Breton lands in the complex period of the break-up of the Angevin hegemony. ENGLISH HISTORICAL REVIEW Around 1200, sovereignty over the duchy of Brittany was disputed by the Angevin kings of England and the Capetian kings of France. With few local chronicle sources concerning Brittany in this important period, ducal charters provide crucial evidence for politics, external relations, and the conduct of government. They are also an essential source for Breton society and institutions in a period of rapid change and development. Collectedhere for the first time are the acts of Duchess Constance (1171-1201), her mother, dowager-duchess Margaret of Scotland, Constance’s three husbands, Geoffrey, son of King Henry II, Ranulf III, earl of Chester, and Guy de Thouars, and her three children, Eleanor, Arthur of Brittany, and Alice, who succeeded in 1213 to a duchy under Capetian sovereignty. The subject matter concerns not only Brittany, but also the Breton rulers’extensive lands in England, the honour of Richmond, and even the counties of Anjou, Maine and Touraine while they were under Arthur’s rule. The charters are also of wider general significance for the light they cast on the exercise of political power by female rulers. MICHAEL JONES is Emeritus Professor of Medieval French History at the University of Nottingham.
Everett, D. (1995). The Texas Cherokees : A People Between Two Fires, 1819-1840. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.[Trade paper, 1995].
Everett, W. J. (1997). Religion, Federalism, and the Struggle for Public Life : Cases From Germany, India, and America. New York, Oxford University Press.
In the past decade, the struggle for new forms of federal order and public life has exploded in central Europe, the former Soviet Union, and South Africa. Religious traditions and organizations have played a crucial role in these revolutions, and have also been critical to the establishment of constitutional orders in post-colonial countries like India. Moreover, they continue to undergird and to challenge the understanding of public life in the United States, whether in church-state conflicts or Native American religious claims. William Everett examines the role of religious traditions in the development of modern federal republicanism, seeking answers to such questions as: How have patterns of religious organization shaped federal republican orders? How do different cultures weave together these political and religious threads into a living fabric that fits their own cultural heritage? How are Western religious traditions of covenant and conciliarism relevant for understanding religion and constitutional developments in non-Western cultures? The author argues that a better comparative grasp of these dynamics is essential to our understanding of the establishment, sustenance, and development of federal republican governance. He presents, as a first step toward this goal, a detailed and comparative study of these patterns in India, Germany, and the United States.
Everhart, N. (1998). Evaluating the School Library Media Center: Analysis Techniques and Research Practices : Analysis Techniques and Research Practices. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Everhart provides practical guidelines and ready-to-use forms for evaluating a school library media center, as well as important results derived in other studies. She includes qualitative and quantitative techniques for the areas of curriculum, personnel, facilities, collections, usage, and technology. She also gives step-by-step instructions on how to create in-house surveys, conduct interviews, and use observation to gather useful data.Conduct research, collect statistics, and evaluate your program with this useful resource. Everhart provides practical guidelines and ready-to-use forms for evaluating a school library media center, as well as important results derived in other studies. She includes qualitative and quantitative techniques for the areas of curriculum, personnel, facilities, collections, usage, and technology. She also gives step-by-step instructions on how to create in-house surveys, conduct interviews, and use observation to gather useful data. For example, there are directions on how to assess information literacy with rubrics. In addition, each chapter gives detailed references, a list of further readings, applicable Web sites, and dissertations. A quick and easy guide to justifying and supporting your SLMC operations and effectiveness, this book is invaluable to all school library media specialists. It will also be of interest to school library media supervisors and researchers.
Everitt, W. N., et al. (1994). Differential Equations, Dynamical Systems, and Control Science : A Festschrift in Honor of Lawrence Markus. New York, M. Dekker.
Everitt, W. N. and S. London Mathematical (1991). Inequalities : Fifty Years on From Hardy, Littlewood, and Pólya: Proceedings of the International Conference. New York, M. Dekker.
Evron, B. (1995). Jewish State or Israeli Nation? Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Ewald, D. (1997). John Fetzer, on a Handshake : The Times and Triumphs of a Tiger Owner. Champaign, Ill, Sagamore Publishing.
Autographed by author.
Ewbank, D. C., et al. (1993). Effects of Health Programs on Child Mortality in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
This book examines the effects of health interventions on infant and child mortality. Discussions of levels and trends of infant and child mortality and causes of death provide the background for an analysis of treatment and prevention strategies.
Ewell, J. and W. H. Beezley (1989). The Human Tradition in Latin America. Wilmington, Del, Scholarly Resources, Inc.
Ewers, J. C. (1958). The Blackfeet : Raiders on the Northwestern Plains. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
The Blackfeet were the strongest military power on the northwestern plains in the historic buffalo days. For half a century up to 1805, they were almost constantly at war with the Shoshonis and came very close to exterminating that tribe. They aggressively asserted themselves against the Flatheads and the Kutenais, shoving them westward across the Rockies. They got on fairly well with English and Canadian traders during the heyday of the fur trade on the Saskatchewan River, but on the upper Missouri they took an early dislike to Americans, whom they called’Big Knives.’American fur traders, such as Manuel Lisa, Pierre Menard, and Andrew Henry, were literally chased out of Montana by the Blackfeet.
Ewers, J. C. (1968). Indian Life on the Upper Missouri. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Ewers, J. C. (1997). Plains Indian History and Culture : Essays on Continuity and Change. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Ewing, G. H., et al. (1994). The Ewing Family Civil War Letters. East Lansing, Michigan State University Press.
Complete letters of George Henry Ewing and James M. Ewing.
Ewing, G. W. (1997). Analytical Instrumentation Handbook. New York, CRC Press.
Intended for both the novice and professional, this text aims to approach problems with currently available tools and methods in the modern analytical chemistry domain. It covers all fields from basic theory and principles of analytical chemistry to instrumentation classification, design and purchasing. This edition includes information on X-ray methods and analysis, capillary electrophoresis, infrared and Raman technique comparisons, and more.
Ewing, Q. and V. University of (1996). The Heart of the Race Problem. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Exner, J. E. and P. Erdberg (2005). The Rorschach, Advanced Interpretation. New York, Wiley.
The fully revised and expanded edition of the premier guidebook to Interpreting the Rorschach For the last three decades, Dr. John Exner’s Comprehensive System has been the leading approach worldwide to administering and interpreting the Rorschach Inkblot Test. Comprised of three volumes, The Rorschach(r): A Comprehensive System is the authoritative reference for the administration, scoring, and interpretation of the Rorschach. This Third Edition of Volume Two: Advanced Interpretation, with new and updated information and case studies, provides an essential companion to the basic foundations and principles outlined in Volume One: Basic Foundations and Principles of Interpretation. New to this edition: • All-new case studies describing accurate use of the Rorschach in the assessment of children, adolescents, and adults in a variety of clinical and forensic settings • New research developments • New additions to Exner’s Comprehensive System • Expanded reference data, including nonpatient data • Expanded coverage of the cluster approach to organizing data for interpretation The leading guide to the study and implementation of the Rorschach for more than three decades, this latest volume from John Exner and Philip Erdberg is must-reading for any serious scholar or user of the Rorschach.
Extra, G. and L. T. Verhoeven (1993). Immigrant Languages in Europe. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.
Revised papers originally presented at an international colloquium held Dec. 1990, Gilze-Rijen, Netherlands.
Eye, A. v. and K. E. Niedermeier (1999). Statistical Analysis of Longitudinal Categorical Data in the Social and Behavioral Sciences : An Introduction with Computer Illustrations. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.
A comprehensive resource for analyzing a variety of categorical data, this book emphasizes the application of many recent advances of longitudinal categorical statistical methods. Each chapter provides basic methodology, helpful applications, examples using data from all fields of the social sciences, computer tutorials, and exercises. Written for social scientists and students, no advanced mathematical training is required. Step-by-step command files are given for both the CDAS and the SPSS software programs.
Eysturoy, A. O. (1996). Daughters of Self-creation : The Contemporary Chicana Novel. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
Ezcurra, E. (1999). The Basin of Mexico : Critical Environmental Issues and Sustainability. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.
Ezell, J. S. (1978). The South Since 1865. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.
Ezrin, C. and R. E. Kowalski (1999). The Type 2 Diabetes Diet Book : The Insulin Control Diet: Your Fat Can Make You Thin. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.
Originally published: The endocrine control diet : how to beat the metabolic trap and lose weight permanently. New York: Harper & Row, 1990.
Ezzell, B. (1998). Developing Windows Error Messages. Cambridge [England], O’Reilly.
Fabian, A. (2000). The Unvarnished Truth : Personal Narratives in Nineteenth-Century America. Berkeley, University of California Press.
The practice of selling one’s tale of woe to make a buck has long been a part of American culture. The Unvarnished Truth: Personal Narratives in Nineteenth-Century America is a powerful cultural history of how ordinary Americans crafted and sold their stories of hardship and calamity during the nineteenth century. Ann Fabian examines the tales of beggars, convicts, ex-slaves, prisoners of the Confederacy, and others to explore cultural authority, truth-telling, and the nature of print media as the country was shifting to a market economy. This well-crafted book describes the fascinating controversies surrounding these little-read tales and returns them to the social worlds where they were produced.Drawing on an enormous number of personal narratives—accounts of mostly poor, suffering, and often uneducated Americans—The Unvarnished Truth analyzes a long-ignored tradition in popular literature. Historians have treated the spread of literacy and the growth of print culture as a chapter in the democratization of refinement, but these tales suggest that this was not always the case. Producing stories that purported to be the plain, unvarnished truth, poor men and women edged their way onto the cultural stage, using storytelling strategies far older than those relying on a Renaissance sense of refinement and polish. This book introduces a unique collection of tales to explore the nature of truth, authenticity, and representation.
Fabian, J. (1991). Language and Colonial Power : The Appropriation of Swahili in the Former Belgian Congo 1880-1938. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In this study, inquiry will be directed to the past, and it will, for many reasons, have to reach into a past which is rather remote from present-day Shaba Swahili. The author’s principal concern remains with a contemporary situation, namely the role of Swahili in the context of work, industrial, artisanal, and artistic. When it was first formulated, the aim of my project was to describe what might be called the workers’culture of Shaba, through analyses of communicative (sociolinguistic) and cognitive (ethnosemantic) aspects of language use.
Fabian, J. (1996). Remembering the Present : Painting and Popular History in Zaire. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This book combines ethnography with the study of art to present a fascinating new vision of African history. It contains the paintings of a single artist depicting Zaire’s history, along with a series of ethnographic essays discussing local history, its complex relationship to forms of self-expression and self-understanding, and the aesthetics of contemporary urban African and Third World societies. As a collaboration between ethnographer and painter, this innovative study challenges text-oriented approaches to understanding history and argues instead for an event- and experience-oriented model, ultimately adding a fresh perspective to the discourse on the relationship between modernity and tradition.During the 1970s, Johannes Fabian encouraged Tshibumba Kanda Matulu to paint the history of Zaire. The artist delivered the work in batches, together with an oral narrative. Fabian recorded these statements along with his own question-and-answer sessions with the painter. The first part of the book is the complete series of 100 paintings, with excerpts from the artist’s narrative and the artist-anthropologist dialogues. Part Two consists of Fabian’s essays about this and other popular painting in Zaire. The essays discuss such topics as performance, orality, history, colonization, and popular art.
Fabian, S. M. (1992). Space-time of the Bororo of Brazil. Gainesville, Fla, University Press of Florida.
Fabre, J.-H. The Life of the Spider. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fabre, M. (1985). The World of Richard Wright. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.
Fabre, M. (1990). Richard Wright : Books and Writers. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.
Fabrega, H. (1997). Evolution of Sickness and Healing. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Fackre, G. J. (1997). The Doctrine of Revelation : A Narrative Interpretation. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Based on various lectures presented at various places.
Facos, M. (1998). Nationalism and the Nordic Imagination : Swedish Art of the 1890s. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This richly illustrated book is a lucid introduction to a largely neglected manifestation of Modernism that came out of fin-de-siècle Sweden. Michelle Facos presents the first study in English to seriously examine the movement known as Swedish National Romanticism. Her work is especially valuable in showing how the movement’s primitivist tendencies were related to, but different from, similar cultural forces in Germany and other parts of Europe at that time. Facos shows how a small group of Swedish artists espoused a politically progressive, culturally conservative form of nationalism. These artists—among them Carl Larsson, Bruno Liljefors, and Hanna Hirsch Pauli—produced a specifically national Swedish art by focusing on indigenous history, legends, and folk tales as well as uniquely Swedish-Nordic values, geography, and ethnography. Their breathtaking images of the Nordic landscape shaped a communal’Folk’identity that accented regionalism, solidarity, and attachment to the past and protested against the perceived dangers of capitalist industrialism and urban expansion. By 1900 Sweden was on its way to realizing a society of social, economic, and political equality, and the National Romantic painters were no longer renegades. Facos’s portrayal of their movement will attract readers in the arts, historians, folklorists, cultural anthropologists, and sociologists.
Fadiman, J. (1993). When We Began There Were Witchmen : An Oral History From Mount Kenya. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Faerber, E. (2000). All About Bonds and Bond Mutual Funds : The Easy Way to Get Started. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Rev. ed. of: All about bonds. 1993.
Faerber, E. (2000). All About Stocks : The Easy Way to Get Started. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Faery, R. B. (1999). Cartographies of Desire : Captivity, Race, and Sex in the Shaping of an American Nation. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Revision of thesis (doctoral)–University of Iowa.
Fagette, P. (1996). Digging for Dollars : American Archaeology and the New Deal. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Fahey, L. and R. M. Randall (1994). The Portable MBA in Strategy. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fair, B. K. (1997). Notes of a Racial Caste Baby : Color Blindness and the End of Affirmative Action. New York, NYU Press.
The Constitution of the United States, writes Bryan Fair, was a series of compromises between white male propertyholders: Southern planters and Northern merchants. At the heart of their deals was a clear race-conscious intent to place the interests of whites above those of blacks. In this provocative and important book, Fair, the eighth of ten children born to a single mother on public assistance in an Ohio ghetto, combines two histories–America’s and his own- -to offer a compelling defense of affirmative action. How can it be, Fair asks, that, after hundreds of years of racial apartheid during which whites were granted 100% quotas to almost all professions, we have now convinced ourselves that, after a few decades of remedial affirmative action, the playing field is now level? Centuries of racial caste, he argues, cannot be swept aside in a few short years. Fair ambitiously surveys the most common arguments for and against affirmative action. He argues that we must distinguish between America in the pre-Civil Rights Movement era–when the law of the land was explicitly anti-black–and today’s affirmative action policies–which are decidedly not anti- white. He concludes that the only just and effective way in which to account for America’s racial past and to negotiate current racial quagmires is to embrace a remedial affirmative action that relies neither on quotas nor fiery rhetoric, but one which takes race into account alongside other pertinent factors. Championing the model of diversity on which the United States was purportedly founded, Fair serves up a personal and persuasive account of why race-conscious policies are the most effective way to end de facto segregation and eliminate racial caste. Table of Contents A Note to the Reader Acknowledgments Preface: Telling Stories Recasting Remedies as Diseases Color-Blind Justice The Design of This Book Pt. 1. A Personal Narrative Not White Enough Dee Black Columbus Racial Poverty Man-Child Colored Matters Coded Schools Busing Going Home Equal Opportunity The Character of Color Diversity as One Factor The Deception of Color Blindness Pt. 2. White Privilege and Black Despair: The Origins of Racial Caste in America The Declaration of Inferiority Marginal Americans Inventing American Slavery The Road to Constitutional Caste Losing Second-Class Citizenship Reconstruction and Sacrifice Separate and Unequal The Color Line Critiquing Color Blindness Pt. 3. The Constitutionality of Remedial Affirmative Action The Origins of Remedial Affirmative Action The Court of Last Resort The Invention of Reverse Discrimination The Politics of Affirmative Action: Myth or Reality? Racial Realism Eliminating Caste Afterword Notes Index
Fairless, M. The Gathering of Brother Hilarius. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fairless, M. The Grey Brethren. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fairless, M. The Roadmender. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Faivre, A. (1993). The Golden Fleece and Alchemy. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Faivre, A. (1994). Access to Western Esotericism. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Faiz, A., et al. (1996). Air Pollution From Motor Vehicles : Standards and Technologies for Controlling Emissions. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fajnzylber, P., et al. (1998). Determinants of Crime Rates in Latin America and the World : An Empirical Assessment. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Falaris, E. M., et al. (1995). Causes of Litigation in Workers’ Compensation. Kalamazoo, Mich, Upjohn Institute.
Falasca-Zamponi, S. (1997). Fascist Spectacle : The Aesthetics of Power in Mussolini’s Italy. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This richly textured cultural history of Italian fascism traces the narrative path that accompanied the making of the regime and the construction of Mussolini’s power. Simonetta Falasca-Zamponi reads fascist myths, rituals, images, and speeches as texts that tell the story of fascism. Linking Mussolini’s elaboration of a new ruling style to the shaping of the regime’s identity, she finds that in searching for symbolic means and forms that would represent its political novelty, fascism in fact brought itself into being, creating its own power and history.Falasca-Zamponi argues that an aesthetically founded notion of politics guided fascist power’s historical unfolding and determined the fascist regime’s violent understanding of social relations, its desensitized and dehumanized claims to creation, its privileging of form over ethical norms, and ultimately its truly totalitarian nature.
Falco, R. (1994). Conceived Presences : Literary Genealogy in Renaissance England. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Falcone, P. (1996). 96 Great Interview Questions to Ask Before You Hire. New York, N.Y., AMACOM.
Falconer, K. J. (1997). Techniques in Fractal Geometry. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Falk, G. (1999). Hippocrates Assailed : The American Health Delivery System. Lanham, Md, University Press of America.
Falk, W. W. and T. A. Lyson (1988). High Tech, Low Tech, No Tech : Recent Industrial and Occupational Change in the South. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Falke, J. (1995). Everything You Need to Know About Living in a Foster Home. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Gives examples of teenagers who have been sent to live with foster families, detailing some of the reasons for needing foster care, what to expect, and how to make the necessary adjustments.
Falkenhausen, L. v. (1993). Suspended Music : Chime-Bells in the Culture of Bronze Age China. Berkeley, University of California Press.
The Chinese made the world’s first bronze chime-bells, which they used to perform ritual music, particularly during the Shang and Zhou dynasties (ca. 1700-221 B.C.). Lothar von Falkenhausen’s rich and detailed study reconstructs how the music of these bells—the only Bronze Age instruments that can still be played—may have sounded and how it was conceptualized in theoretical terms. His analysis and discussion of the ritual, political, and technical aspects of this music provide a unique window into ancient Chinese culture.This is the first interdisciplinary perspective on recent archaeological finds that have transformed our understanding of ancient Chinese music. Of great significance to the understanding of Chinese culture in its crucial formative stage, it provides a fresh point of departure for exploring later Asian musical history and offers great possibilities for comparisons with music worldwide.
Falkenrath, R. A., et al. (1998). America’s Achilles’ Heel : Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Terrorism and Covert Attack. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
Nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) weapons delivered covertly by terrorists or hostile governments pose a significant and growing threat to the United States and other countries. Although the threat of NBC attack is widely recognized as a central national security issue, most analysts have assumed that the primary danger is military use by states in war, with traditional military means of delivery. The threat of covert attack has been imprudently neglected.Covert attack is hard to deter or prevent, and NBC weapons suitable for covert attack are available to a growing range of states and groups hostile to the United States. At the same time, constraints on their use appear to be eroding. This volume analyzes the nature and limits of the covert NBC threat and proposes a measured set of policy responses, focused on improving intelligence and consequence-management capabilities to reduce U.S. vulnerability.
Falkner, J. M. The Lost Stradivarius. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Falkner, T. M. (1996). The Poetics of Old Age in Greek Epic, Lyric, and Tragedy. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
A striking feature of ancient Greek literature is its preoccupation with old age. Yet scholars have been slow to explore the subject – a possible reflection of the ageism that characterizes both ancient Greece and our times. This groundbreaking study by Thomas M. Falkner remedies the oversight by providing the most extensive treatment of old age in Greek literature to date. Focusing on three major genres – epic, lyric, and tragedy – Falkner examines the representation of old age and the elderly in a range of texts, including Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Sappho’s lyrics, and Sophocles’last tragedy, Oedipus at Colonus.
Fall, T. (1993). The Ordeal of Running Standing. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Falls, J. (1997). Joe Falls: 50 Years of Sports Writing : (and I Still Can’t Tell the Difference Between a Slider and a Curve). Champaign, IL, Sagamore Publishing Inc.
Falola, T. (1996). Development Planning and Decolonization in Nigeria. Gainesville, FL, University Press of Florida.
Faltz, L. M. (1998). The Navajo Verb : A Grammar for Students and Scholars. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
Fan, H., et al. (1998). AIDS : Science and Society. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Fanella, A., et al. (1999). With Heart and Soul : Calgary’s Italian Community. Calgary, Alta, University of Calgary Press.
Fanning, O. (1996). Opportunities in Environmental Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Faraday, M. The Chemical History of a Candle. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Faraday, M. Lectures on the Forces of Matter. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Faraday, M. and P. Day (1999). The Philosopher’s Tree : A Selection of Michael Faraday’s Writings. Bristol, UK, CRC Press.
Michael Faraday’s social origins, his thought processes, his methods of experimentation, and his religion have all been subjects of exhaustive analysis by historians and philosophers of science. One aspect of his work, which provides unique insight into his career path and the way in which his mind worked, has not received much emphasis outside the realm of academic professionals: namely, his writing. The Philosopher’s Tree: Michael Faraday’s Life and Work in His Own Words is an illustrated anthology of Faraday’s writings compiled with commentary by Professor Peter Day, the director of the Royal Institution of Great Britain.From when he was a teenage apprentice bookbinder until his final resignation from the Royal Institution due to failing memory, Faraday wrote voluminously and his output took many forms. Apart from letters, Faraday kept journals (both scientific and personal); as a practicing scientist, he wrote articles in learned journals; as an adviser to the government and to many other agencies, he wrote reports; and as a supremely successful communicator (especially to young people), he left lecture notes and transcripts. All of these writings add life, color, and depth of focus to the stereotypical scientific colossus. Although Faraday’s life was largely lived within what might appear to be very narrow geographical confines (just a few miles around 21 Albemarle Street in London’s West End), his professional, social, and family relationships were extensive and diverse, and his responses to them equally complex. Through all the forms of expression that his multifaceted career required of him, one fact shines clearly: not only is Faraday one of the world greatest scientists, he showed enviable quality as a writer.
Farah, J. and B. World (1994). Pesticide Policies in Developing Countries : Do They Encourage Excessive Use? Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.
Farber, E. M. and L. Nall (1997). Conquering Psoriasis : An Illustrated Guide to the Understanding and Control of Psoriasis. Hamilton, Ont, Empowering Press.
Farber, J. M. and E. C. D. Todd (2000). Safe Handling of Foods. New York, CRC Press.
A discussion of all aspects of safe food handling, encompassing the production of all varieties of foods by the processing and foodservice industries, where risk factors are likely to occur, and what can be done to prepare food safely. It examines categories of foods, places where food is served, and groups of food consumers. The text also lists sources of food safety information available on the Internet.
Farber, P., et al. (1994). Schooling in the Light of Popular Culture. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Farber, P. L. (1994). The Temptations of Evolutionary Ethics. Berkley, University of California Press.
Evolutionary theory tells us about our biological past; can it also guide us to a moral future? Paul Farber’s compelling book describes a century-old philosophical hope held by many biologists, anthropologists, psychologists, and social thinkers: that universal ethical and social imperatives are built into human nature and can be discovered through knowledge of evolutionary theory.Farber describes three upsurges of enthusiasm for evolutionary ethics. The first came in the early years of mid-nineteenth century evolutionary theories; the second in the 1920s and’30s, in the years after the cultural catastrophe of World War I; and the third arrived with the recent grand claims of sociobiology to offer a sound biological basis for a theory of human culture.Unlike many who have written on evolutionary ethics, Farber considers the responses made by philosophers over the years. He maintains that their devastating criticisms have been forgotten—thus the history of evolutionary ethics is essentially one of oft-repeated philosophical mistakes.Historians, scientists, social scientists, and anyone concerned about the elusive basis of selflessness, altruism, and morality will welcome Farber’s enlightening book.
Faris, J. C. (1990). The Nightway : A History and a History of Documentation of a Navajo Ceremonial. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
Faris, J. C. (1996). Navajo and Photography : A Critical History of the Representation of an American People. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
Farjeon, E. Martin Pippin in the Apple Orchard. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
A clever wandering minstrel rescues an imprisoned young lady when she charms the seven man-hating damsels guarding her by telling them stories, one by one.
Farkas, L. A. T. (1998). Bury My Bones in America : The Saga of a Chinese Family in California, 1852-1996 From San Francisco to La Porte and the You Bet Bonanza. Nevada City, CA, Carl Mautz Publishing.
The story of a Chinese man, Yee Ah Tye, during the California Gold Rush. It sheds light on the struggles of an early immigrant determined to embrace his adopted country despite racial prejudice and harsh exclusionary laws.
Farley, J. (1998). Java Distributed Computing. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.
Distributed computing and Java go together naturally. As the first language designed from the bottom up with networking in mind, Java makes it very easy for computers to cooperate. Even the simplest applet running in a browser is a distributed application, if you think about it. The client running the browser downloads and executes code that is delivered by some other system. But even this simple applet wouldn’t be possible without Java’s guarantees of portability and security: the applet can run on any platform, and can’t sabotage its host.Of course, when we think of distributed computing, we usually think of applications more complex than a client and server communicating with the same protocol. We usually think in terms of programs that make remote procedure calls, access remote databases, and collaborate with others to produce a single result. Java Distributed Computing discusses how to design and write such applications. It covers Java’s RMI (Remote Method Invocation) facility and CORBA, but it doesn’t stop there; it tells you how to design your own protocols to build message passing systems and discusses how to use Java’s security facilities, how to write multithreaded servers, and more. It pays special attention to distributed data systems, collaboration, and applications that have high bandwidth requirements.In the future, distributed computing can only become more important.Java Distributed Computing provides a broad introduction to the problems you’ll face and the solutions you’ll find as you write distributed computing applications.Topics covered in Java Distributed Computing:Introduction to Distributed ComputingNetworking BasicsDistributed Objects (Overview of CORBA and RMI)ThreadsSecurityMessage Passing SystemsDistributed Data Systems (Databases)Bandwidth Limited ApplicationsCollaborative Systems
Farley, J. E. (1998). Earthquake Fears, Predictions, and Preparations in Mid-America. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Farman, I. (1996). Standard of the West : The Justin Story. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.
Farmer, D. H. (1997). The Oxford Dictionary of Saints. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Farmer, E. and S. Pollock (1998). Sexually Abused and Abusing Children in Substitute Care. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Farmer, L. S. J. (1993). When Your Library Budget Is Almost Zero. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Farmer, L. S. J. (1999). Cooperative Learning Activities in the Library Media Center. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Farmer, P. (1999). Infections and Inequalities : The Modern Plagues. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Paul Farmer has battled AIDS in rural Haiti and deadly strains of drug-resistant tuberculosis in the slums of Peru. A physician-anthropologist with more than fifteen years in the field, Farmer writes from the front lines of the war against these modern plagues and shows why, even more than those of history, they target the poor. What is it like to be a doctor to the poor, observing with an anthropologist’s eye the harsh juxtapositions of excess and misery? Moving regularly from the teaching hospitals of Harvard, themselves abutting urban poverty, to a clinic in the hills of Haiti’s Central Plateau, Farmer has experienced firsthand the peculiarly modern inequality that seems inseparable from AIDS, TB, malaria, and typhoid in the modern world, and that feeds emerging (or re-emerging) infectious diseases such as Ebola and cholera. In his stories of sickness and suffering, Farmer challenges the accepted methodologies of epidemiology and international health. He argues that most current explanations, from cost-effectiveness to patient non-compliance, inevitably lead to blaming the victims. This moving account is far from a hopeless inventory of insoluble problems. Farmer tells us what can be done in the face of seemingly overwhelming odds, by physicians determined to treat those in need. Deeply humane and harrowing in its detail, Infections and Inequalities weds meticulous scholarship with a passion for solutions-remedies for the plagues of the poor and the social maladies that have sustained them. The war against the plagues of the modern world, along with remedies for the plagues of the poor & the social maladies that have sustained them.
Farmer, R. E. A. (1999). Macroeconomics of Self-fulfilling Prophecies. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
For many years it was fashionable to treat macroeconomics and microeconomics as separate subjects without looking too deeply at the relationship between the two. But in the 1970s there occurred an episode of high inflation and high unemployment, which was inconsistent with orthodox theory. As a result, macroeconomists began to pay much greater attention to the microfoundations of their subject.In this book Roger E. A. Farmer takes a somewhat controversial point of view, arguing for the future of macroeconomics as a branch of applied general equilibrium theory. His main theme is that macroeconomics is best viewed as the study of equilibrium environments in which the welfare theorems break down. This approach makes it possible to discuss the role of government policies in a context in which policy may serve some purpose.Since the publication of the first edition in 1993, self-fulfilling prophecies has become a major competitor to the real business-cycle view of economic fluctuations. The second edition has been updated in three ways: (1) problems are included at the end of every chapter, and a study guide containing sample answers to all of the problems is available; (2) a new chapter discusses research from the past five years on business fluctuations in multisector models; and (3) the chapter on representative agent growth models now includes an appendix that explains the transversality condition.
Farmer, S. B. (1999). Martyred Village : Commemorating the 1944 Massacre at Oradour-sur-Glane. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Among German crimes of the Second World War, the Nazi massacre of 642 men, women, and children at Oradour-sur-Glane on June 10, 1944, is one of the most notorious. On that Saturday afternoon, four days after the Allied landings in Normandy, SS troops encircled the town in the rolling farm country of the Limousin. Soldiers marched the men to nearby barns, lined them up, and shot them. They then locked the women and children in the church, shot them, and set the building and the rest of the town on fire. Residents who had been away for the day returned to a blackened scene of horror, carnage, and devastation.In 1946 the French State expropriated and preserved the entire ruins of Oradour. The forty acres of crumbling houses, farms and shops became France’s village martyr, set up as a monument to French suffering under the German occupation. Today, the village is a tourist destination, complete with maps and guidebooks.In this first full-scale study of the destruction of Oradour and its remembrance over the half century since the war, Sarah Farmer investigates the prominence of the massacre in French understanding of the national experience under German domination. Through interviews with survivors and village officials, as well as extensive archival research, she pieces together a fascinating history of both a shattering event and its memorial afterlife.Complemented by haunting photographs of the site, Farmer’s eloquent dissection of France’s national memory addresses the personal and private ways in which, through remembrance, people try to come to terms with enormous loss. Martyred Village will have implications for the study of the history and sociology of memory, testimonies about remembrances of war and the Holocaust, and postmodern concerns with the presentation of the past.
Farnol, J. My Lady Caprice. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Farquhar, D. L. (2000). Optimizing Windows for Games, Graphics and Multimedia. Beijing, O’Reilly.
Farquhar, J. T. and U. Air (2004). A Need to Know : The Role of Air Force Reconnaissance in War Planning, 1945-1953. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.
More than a tool of policy makers to gather intelligence, Air Force reconnaissance efforts shaped early Cold War doctrine and war planning. Dr. Farquhar argues that a lack of information on Soviet strategic capabilities dominated the organization, operational planning, and equipment of the postwar Air Force. To support his assertion, Farquhar traces the development of aerial reconnaissance from the first balloon ascents through World War II as a prelude. He then examines early Cold War peripheral reconnaissance and overflights of the Soviet Union. He explains the evolution of intelligence-gathering technology, bureaucratic growth, and a relative lack of attention paid to electronic warfare before the Korean War. Based primarily on archival sources, the book serves as an excellent reference for air doctrine, intelligence, and electronic warfare in the formative years of the Cold War.
Farr, W. (1974). John Wyclif As Legal Reformer. Leiden, Brill.
A revision of the author’s thesis, University of Washington.
Farrar, J. C. (1999). Songs for Parents. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Farrell, C. A. (1999). Day Trade Online. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Farrell, E. W. (1994). Self and School Sucess [sic] : Voices and Lore of Inner-city Students. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Farrell, G. (1997). Indian Music and the West : Gerry Farrell. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Description based on print version record.
Farrell, P. B. (1996). Investor’s Guide to the Net : Making Money Online. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Farrer, C. R. (1994). Living Life’s Circle : Mescalero Apache Cosmovision. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Farrington, D. J. (1996). Going to University : How to Prepare Yourself for All Aspects of Student Life. [N.p.], How to Books.
Farrow, E. S. (2000). Mountain Scouting : A Hand-book for Officers and Soldiers on the Frontiers: Profusely Illustrated and Containing Numerous Notes on the Art of Travel. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.
Originally published : New York : E. S. Farrow, 1881.
Faruqee, R. (1999). Strategic Reforms for Agricultural Growth in Pakistan. Washington, D. C, World Bank Publications.
Faruqee, R. and J. R. Coleman (1996). Managing Price Risks in the Pakistan Wheat Market. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Faruqi, S., et al. (1994). Financial Sector Reforms, Economic Growth, and Stability : Experiences in Selected Asian and Latin American Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
‘Papers prepared for a senior policy seminar held in February 1993 at Bali, Indonesia’–Foreword.
Fasching, D. J. (1993). The Ethical Challenge of Auschwitz and Hiroshima : Apocalypse or Utopia? Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fasick, A. M. (1998). Managing Children’s Services in the Public Library. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Fasulo, M. and P. Walker (1995). Careers in the Environment. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Fasulo, M. and P. Walker (2000). Careers in the Environment. Lincolnwood, Ill, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Fath, W. C. (1995). How to Develop and Manage Successful Distributor Channels in World Markets. New York, AMACOM.
Faubert, P. F. and J. G. Porush (1998). Renal Disease in the Elderly. New York, M. Dekker.
Faulkner, T. and V. Lemelman (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Tennis. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Faupel, C. E. (1991). Shooting Dope : Career Patterns of Hard-core Heroin Users. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Faur, J. (1992). In the Shadow of History : Jews and Conversos at the Dawn of Modernity. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Faust, G. W., et al. (1998). Responsible Managers Get Results : How the Best Find Solutions–not Excuses. New York, AMACOM.
Favini, A. and A. Yagi (1999). Degenerate Differential Equations in Banach Spaces. New York, Marcel Dekker.
Fawkes, S. (1999). Switched On? : Video Resources in Modern Language Settings. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.
Fawzy, S. and A. Galal (1999). Partners for Development : New Roles for Governments and the Private Sector in the Middle East and North Africa. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.
Fay, E. A. (1995). Becoming Wordsworthian : A Performative Aesthetics. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Fay, G.-A. (1998). Will the Real Boss Please Stand Up? : Taking Your Administrative Career to the Next Level. New York, AMACOM.
Feachem, Z., et al. (1999). Implementing Health Sector Reform in Central Asia : Papers From a Health Policy Seminar Held in Ashgabat, Turkmenistan in June, 1996. Washington, D. C, World Bank Publications.
Feasley, J. C., et al. (1998). Pacific Partnerships for Health : Charting a New Course. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
The U.S.-Associated Pacific Basin consists of six island jurisdictions: American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, the Federated States of Micronesia, Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the Republic of Palau. This book examines one aspect of the ties and U.S. involvement with this part of the world–its role in the region’s health care delivery system. Although the health status of the islanders and the challenges faced by the health care systems naturally vary within and among the jurisdictions, in general, almost all health indicators for the islanders are worse than those of mainland Americans. The health systems in the area must deal with conditions normally seen in developing countries (e.g., malnutrition, tuberculosis, dengue fever, and cholera) and in developed countries alike (e.g., diabetes, heart disease, and cancer). In examining the strengths and weaknesses of the area’s systems, the volume provides a regional health overview and assessments of health care in individual jurisdictions, evaluates the Pacific Basin Medical Officers Training Program, and lays out a strategic plan for future health services in the U.S.-Associated Pacific Basin.
Fecso, R. S., et al. (1993). Quality in Student Financial Aid Programs : A New Approach. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.
Federal financial aid for postsecondary education students involves both large expenditures and a complex distribution system. The accuracy of the needs-based award process and the system of accountability required of the 8,000 institutional participants are the focus of this book. It assesses the current measures of system quality and possible alternatives, such as a total quality management approach. The analysis covers steps to eliminate sources of error–by reducing the complexity of the application form, for example. The volume discusses the potential for a risk-based approach for verification of applicant-supplied information and for audit and program reviews of institutions. This examination of the interrelationships among the aid award and quality control activities will be of interest to anyone searching for a more efficient aid system. The book can also serve as a case study for other government agencies seeking to examine operations using modern quality management principles.
Feddema, H. B. (2000). DAO Object Model: The Definitive Reference : The Definitive Reference. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly Media.
Each iteration of Windows has meant a corresponding improvement in the techniques used for transferring data among its applications. Today’s leading technique is called Automation. It allows you to work directly with objects in an application’s interface using their object models. But if you want to write code in a programming language, such as Visual Basic, in order to work with the apps that support Automation, you must understand the inner workings of an application’s object model–or in the case of Microsoft’s Access, its two object models.Microsoft Access is the bestselling stand-alone relational database program for Windows offering both power and ease of use. And in many respects, Microsoft has made Automation the centerpiece of its vision for application development. DAO Object Model: The Definitive Reference will guide you through the Access object models, allowing you, with the support of Automation, to reference the application components you want to manipulate. An understanding of the object models is essential for developers who work with data in Access tables, or who want to manipulate components of the Access interface from other Office apps. The Data Access Objects (DAO) model is used to write and read data in Access tables. The Access object model is used to manipulate forms, reports, queries, macros, and other components of the Access interface, including most of the commands by means of the DoCmd object.This book will include an introduction and a brief description of the differences between VBA (used in most Office applications) and VBScript (used in Outlook). This chapter will also cover Office utilities and add-ons helpful in writing and debugging code, such as the Object Browser, the Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for VBA and the Interactive Debugger for VBScript. The book will then be divided into two parts; one covering the Access Object Model and the other, the Data Access Objects. Each section will have a description of what the object represents; listings of properties, events, and methods; and one or more code samples illustrating its use in VBA and/or VBScript code. Each property, event, or method section will have an explanation of the language element, and many will have code samples (either VBA or VBScript) as well.This book will detail, to an advanced user or keen intermediate user, the Access object models and how they are used. It will be the reference guide VB developers reach for when working with data in Access tables, or for manipulating components of the Access interface from other Office applications.
Federal Facilities, C. (1996). Competition in the Electric Industry : Emerging Issues, Opportunities, and Risks for Facility Operators: Conference Summary. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
‘Report no. 132.’
Federal Facilities, C. (1997). Electronic Commerce for the Procurement of Construction and Architect-engineer Services : Implementing the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act: Conference Summary. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Federal Facilities, C. (1997). Federal Facilities Beyond the 1990s : Ensuring Quality in an Era of Limited Resources: Summary of a Symposium. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Symposium held May 30-31, 1996, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.
Federal Facilities, C. (1998). Government/industry Forum on Capital Facilities and Core Competencies : Summary Report. Washington, National Academies Press.
Forum held March 25, 1998, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.
Fedie, D. M. and M. H. Prosser (1997). How to Farm for Profit : Practical Enterprise Analysis. Ames, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Fee, G. Catalan’s Constant to 1.5M Places. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Feeley-Harnik, G. (1994). The Lord’s Table : The Meaning of Food in Early Judaism and Christianity. Washington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution Press.
Feenberg, A. and A. Hannay (1995). Technology and the Politics of Knowledge. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Feerick, J. D. (1992). The Twenty-fifth Amendment : Its Complete History and Applications. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Fehrenbach, H. (1995). Cinema in Democratizing Germany : Reconstructing National Identity After Hitler. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
Heide Fehrenbach analyzes the important role cinema played in the reconstruction of German cultural and political identity between 1945 and 1962. Concentrating on the former West Germany, she explores the complex political uses of film–and the meanings attributed to film representation and spectatorship–during a period of abrupt transition to democracy. According to Fehrenbach, the process of national redefinition made cinema and cinematic control a focus of heated ideological debate. Moving beyond a narrow political examination of Allied-German negotiations, she investigates the broader social nexus of popular moviegoing, public demonstrations, film clubs, and municipal festivals. She also draws on work in gender and film studies to probe the ways filmmakers, students, church leaders, local politicians, and the general public articulated national identity in relation to the challenges posed by military occupation, American commercial culture, and redefined gender roles. Thus highlighting the links between national identity and cultural practice, this book provides a richer picture of what German reconstruction entailed for both women and men.
Feig, B. (1997). Marketing Straight to the Heart. New York, AMACOM.
Feigal, E. G., et al. (2000). AIDS-related Cancers and Their Treatment. New York, CRC Press.
This book summarizes the etiology, presentation, and treatment of the complex symptoms, infections, and opportunistic cancers of people living with HIV/AIDS.Presents therapies that strike a balance between controlling and eliminating cancer and minimizing the damage to the immune system.Illustrates points with clear and easily read figures, tables, and flow charts!Written to survey the magnitude of the impact HIV and AIDS have had on public health and oncology, AIDS-Related Cancers and Their Treatmentidentifies types of cancer and gives evidence for their associations with immunosuppression compares and contrasts AIDS-related cancer with non-HIV malignancies investigates the pathogenesis of malignancy in HIV/AIDS patients provides guidelines for recognizing possible symptoms and making accurate diagnoses supplies algorithms for evaluating and staging patients at presentation outlines potential problems and obstacles in caring for AIDS-related cancer patients suggests optimal therapeutic approaches for the care of patients with AIDS and cancer discusses prognostic factors in response to therapy and survival statistics describes preliminary experience with emerging therapies and projects new approaches advises how to enroll patients to participate in clinical trials of new therapies considers the psychological impact on patients and their need for counseling and support reviews access-to-care issues in AIDS and the community burden of this epidemic provides information sources for both AIDS patients and their physicians and moreWith contributions from nearly 25 clinicians and citing more than 1200 references to support and elaborate on text material, AIDS-Related Cancers and Their Treatment is a crucial reference for oncologists, immunologists, infectious disease specialists, hematologists, internists, microbiologists, virologists, epidemiologists, molecular and cell biologists, pathologists, and medical students in these disciplines.
Fein, R. (2000). 101 Hiring Mistakes Employers Make, and How to Avoid Them. Manassas Park, Va, Impact Publications.
Feinsilver, P. J. and R. Schott (1993). Mathematics and Its Applications. Dordrecht, Kluwer Academic.
This is the second of three volumes which present, in an original way, some of the most important tools of applied mathematics in areas such as probability theory, operator calculus, representation theory, and special functions, used in solving problems in mathematics, physics and computer science. This second volume – Special Functions and Computer Science – presents some applications of special functions in computer science. It largely consists of adaptations of articles that have appeared in the literature, but here they are presented in a format made accessible for the non-expert by providing some context. The material on group representation and Young tableaux is introductory in nature. The algebraic approach of Chapter 2 is original to the authors and has not appeared previously. Similarly, the material and approach based on Appell states, so formulated, is presented here for the first time. The solutions are tackled with the help of various analytical techniques, such as generating functions and probabilistic methods and insights appear regularly. For pure and applied mathematicians and theoretical computer scientists. It is suitable for selfstudy by researchers, as well as being appropriate as a text for a course or advanced seminar.
Feinsod, H., et al. (2012). The Princeton Encyclopedia of Poetry and Poetics : Fourth Edition. Princeton, Princeton University Press.
Through three editions over more than four decades, The Princeton Encyclopedia of Poetry and Poetics has built an unrivaled reputation as the most comprehensive and authoritative reference for students, scholars, and poets on all aspects of its subject: history, movements, genres, prosody, rhetorical devices, critical terms, and more. Now this landmark work has been thoroughly revised and updated for the twenty-first century. Compiled by an entirely new team of editors, the fourth edition–the first new edition in almost twenty years–reflects recent changes in literary and cultural studies, providing up-to-date coverage and giving greater attention to the international aspects of poetry, all while preserving the best of the previous volumes At well over a million words and more than 1,000 entries, the Encyclopedia has unparalleled breadth and depth. Entries range in length from brief paragraphs to major essays of 15,000 words, offering a more thorough treatment–including expert synthesis and indispensable bibliographies–than conventional handbooks or dictionaries. This is a book that no reader or writer of poetry will want to be without. Thoroughly revised and updated by a new editorial team for twenty-first-century students, scholars, and poets More than 250 new entries cover recent terms, movements, and related topics Broader international coverage includes articles on the poetries of more than 110 nations, regions, and languages Expanded coverage of poetries of the non-Western and developing worlds Updated bibliographies and cross-references New, easier-to-use page design Fully indexed for the first time
Feintuck, M. (1999). Media Regulation, Public Interest, and the Law. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.
Feit, S. (1999). TCP/IP : Architecture, Protocols, and Implementation with IPv6 and IP Security. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.
Feitelson, E., et al. (1998). Identification of Joint Management Structures for Shared Aquifers : A Cooperative Palestinian-Israeli Effort. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Felber, L. (1996). Gender and Genre in Novels Without End : The British Roman-fleuve. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Feldberg, G. D. (1995). Disease and Class : Tuberculosis and the Shaping of Modern North American Society. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.
Feldhaus, A. (1996). Images of Women in Maharashtrian Literature and Religion. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Feldherr, A. (1998). Spectacle and Society in Livy’s History. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Public spectacle—from the morning rituals of the Roman noble to triumphs and the shows of the Arena—formed a crucial component of the language of power in ancient Rome. The historian Livy (c. 60 B.C.E.-17 C.E.), who provides our fullest description of Rome’s early history, presents his account of the growth of the Roman state itself as something to be seen—a visual monument and public spectacle. Through analysis of several episodes in Livy’s History, Andrew Feldherr demonstrates the ways in which Livy uses specific visual imagery to make the reader not only an observer of certain key events in Roman history but also a participant in those events. This innovative study incorporates recent literary and cultural theory with detailed historical analysis to put an ancient text into dialogue with contemporary discussions of visual culture.In Spectacle and Society in Livy’s History, Feldherr shows how Livy uses the literary representation of spectacles from the Roman past to construct a new sense of civic identity among his readers. He offers a new way of understanding how Livy’s technique addressed the political and cultural needs of Roman citizens in Livy’s day. In addition to renewing our understanding of Livy through modern scholarship, Feldherr provides a new assessment of the historian’s aims and methods by asking what it means for the historian to make readers spectators of history.
Feldman, A., et al. (2000). Network Science, a Decade Later : The Internet and Classroom Learning. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
Network Science, A Decade Later–the result of NSF-funded research that looked at the experiences of a set of science projects which use the Internet–offers an understanding of how the Internet can be used effectively by science teachers and students to support inquiry-based teaching and learning. The book emphasizes theoretical and critical perspectives and is intended to raise questions about the goals of education and the ways that technology helps reach those goals and ways that it cannot. The theoretical perspective of inquiry-based teaching and learning in which the book is grounded is consistent with the current discipline-based curriculum standards and frameworks. The chapters in Part I,’State of the Art,’describe the history and current practice of network science. Those in Part II,’Looking Deeply,’extend the inquiry into network science by examining discourse and data in depth, using both empirical data and theoretical perspectives. In Part III,’Looking Forward,’the authors step back from the issues of network science to take a broader view, focusing on the question: How should the Internet be used–and not used–to support student learning? The book concludes with a reminder that technology will not replace teachers. Rather, the power of new technologies to give students both an overwhelming access to resources–experts, peers, teachers, texts, images, and data–and the opportunity to pursue questions of their own design, increases the need for highly skilled teachers and forward-looking administrators. This is a book for them, and for all educators, policymakers, students involved in science and technology education. For more information about the authors, an archived discussions space, a few chapters that can be downloaded as PDF files, and ordering information, visit teaparty.terc.edu/book/
Feldman, L. B. (1999). A Sense of Place : Birmingham’s Black Middle-class Community, 1890-1930. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Feldman, M. (1995). City Culture and the Madrigal at Venice. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
Feldman, R. S. (1996). The Psychology of Adversity. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
Feldman, S., et al. (1997). Bridging the Gap : A Future Security Architecture for the Middle East. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.
Feldman, S. M. (1997). Please Don’t Wish Me a Merry Christmas : A Critical History of the Separation of Church and State. New York, NYU Press.
Whether in the form of Christmas trees in town squares or prayer in school, fierce disputes over the separation of church and state have long bedeviled this country. Both decried and celebrated, this principle is considered by many, for right or wrong, a defining aspect of American national identity. Nearly all discussions regarding the role of religion in American life build on two dominant assumptions: first, the separation of church and state is a constitutional principle that promotes democracy and equally protects the religious freedom of all Americans, especially religious outgroups; and second, this principle emerges as a uniquely American contribution to political theory. In Please Don’t Wish Me a Merry Christmas, Stephen M. Feldman challenges both these assumptions. He argues that the separation of church and state primarily manifests and reinforces Christian domination in American society. Furthermore, Feldman reveals that the separation of church and state did not first arise in the United States. Rather, it has slowly evolved as a political and religious development through western history, beginning with the initial appearance of Christianity as it contentiously separated from Judaism.In tracing the historical roots of the separation of church and state within the Western world, Feldman begins with the Roman Empire and names Augustine as the first political theorist to suggest the idea. Feldman next examines how the roles of church and state variously merged and divided throughout history, during the Crusades, the Italian Renaissance, the Protestant Reformation, the British Civil War and Restoration, the early North American colonies, nineteenth-century America, and up to the present day. In challenging the dominant story of the separation of church and state, Feldman interprets the development of Christian social power vis–vis the state and religious minorities, particularly the prototypical religious outgroup, Jews.
Feldstein, P. J. (1996). The Politics of Health Legislation : An Economic Perspective. Chicago, Ill, Health Administration Press.
Feldstein, R., et al. (1995). Reading Seminar XI : Lacan’s Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis: Including the First English Translation of ‘Position of the Unconscious’ by Jacques Lacan. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Feldstein, R., et al. (1996). Reading Seminars I and II : Lacan’s Return to Freud: Seminar I, Freud’s Papers on Technique, Seminar II, The Ego in Freud’s Theory and in the Technique of Psychoanalysis. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Felice, W. (1996). Taking Suffering Seriously : The Importance of Collective Human Rights. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Felker, G., et al. (1997). The Pharmaceutical Industry in India and Hungary : Policies, Institutions, and Technological Development. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fellman, G. (1998). Rambo and the Dalai Lama : The Compulsion to Win and Its Threat to Human Survival. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fellows, J. and M. Mills (1996). Romance Reading on the Book : Essays on Medieval Narrative Presented to Maldwyn Mills. Cardiff, University of Wales.
Felman, J. L. (1997). Cravings : A Sensual Memoir. Boston, Beacon Press.
Feng, C.-t., et al. (1994). The Three-inch Golden Lotus. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.
Fennelly, B. A. (1998). A Different Kind of Hunger. Huntsville, TX, Texas Review Press.
Fennema, E. and T. A. Romberg (1999). Mathematics Classrooms That Promote Understanding. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
Mathematics Classrooms That Promote Understanding synthesizes the implications of research done by the National Center for Research in Mathematical Sciences on integrating two somewhat diverse bodies of scholarly inquiry: the study of teaching and the study of learning mathematics. This research was organized around content domains and/or continuing issues of education, such as equity and assessment of learning, and was guided by two common goals–defining the mathematics content of the K-12 curriculum in light of the changing mathematical needs of citizens for the 21st century, and identifying common components of classrooms that enable students to learn the redefined mathematics with understanding. To accomplish these goals, classrooms in which instruction facilitated the growth of understanding were established and/or studied. This volume reports and discusses the findings which grew out of this research, and subsequent papers and discussions among the scholars engaged in the endeavor. Section I,’Setting the Stage,’focuses on three major threads: What mathematics should be taught; how we should define and increase students’understanding of that mathematics; and how learning with understanding can be facilitated for all students. Section II,’Classrooms That Promote Understanding,’includes vignettes from diverse classrooms that illustrate classroom discourse, student work, and student engagement in the mathematics described in Chapter 1 as well as the mental activities described in Chapter 2. These chapters also illustrate how teachers deal with the equity concerns described in Chapter 3. Section III addresses’Developing Classrooms That Promote Understanding.’The knowledge of the teaching/learning process gained from the research reported in this volume is a necessary prerequisite for implementing the revisions called for in the current reform movement. The classrooms described show that innovative reform in teaching and learning mathematics is possible. Unlike many volumes reporting research, this book is written at a level appropriate for master’s degree students. Very few references are included in the chapters themselves; instead, each chapter includes a short annotated list of articles for expanded reading which provides the scholarly basis and research substantiation for this volume.
Fennema, O. R. (1996). Food Chemistry. New York, CRC Press.
Fenno, R. F. (1996). Senators on the Campaign Trail : The Politics of Representation. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Fenster, J. M. (2000). In the Words of Great Business Leaders. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fenstermacher, G. D. and J. F. Soltis (1998). Approaches to Teaching. New York, Teachers College Press.
Fenton, W. N. (1998). The Great Law and the Longhouse : A Political History of the Iroquois Confederacy. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Fenton, W. N. and H. F. Museum of the American Indian (1987). The False Faces of the Iroquois. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
‘Published in cooperation with the Museum of the American Indian–Heye Foundation.’
Fenwick, E. and I. Grundy (1998). Secresy [sic], Or, The Ruin on the Rock. Peterborough, Ont, Broadview Press.
Fenwick, R. and S. Association for Canadian Studies in the United (1996). Canadian Society. [East Lansing], Michigan State University Press.
Ferber, E. Dawn O’Hara the Girl Who Laughed. Champaign, IL, Project Gutenberg.
Ferber, E. Fanny Herself. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Ferber, E. One Basket. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Ferber, E. (1999). Emma McChesney & Co. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Ferber, E., et al. (1997). The Homely Heroine. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ferber, E. and V. University of (1994). Buttered Side Down. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ferber, E. and V. University of (1996). Dawn O’Hara : The Girl Who Laughed. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ferdinandi, P. L. (1999). Data Warehousing Advice for Managers. New York, AMACOM.
Ferguson, B. (1998). Subject Analysis : Blitz Cataloging Workbook. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Ferguson, B. (1999). Cataloging Nonprint Materials : Blitz Cataloging Workbook. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Ferguson, D. L. and J. Patten (1992). Opportunities in Journalism Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Ferguson, G. (1996). The Yellowstone Wolves : The First Year. Helen, MT, Falcon Publishing, Inc.
Ferguson, J. (1999). Expectations of Modernity : Myths and Meanings of Urban Life on the Zambian Copperbelt. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Once lauded as the wave of the African future, Zambia’s economic boom in the 1960s and early 1970s was fueled by the export of copper and other primary materials. Since the mid-1970s, however, the urban economy has rapidly deteriorated, leaving workers scrambling to get by. Expectations of Modernity explores the social and cultural responses to this prolonged period of sharp economic decline. Focusing on the experiences of mineworkers in the Copperbelt region, James Ferguson traces the failure of standard narratives of urbanization and social change to make sense of the Copperbelt’s recent history. He instead develops alternative analytic tools appropriate for an’ethnography of decline.’Ferguson shows how the Zambian copper workers understand their own experience of social, cultural, and economic’advance’and’decline.’Ferguson’s ethnographic study transports us into their lives—the dynamics of their relations with family and friends, as well as copper companies and government agencies.Theoretically sophisticated and vividly written, Expectations of Modernity will appeal not only to those interested in Africa today, but to anyone contemplating the illusory successes of today’s globalizing economy.
Ferguson, M. (1995). Eighteenth-century Women Poets : Nation, Class, and Gender. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ferguson, M., et al. (1993). The Hart Sisters : Early African Caribbean Writers, Evangelicals, and Radicals. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.
Includes various works by Anne Hart Gilbert and Elizabeth Hart Thwaites.
Ferguson, P. P. and T. Salmon (1994). Paris As Revolution : Writing the Nineteenth-century City. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Ferguson, R. F. and W. T. Dickens (1999). Urban Problems and Community Development. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Ferguson, V. D. (1998). Case Studies in Cultural Diversity : A Workbook. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Ferguson, W. (1998). The Identity of the Scottish Nation : An Historic Quest. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.
Ferguson, W. M. (1996). The Anasazi of Mesa Verde and the Four Corners. Niwot, Colo, Chicago Distribution Center [CDC Presses].
Fergusson, E. (1999). Mexican Cookbook. Santa Fe, N.M., Rydal Press.
Fernâandez, D. J. and U. Florida International (1992). Cuban Studies Since the Revolution. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Papers presented at a conference sponsored and held at Florida International University on April 6-7, 1990 entitled’The dialogue among Cubanists.’
Fernández, J. B. (1994). José De San Martín : Latin America’s Quiet Hero. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.
A biography of the Argentinian general who was instrumental in liberating South America from Spanish rule in the early nineteenth century.
Fernandez-Balboa, J.-M. (1997). Critical Postmodernism in Human Movement, Physical Education, and Sport. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ferrâe, F. (1996). Being and Value : Toward a Constructive Postmodern Metaphysics. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ferrante, J. M. (1997). To the Glory of Her Sex : Women’s Roles in the Composition of Medieval Texts. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Ferreira, P. (1999). Bradley and the Structure of Knowledge. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Ferrell, B. (1995). Suffering. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Ferri, E. and V. University of (1996). Criminal Sociology. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ferry, L. and A. Renaut (1990). French Philosophy of the Sixties : An Essay on Antihumanism. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Translation of: La pensâee 68.
Ferry, R. J. (1989). The Colonial Elite of Early Caracas : Formation & Crisis, 1567-1767. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
Feske, V. (1996). From Belloc to Churchill : Private Scholars, Public Culture, and the Crisis of British Liberalism, 1900-1939. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
Linking historiography and political history, Victor Feske addresses the changing role of national histories written in early twentieth-century Britain by amateur scholars Hilaire Belloc, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, J. L. and Barbara Hammond, G. M. Trevelyan, and Winston Churchill. These writers recast the nineteenth-century interpretation of British history at a time when both the nature of historical writing and the fortunes of Liberalism had begun to change. Before 1900, amateur historians writing for a wide public readership portrayed British history as a grand story of progress achieved through constitutional development. This’Whig’interpretation had become the cornerstone of Liberal party politics. But the decline of Liberalism as a political force after the turn of the century, coupled with the rise of professional history written by academics and based on archival research, inspired change among a new generation of Liberal historians. The result was a refashioned Whig historiography, stripped of overt connections to contemporary political Liberalism, that attempted to preserve the general outlines of the traditional Whiggist narrative within the context of a broad history of consensus. This new formulation, says Feske, was more suited to the intellectual and political climate of the twentieth century.
Fessler, D. B. (1997). No Time for Fear : Voices of American Military Nurses in World War II. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.
No Time for Fear summons the voices of more than 100 women who served as nurses overseas during World War II, letting them tell their story as no one else can. Fessler has meticulously compiled and transcribed more than 200 interviews with American military nurses of the Army, Army Air Force, and Navy who were present in all theaters of WWII. Their stories bring to life horrific tales of illness and hardship, blinding blizzards, and near starvation—all faced with courage, tenacity, and even good humor. This unique oral-history collection makes available to readers an important counterpoint to the seemingly endless discussions of strategy, planning, and troop movement that often characterize discussions of the Second World War.
Fessler, S. (1998). Wandering Heart : The Work and Method of Hayashi Fumiko. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Feuer, M. J. (1999). Uncommon Measures : Equivalence and Linkage Among Educational Tests. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
The issues surrounding the comparability of various tests used to assess performance in schools received broad public attention during congressional debate over the Voluntary National Tests proposed by President Clinton in his 1997 State of the Union Address. Proponents of Voluntary National Tests argue that there is no widely understood, challenging benchmark of individual student performance in 4th-grade reading and 8th-grade mathematics, thus the need for a new test. Opponents argue that a statistical linkage among tests already used by states and districts might provide the sort of comparability called for by the president’s proposal. Public Law 105-78 requested that the National Research Council study whether an equivalency scale could be developed that would allow test scores from existing commercial tests and state assessments to be compared with each other and with the National Assessment of Education Progress. In this book, the committee reviewed research literature on the statistical and technical aspects of creating valid links between tests and how the content, use, and purposes of education testing in the United States influences the quality and meaning of those links. The book summarizes relevant prior linkage studies and presents a picture of the diversity of state testing programs. It also looks at the unique characteristics of the National Assessment of Educational Progress. Uncommon Measures provides an answer to the question posed by Congress in Public Law 105-78, suggests criteria for evaluating the quality of linkages, and calls for further research to determine the level of precision needed to make inferences about linked tests. In arriving at its conclusions, the committee acknowledged that ultimately policymakers and educators must take responsibility for determining the degree of imprecision they are willing to tolerate in testing and linking. This book provides science-based information with which to make those decisions.
Feuerstein, S. (1996). Advanced Oracle PL/SQL : Programming with Packages. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly & Associates.
Fèuredi, F. (1994). The New Ideology of Imperialism : Renewing the Moral Imperative. London, Pluto Press.
Fevre, R. and A. Thompson (1999). Nation, Identity and Social Theory : Perspectives From Wales. Cardiff, University of Wales.
Feyisetan, B. J. and M. Ainsworth (1994). Contraceptive Use and the Quality, Price, and Availability of Family Planning in Nigeria. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Feyten, C. M. and J. W. Nutta (1999). Virtual Instruction : Issues and Insights From an International Perspective. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Fiacco, A. V. (1998). Mathematical Programming with Data Perturbations. New York, CRC Press.
Ficken, R. E. (1995). Rufus Woods, the Columbia River & the Building of Modern Washington. Pullman, Washington State University Press.
Field, E. and V. University of (1996). The Love Affairs of a Bibliomaniac. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Field, E. R. Buttercup Gold and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Field, L. A. (1987). Thomas Wolfe and His Editors : Establishing a True Text for the Posthumous Publications. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Field, M. (1998). Improving Your Written English : How to Sharpen up Your Grammar, Punctuation and Spelling for Everyday Use. Plymouth, U.K., How To Books, Ltd.
Field, M. (1998). Researching for Writers : How to Gather Material for Articles, Novels and Non-fiction Books. Oxford, U.K., How To Books, Ltd.
Field, M. C., et al. (1995). Matt Field on the Santa Fe Trail. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Field, M. J. (1996). Telemedicine : A Guide to Assessing Telecommunications for Health Care. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Telemedicine–the use of information and telecommunications technologies to provide and support health care when distance separates the participants–is receiving increasing attention not only in remote areas where health care access is troublesome but also in urban and suburban locations. Yet the benefits and costs of this blend of medicine and digital technologies must be better demonstrated before today’s cautious decisionmakers invest significant funds in its development. Telemedicine presents a framework for evaluating patient care applications of telemedicine. The book identifies managerial, technical, policy, legal, and human factors that must be taken into account in evaluating a telemedicine program. The committee reviews previous efforts to establish evaluation frameworks and reports on results from several completed studies of image transmission, consulting from remote locations, and other telemedicine programs. The committee also examines basic elements of an evaluation and considers relevant issues of quality, accessibility, and cost of health care. Telemedicine will be of immediate interest to anyone with interest in the clinical application of telemedicine.
Field, M. J., et al. (1997). Approaching Death : Improving Care at the End of Life. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Field, M. J. and M. Institute of (1995). Dental Education at the Crossroads : Challenges and Change. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Six dental schools have closed in the last decade and others are in jeopardy. Facing this uncertainty about the status of dental education and the continued tension between educators and practitioners, leaders in the profession have recognized the need for purpose and direction. This comprehensive volume–the first to cover the education, research, and patient care missions of dental schools–offers specific recommendations on oral health assessment, access to dental care, dental school curricula, financing for education, research priorities, examinations and licensing, workforce planning, and other key areas. Well organized and accessible, the book Recaps the evolution of dental practice and education. Reviews key indicators of oral health status, outlines oral health goals, and discusses implications for education. Addresses major curriculum concerns. Examines health services that dental schools provide to patients and communities. Looks at faculty and student involvement in research. Explores the relationship of dental education to the university, the dental profession, and society at large. Accreditation, the dental workforce, and other critical policy issues are highlighted as well. Of greatest interest to deans, faculty, administrators, and students at dental schools, as well as to academic health centers and universities, this book also will be informative for health policymakers, dental professionals, and dental researchers.
Field, M. J. and M. Institute of (1995). Setting Priorities for Clinical Practice Guidelines. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
This book examines methods for selecting topics and setting priorities for clinical practice guideline development and implementation. Clinical practice guidelines are’systematically defined statements to assist practitioner and patient decisions about appropriate health care for specific clinical circumstances.’In its assessment of processes for setting priorities, the committee considers the principles of consistency with the organization’s mission, implementation feasibility, efficiency, utility of the results to the organization, and openness and defensibility–a principle that is especially important to public agencies. The volume also examines the implications of health care restructuring for priority setting and topic selection, including the link between national and local approaches to guidelines development.
Field, M. J., et al. (1992). Guidelines for Clinical Practice : From Development to Use. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Guidelines for the clinical practice of medicine have been proposed as the solution to the whole range of current health care problems. This new book presents the first balanced and highly practical view of guidelines–their strengths, their limitations, and how they can be used most effectively to benefit health care. The volume offers Recommendations and a proposed framework for strengthening development and use of guidelines. Numerous examples of guidelines. A ready-to-use instrument for assessing the soundness of guidelines. Six case studies exploring issues involved when practitioners use guidelines on a daily basis. With a real-world outlook, the volume reviews efforts by agencies and organizations to disseminate guidelines and examines how well guidelines are functioning–exploring issues such as patient information, liability, costs, computerization, and the adaptation of national guidelines to local needs.
Field, M. J., et al. (1993). Assessing Health Care Reform. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
This book establishes a framework for assessing health care reform proposals and their implementation. It helps clarify objectives, identifies issues to be addressed in proposals, distinguishes between short- and long-term expectations and achievements, and directs attention to important but sometimes neglected questions about the organization and provision of health care services. In addition, the volume presents a discussion and analysis of issues essential to achieving fundamental goals of health care reform: to maintain and improve health and well-being, to make basic health coverage universal, and to encourage the efficient use of limited resources. The book is a useful resource for anyone developing or assessing options for reform.
Field, M. J. and H. T. Shapiro (1993). Employment and Health Benefits : A Connection at Risk. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Field, M. J., et al. (1995). Health Services Research : Work Force and Educational Issues. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
In a health care environment undergoing major restructuring, health services researchers have an important contribution to make in evaluating the impact of change and in guiding policymakers, clinicians, corporate purchasers, and patients. This book examines the health services research work force and its education. Conclusions focus on the quantity and quality of the work force, prospects for the future, and directions for government policy.
Field, N. (1997). From My Grandmother’s Bedside : Sketches of Postwar Tokyo. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
Field, P. J. C. (1993). The Life and Times of Sir Thomas Malory. Cambridge, Boydell & Brewer.
Malory’s stories of King Arthur and the Round Table have been widely read for centuries, but their author’s own life has been as variously reported as that of any Arthurian knight. The first serious attempts to identify him were made in the 1890s, but the man who then seemed most likely to have written the book was later found to have been accused of attempted murder, rape, extortion, and sacrilegious robbery and to have spent ten years or more in prison. Could this be reconciled with the authorship of the most famous chivalric romance in English? Other candidates for authorship were proposedbut there was little consensus. This book gives the most comprehensive consideration of the competing arguments yet undertaken. It is a fascinating piece of detective work followed by a full account of the life of the man identified as theMalory. Close consideration of individual documents, many of which were entirely unknown in 1966, when the last book on Malory’s life appeared, makes possible a fuller and more convincing story than has ever been told before.Professor P.J.C. FIELD teaches in the Department of English at the University of Wales, Bangor.
Fielding, H. The Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fielding, H. A Journey From This World to the Next. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fielding, H. (1999). The History of Tom Jones, a Foundling. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fielding, H. and V. University of (1997). The Works of Henry Fielding. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fielding, S. The Governess; Or, The Little Female Academy. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fienup-Riordan, A. (1994). Boundaries and Passages : Rule and Ritual in Yup’ik Eskimo Oral Tradition. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Figueira, D. M. (1991). Translating the Orient : The Reception of Śākuntala in Nineteenth-century Europe. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Figueira, D. M. (1994). The Exotic : A Decadent Quest. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Filippelli, R. L. and M. McColloch (1995). Cold War in the Working Class : The Rise and Decline of the United Electrical Workers. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Filley, C. M. (1995). Neurobehavioral Anatomy. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Filson, J. The Adventures of Colonel Daniel Boone. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Findlay, J. M. (1992). Magic Lands : Western Cityscapes and American Culture After 1940. Berkeley, University of California Press.
The American West conjures up images of pastoral tranquility and wide open spaces, but by 1970 the Far West was the most urbanized section of the country. Exploring four intriguing cityscapes—Disneyland, Stanford Industrial Park, Sun City, and the 1962 Seattle World’s Fair—John Findlay shows how each created a sense of cohesion and sustained people’s belief in their superior urban environment. This first book-length study of the urban West after 1940 argues that Westerners deliberately tried to build cities that differed radically from their eastern counterparts.In 1954, Walt Disney began building the world’s first theme park, using Hollywood’s movie-making techniques. The creators of Stanford Industrial Park were more hesitant in their approach to a conceptually organized environment, but by the mid-1960s the Park was the nation’s prototypical’research park’and the intellectual downtown for the high-technology region that became Silicon Valley.In 1960, on the outskirts of Phoenix, Del E. Webb built Sun City, the largest, most influential retirement community in the United States. Another innovative cityscape arose from the 1962 Seattle World’s Fair and provided a futuristic, somewhat fanciful vision of modern life.These four became’magic lands’that provided an antidote to the apparent chaos of their respective urban milieus. Exemplars of a new lifestyle, they are landmarks on the changing cultural landscape of postwar America.
Findlen, P. (1994). Possessing Nature : Museums, Collecting, and Scientific Culture in Early Modern Italy. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In 1500 few Europeans regarded nature as a subject worthy of inquiry. Yet fifty years later the first museums of natural history had appeared in Italy, dedicated to the marvels of nature. Italian patricians, their curiosity fueled by new voyages of exploration and the humanist rediscovery of nature, created vast collections as a means of knowing the world and used this knowledge to their greater glory.Drawing on extensive archives of visitors’books, letters, travel journals, memoirs, and pleas for patronage, Paula Findlen reconstructs the lost social world of Renaissance and Baroque museums. She follows the new study of natural history as it moved out of the universities and into sixteenth- and seventeenth-century scientific societies, religious orders, and princely courts. Findlen argues convincingly that natural history as a discipline blurred the border between the ancients and the moderns, between collecting in order to recover ancient wisdom and the development of new textual and experimental scholarship. Her vivid account reveals how the scientific revolution grew from the constant mediation between the old forms of knowledge and the new.
Findley, B. F. and F. L. Goldstein (1996). Psychological Operations : Principles and Case Studies. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.
Fine, D. M. (1995). Los Angeles in Fiction : A Collection of Essays. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
This important collection of essays on the writers who have made Los Angeles one of the great cities of twentieth-century literature has been made even stronger by the inclusion of three new essays. John Fante, Walter Mosley, and Chester Himes join Aldous Huxley, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Evelyn Waugh, Nathanael West, Norman Mailer, James M. Cain, Ross Macdonald, Raymond Chandler, Budd Schulberg, Joan Didion, John Gregory Dunne, and Thomas Pynchon as well as less familiar writers – Oscar Zeta Acosta, Horace McCoy, Thomas Sanchez, Marc Norman, and Hysaye Yamamoto – in a text that provides a basic literary history of the region. Thoughtful consideration is given to such special Los Angeles genres as the detective story and the Hollywood novel, and a chapter is devoted to the film Chinatown.
Fine, G. (1999). Plato. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Fine, S. A. and S. F. Cronshaw (1999). Functional Job Analysis : A Foundation for Human Resources Management. Mahwah, N.J., Psychology Press.
This book was written to address the need for timely, thorough, practical, and defensible job analysis for HR managers. Under continuing development over the past 50 years, Functional Job Analysis (FJA) is acknowledged by major texts in HR and industrial/organizational psychology as one of the premier methods of job analysis used by leading-edge organizations in the private and public sectors. It is unique among job analysis methods in having its own in-depth theoretical grounding within a systems framework. In addition to providing a methodology for analyzing jobs, it offers a rich model and vocabulary for communicating about the competencies (skills) contributing to work success and about the design of the work organization through which those competencies are expressed. FJA is the right theory and methodology for future work in an increasingly competitive global economy. This book is the authoritative source describing how FJA can encourage and support an ongoing dialogue between workers and management as they jointly pursue total quality, worker growth, and organization performance. It is a flexible tool, fully recognizing the rapid changes impacting today’s organizations. It is a comprehensive tool, leading to an in-depth understanding of work, its results, and its improvement in a unique organization context. It is a humane tool, viewing workers in light of their full potential and capacity for positive growth. With FJA, workers and managers can work more constructively together in a wholesome and productive work relationship.
Finer, S. E. (1999). The History of Government From the Earliest Times. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Finer, S. E. (1999). The History of Government From the Earliest Times. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Finer, S. E. (1999). The History of Government From the Earliest Times. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Finerty, J. F. (1994). War-path and Bivouac, Or, The Conquest of the Sioux : A Narrative of Stirring Personal Experiences and Adventures in the Big Horn and Yellowstone Expedition of 1876, and in the Campaign on the British Border in 1879. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
War-Path and Bivouac is a detailed account fo the Dakota Indian wars of 1876 and the Nez Perce Indian wars of 1877.
Finger, J. M., et al. (1996). The Uruguay Round : Statistics on Tariff Concessions Given and Received. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fink, A. L. and Y. Goto (1998). Molecular Chaperones in the Life Cycle of Proteins : Structure, Function, and Mode of Action. New York, CRC Press.
Considers the integral role of molecular chaperones at different stages of a protein’s life cycle. The text focuses on the biophysical, structural and functional properties of molecular chaperones, providing a biophysical view of chaperone problems useful in in vivo and in vitro studies, and augmenting current understanding of molecular chaperones as facilitators of de novo protein synthesis and recombinant protein folding.
Fink, D. (1998). Cutting Into the Meatpacking Line : Workers and Change in the Rural Midwest. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
The nostalgic vision of a rural Midwest populated by independent family farmers hides the reality that rural wage labor has been integral to the region’s development, says Deborah Fink. Focusing on the porkpacking industry in Iowa, Fink investigates the experience of the rural working class and highlights its significance in shaping the state’s economic, political, and social contours. Fink draws both on interviews and on her own firsthand experience working on the production floor of a pork-processing plant. She weaves a fascinating account of the meatpacking industry’s history in Iowa–a history, she notes, that has been experienced differently by male and female, immigrant and native-born, white and black workers. Indeed, argues Fink, these differences are a key factor in the ongoing creation of the rural working class. Other writers have denounced the new meatpacking companies for their ruthless destruction of both workers and communities. Fink sustains this criticism, which she augments with a discussion of union action, but also goes beyond it. She looks within rural midwestern culture itself to examine the class, gender, and ethnic contradictions that allowed–indeed welcomed–the meatpacking industry’s development.
Fink, D. (2000). Good Schools/real Schools : Why School Reform Doesn’t Last. New York, Teachers College Press.
Fink, E. and E. Husserl (1995). Sixth Cartesian Meditation : The Idea of a Transcendental Theory of Method. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Translation of: VI. cartesianische Meditation. T. 1.
Fink, E. C., et al. (1998). Game Theory Topics : Incomplete Information, Repeated Games, and N-player Games. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.
‘A Sage University paper’–Cover.
Finkel, G. (1997). The Economics of the Construction Industry. Armonk, N.Y., Routledge.
The American construction industry, reponsible for nearly 4% of the nation’s Gross Domestic Product, directly employs over five million people and provides millions of additional support jobs in related fields. This book provides an introductory overview of the economic aspects of the industry, including the historical development of building activity from earliest times to modern day market-based construction, including the work of individual artisans to complex construction unions. The book explores current trends in labor force participation; the measurement of industry performance; the determinants of investment; government involvement; competition; wage determination; training; and worker safety.
Finkelpearl, T. and V. Acconci (2000). Dialogues in Public Art. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
By the 1990s, public art had evolved far beyond the lonely monument on an open plaza. Now public artists might design the entire plaza, create an event to alter the social dynamics of an urban environment, or help to reconstruct a neighborhood. Dialogues in Public Art presents a rich blend of interviews with the people who create and experience public art — from an artist who mounted three bronze sculptures in the South Bronx to the bureaucrat who led the fight to have them removed; from an artist who describes his work as a’cancer’on architecture to a pair of architects who might agree with him; from an artist who formed a coalition to convert twenty-two derelict row houses into an art center/community revitalization project to a young woman who got her life back on track while living in one of the converted houses.The twenty interviews are divided into four parts: Controversies in Public Art, Experiments in Public Art as Architecture and Urban Planning, Dialogues on Dialogue-Based Public Art Projects, and Public Art for Public Health. Tom Finkelpearl’s introductory essay provides a concise overview of changing attitudes toward the city as the site of public art.Interviewees : Vito Acconci, John Ahearn, David Avalos, Rufus L. Chaney, Mel Chin, Douglas Crimp, Paulo Freire, Andrew Ginzel, Linnea Glatt, Louis Hock, Ron Jensen, Kristin Jones, Maya Lin, Rick Lowe, Jackie McLean, Frank Moore, Jagoda Przybylak, Denise Scott Brown, Assata Shakur, Michael Singer, Elizabeth Sisco, Arthur Symes, Mierle Laderman Ukeles, Robert Venturi, Krzysztof Wodiczko
Finkelstein, M. S. (1999). Separatism, the Allies and the Mafia : The Struggle for Sicilian Independence, 1943-1948. Bethlehem, [PA], Lehigh University Press.
Finkelstein, N. (1992). The Ritual of New Creation : Jewish Tradition and Contemporary Literature. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Finkielkraut, A. (1992). Remembering in Vain : The Klaus Barbie Trial and Crimes Against Humanity. New York, N.Y., Perseus Books, LLC.
Finley, W. L. and V. University of (1996). The Trail of the Plume-hunter. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Finn, J. L. (1998). Tracing the Veins : Of Copper, Culture, and Community From Butte to Chuquicamata. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This tale of two cities—Butte, Montana, and Chuquicamata, Chile—traces the relationship of capitalism and community across cultural, national, and geographic boundaries. Combining social history with ethnography, Janet Finn shows how the development of copper mining set in motion parallel processes involving distinctive constructions of community, class, and gender in the two widely separated but intimately related sites. While the rich veins of copper in the Rockies and the Andes flowed for the giant Anaconda Company, the miners and their families in both places struggled to make a life as well as a living for themselves.Miner’s consumption, a popular name for silicosis, provides a powerful metaphor for the danger, wasting, and loss that penetrated mining life. Finn explores themes of privation and privilege, trust and betrayal, and offers a new model for community studies that links local culture and global capitalism.
Finn, P. J. (1999). Literacy with an Attitude : Educating Working-class Children in Their Own Self-interest. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Finn, R. (2000). Organ Transplants : Making the Most of Your Gift of Life. Beijing, O’Reilly.
Finnegan, W. (1994). Crossing the Line : A Year in the Land of Apartheid. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
William Finnegan’s compelling account of a year spent teaching in a colored high school,’across the line,’in Cape Town, South Africa brings the irrationality and injustice of apartheid into focus for the American reader. A new preface, written after the author’s observation of the historic 1994 elections evaluates the progress made – and not made – toward dismantling the apartheid system. — Publisher’s description.
Finnegan, W. (1995). Dateline Soweto : Travels with Black South African Reporters. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Dateline Soweto documents the working lives of black South African reporters caught between the mistrust of militant blacks, police harrassment, and white editors who—fearing government disapproval—may not print the stories these reporters risk their lives to get. William Finnegan revisited several of these reporters during the May 1994 election and describes their post-apartheid working experience in a new preface and epilogue.
Finney, B. R. (1994). Voyage of Rediscovery : A Cultural Odyssey Through Polynesia. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In the summer of 1985, a mostly Hawaiian crew set out aboard Hokule’a, a reconstructed ancient double canoe, to demonstrate what skeptics had steadfastly denied: that their ancestors, sailing in such canoes and navigating solely by reading stars, ocean swells, and other natural signs, could intentionally have sailed across the Pacific, exploring the vast oceanic realm of Polynesia and discovering and settling all its inhabitable islands. Their round-trip odyssey from Hawai’i to Aotearoa (New Zealand), across 12,000 nautical miles, dramatically refuted all theories declaring that—because of their unseaworthy canoes and inaccurate navigational methods—the ancient Polynesians could only have been pushed accidentally to their islands by the vagaries of wind and current.Voyage of Rediscovery is a vivid, immensely readable account of this remarkable journey through the Pacific, including tales of a curiosity attack by sperm whales and the crew’s welcome to Aotearoa by Maori tribesmen, who dubbed them their sixth tribe. It describes how Hawaiian navigator Nainoa Thompson guided the canoe over thousands of miles of open ocean without compass, sextant, charts, or any other navigational aids. In so doing, it documents the experimental voyaging approach, developed by Ben Finney, which has both transformed our ideas about Polynesian migration and voyaging and been embraced by present-day Polynesians as a way to experience and celebrate their rich ancestral heritage as premier seafarers.By sailing in the wake of their ancestors, the Hawaiians and other Polynesians who captained, navigated, and crewed Hokule’a made the journey described here a cultural as well as a scientific odyssey of exploration.
Finney, C. G. Lectures to Professing Christians. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Finney, C. G. Revivals of Religion : Also Titled Lectures on Revival. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Finney, C. G. and J. H. Fairchild Charles G. Finney’s Systematic Theology. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Finney, P. C. (1994). The Invisible God : The Earliest Christians on Art. New York, Oxford University Press.
Finney, R. G. (1995). Essentials of Business Budgeting. New York, AMACOM.
Finney, R. G. (1999). Office Finances Made Easy : A Get-started Guide to Budgets, Purchasing, and Financial Statements. New York, AMACOM.
Finnis, J. (1998). Aquinas : Moral, Political, and Legal Theory. Oxford [England], Oxford University Press.
Fiorino, D. J. (1995). Making Environmental Policy. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Who speaks for the trees, the water, the soil, and the air in American government today? Which agencies confront environmental problems, and how do they set priorities? How are the opposing claims of interest groups evaluated? Why do certain issues capture the public’s attention?In Making Environmental Policy, Daniel Fiorino combines the hands-on experience of an insider with the analytic rigor of a scholar to provide the fullest, most readable introduction to federal environmental policymaking yet published. A committed environmental advocate, he takes readers from theory to practice, demonstrating how laws and institutions address environmental needs and balance them against other political pressures.Drawing on the academic literature and his own familiarity with current trends and controversies, Fiorino offers a lucid view of the institutional and analytic aspects of environmental policymaking. A chapter on analytic methods describes policymakers’attempts to apply objective standards to complex environmental decisions. The book also examines how the law, the courts, political tensions, and international environmental agencies have shaped environmental issues. Fiorino grounds his discussion with references to numerous specific cases, including radon, global warming, lead, and hazardous wastes. Timely and necessary, this is an invaluable handbook for students, activists, and anyone wanting to unravel contemporary American environmental politics.
Firestone, W. A. and B. D. Bader (1992). Redesigning Teaching : Professionalism or Bureaucracy? Albany, State University of New York Press.
Firman, J. and A. Gila (1997). The Primal Wound : A Transpersonal View of Trauma, Addiction, and Growth. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Firth, D. and A. Leigh (1998). The Corporate Fool. Oxford, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Fisch, M. (1997). Rational Rabbis : Science and Talmudic Culture. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Fischer, B. J. (1999). Albania at War, 1939-1945. West Lafayette, Ind, Purdue University Press.
Fischer, C. S. (1992). America Calling : A Social History of the Telephone to 1940. Berkeley, University of California Press.
The telephone looms large in our lives, as ever present in modern societies as cars and television. Claude Fischer presents the first social history of this vital but little-studied technology—how we encountered, tested, and ultimately embraced it with enthusiasm. Using telephone ads, oral histories, telephone industry correspondence, and statistical data, Fischer’s work is a colorful exploration of how, when, and why Americans started communicating in this radically new manner.Studying three California communities, Fischer uncovers how the telephone became integrated into the private worlds and community activities of average Americans in the first decades of this century. Women were especially avid in their use, a phenomenon which the industry first vigorously discouraged and then later wholeheartedly promoted. Again and again Fischer finds that the telephone supported a wide-ranging network of social relations and played a crucial role in community life, especially for women, from organizing children’s relationships and church activities to alleviating the loneliness and boredom of rural life.Deftly written and meticulously researched, America Calling adds an important new chapter to the social history of our nation and illuminates a fundamental aspect of cultural modernism that is integral to contemporary life.
Fischer, K. G. (1994). Computational Algebra. New York, N.Y., M. Dekker.
Fischer, P. (1998). Configuring Cisco Routers for ISDN. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Fischer-Lichte, E. and J. Riley (1997). The Show and the Gaze of Theatre : A European Perspective. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
Theatre, in some respects, resembles a market. Stories, rituals, ideas, perceptive modes, conversations, rules, techniques, behavior patterns, actions, language, and objects constantly circulate back and forth between theatre and the other cultural institutions that make up everyday life in the twentieth century. These exchanges, which challenge the established concept of theatre in a way that demands to be understood, form the core of Erika Fischer-Lichte’s dynamic book. Each eclectic essay investigates the boundaries that separate theatre from other cultural domains. Every encounter between theatre and other art forms and institutions renegotiates and redefines these boundaries as part of an ongoing process. Drawing on a wealth of fascinating examples, both historical and contemporary, Fischer-Lichte reveals new perspectives in theatre research from quite a number of different approaches. Energetically and excitingly, she theorizes history, theorizes and historicizes performance analysis, and historicizes theory.
Fischman, D. K. (1991). Political Discourse in Exile : Karl Marx and the Jewish Question. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Fish, J. M., et al. (2008). Principles of Multicultural Counseling and Therapy. New York, NY, CRC Press.
Fishbane, M. A. (1993). The Midrashic Imagination : Jewish Exegesis, Thought, and History. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fishburn, K. (1999). The Dead Are So Disappointing : Poems. East Lansing, Michigan State University Press.
Fishel, E. C. (1996). The Secret War for the Union : The Untold Story of Military Intelligence in the Civil War. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
Fisher, A. G. and J. Geertsen (1992). Golf : Your Turn for Success. Boston, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Fisher, A. L. S. and D. Goble (1996). A Matter of Black and White : The Autobiography of Ada Lois Sipuel Fisher. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Artist. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). At the Foot of Hemlock Mountain. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). A Bird Out of the Snare. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Bliss of Solitude. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Ivanhoe and the German Measles. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Petunias : That’s for Remembrance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Piano. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Playmate. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Poet and Scullery-maid. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). Portrait of a Philosopher. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Rescue. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Story of Ralph Miller. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, D. C. and V. University of (1996). The Ugly Duckling. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, E. The Marrow of Modern Divinity. Jerusalem, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fisher, J. (1981). Henry V : Notes, Including Life of Shakespeare, Background of Henry V, Genealogical Tables, Plot Summary of Henry V, List of Characters, Summaries and Commentaries, Sixteenth-century Political Theory, Questions for Review, Selected Bibliography. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fisher, J. (1996). Fall Guys : False Confessions and the Politics of Murder. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Fisher, J. H. (1992). The Importance of Chaucer. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Fisher, J. T. (1997). Dr. America : The Lives of Thomas A. Dooley, 1927-1961. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Fisher, K. (2000). Leading Self-directed Work Teams : A Guide to Developing New Team Leadership Skills. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Fisher, K. and M. D. Fisher (1998). The Distributed Mind : Achieving High Performance Through the Collective Intelligence of Knowledge Work Teams. New York, AMACOM.
Fisher, N. C. (1997). War at Every Door : Partisan Politics and Guerrilla Violence in East Tennessee, 1860-1869. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
One of the most divided regions of the Confederacy, East Tennessee was the site of fierce Unionist resistance to secession, Confederate rule, and the Southern war effort. It was also the scene of unrelenting’irregular,’or guerrilla, warfare between Union and Confederate supporters, a conflict that permanently altered the region’s political, economic, and social landscape. In this study, Noel Fisher examines the military and political struggle for control of East Tennessee from the secession crisis through the early years of Reconstruction, focusing particularly on the military and political significance of the region’s irregular activity. Fisher portrays in grim detail the brutality and ruthlessness employed not only by partisan bands but also by Confederate and Union troops under constant threat of guerrilla attack and government officials frustrated by unstinting dissent. He demonstrates that, generally, guerrillas were neither the romantic, daring figures of Civil War legend nor mere thieves and murderers, but rather were ordinary men and women who fought to live under a government of their choice and to drive out those who did not share their views.
Fisher, S. (1995). Nursing Wounds : Nurse Practitioners, Doctors, Women Patients, and the Negotiation of Meaning. New Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press.
Fisher, S. Y. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Personal Finance in Your 20’s and 30’s. New York, Alpha Books.
Fishman, D. E. (1995). Russia’s First Modern Jews : The Jews of Shklov. New York, NYU Press.
Long before there were Jewish communities in the land of the tsars, Jews inhabited a region which they called medinat rusiya, the land of Russia. Prior to its annexation by Russia, the land of Russia was not a center of rabbinic culture. But in 1772, with its annexation by Tsarist Russia, this remote region was severed from the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth; its 65,000 Jews were thus cut off from the heartland of Jewish life in Eastern Europe. Forced into independence, these Jews set about forging a community with its own religious leadership and institutions. The three great intellectual currents in East European Jewry–Hasidism, Rabbinic Mitnagdism, and Haskalah–all converged on Eastern Belorussia, where they clashed and competed. In the course of a generation, the community of Shklovthe most prominent of the towns in the areawitnessed an explosion of intellectual and cultural activity. Focusing on the social and intellectual odysseys of merchants, maskilim, and rabbis, and their varied attempts to combine Judaism and European culture, David Fishman here chronicles the remarkable story of these first modern Jews of Russia.
Fishman, J. A. (1991). Reversing Language Shift : Theoretical and Empirical Foundations of Assistance to Threatened Languages. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.
Fishman, J. A. (1999). Handbook of Language & Ethnic Identity. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.
Fishman, S. (1997). Hiring Independent Contractors : The Employers’ Legal Guide. Berkeley, Nolo Press.
Fishman, S. (1998). Consultant & Independent Contractor Agreements. Berkeley, Nolo Press.
Fishman, S. (1998). Copyright Your Software. Berkeley, Calif, Nolo.
Fishman, S. (1998). Software Development : A Legal Guide. Berkeley, Nolo Press.
Fishman, S. M. and L. P. McCarthy (1998). John Dewey and the Challenge of Classroom Practice. New York, Teachers College Press.
Fiske, E. B. (1996). Decentralization of Education : Politics and Consensus. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fiske, J. The Unseen World and Other Essays. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fiske, J. and V. University of (1997). Myths and Myth-makers : Old Tales and Superstitions Interpreted by Comparative Mythology. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fiske, S. W. and S. W. Sears (1998). Mr. Dunn Browne’s Experiences in the Army : The Civil War Letters of Samuel W. Fiske. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Fiszbein, A. and P. Lowden (1999). Working Together for a Change : Government, Business, and Civic Partnerships for Poverty Reduction in Latin America and the Caribbean. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fitch, W. M., et al. (1995). Tempo and Mode in Evolution : Genetics and Paleontology 50 Years After Simpson. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Since George Gaylord Simpson published Tempo and Mode in Evolution in 1944, discoveries in paleontology and genetics have abounded. This volume brings together the findings and insights of today’s leading experts in the study of evolution, including Ayala, W. Ford Doolittle, and Stephen Jay Gould. The volume examines early cellular evolution, explores changes in the tempo of evolution between the Precambrian and Phanerozoic periods, and reconstructs the Cambrian evolutionary burst. Long-neglected despite Darwin’s interest in it, species extinction is discussed in detail. Although the absence of data kept Simpson from exploring human evolution in his book, the current volume covers morphological and genetic changes in human populations, contradicting the popular claim that all modern humans descend from a single woman. This book discusses the role of molecular clocks, the results of evolution in 12 populations of Escherichia coli propagated for 10,000 generations, a physical map of Drosophila chromosomes, and evidence for’hitchhiking’by mutations.
Fitt, J. (1999). Zip’s Missing : A Velsoft Computer Manual for Kids. Nova Scotia, Velsoft Interactive.
While visiting her Dad’s work, Lauren’s Dog Zip goes missing in the building. As Lauren sets out to find zip she discovers the many ways computers are used. Can Lauren use what she learns about computers to help find her missing dog?
Fitter, F. and B. Gulas (2002). Working in the Dark : Keeping Your Job While Dealing with Depression. Center City, Minn, Hazelden.
Fitts, K. and A. W. France (1995). Left Margins : Cultural Studies and Composition Pedagogy. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Fitz, E. E. (1991). Rediscovering The New World : Inter-American Literature in a Comparative Context. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
The concept of’American’literature is not the exclusive province of any one nation. Thanks to the historical circumstances that governed the European conquest and settlement of the Americas, we can and should approach the writings of English and French Canada, the United States, Spanish America, and Brazil as a cohesive group of American literature, worthy of study without constant reference to European texts. Now, Rediscovering the New World makes a timely addition to this expanding field on Inter-American scholarship that should help lead tothe formation of a new canon. This adventurous and ambitious work begins with an examination of Pre-Columbian literature (and shows that his powerful tradition remains alive and well in the twentieth century), then confronts the narratives of discovery and conquest, the New World epic, identity as the Ur-theme of American literature, miscegenation as another integral theme, and regionalism as a shaping force. Other striking these and juxtapositions include a comparison of Henry James and Machado de Assis as the first two great New World novelists, modernism as both a distinct literary movement and an amorphous body of aesthetic principles, and the conflict between’civilization’and’barbarism.’More in the exploratory spirit of the French Canadian voyageur than in the spirit of the conquistador, Rediscovering the New World is the first scholarly work in English to integrate an international set of American literary cultures. It should inspire other explorers as the field of Inter-American literary relations continues to evolve.
Fitz-enz, J. (1997). The 8 Practices of Exceptional Companies : How Great Organizations Make the Most of Their Human Assets. New York, AMACOM.
Fitz-enz, J. (2000). The ROI of Human Capital : Measuring the Economic Value of Employee Performance. New York, AMACOM.
Fitzgerald, F. S. (1999). This Side of Paradise. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fitzgerald, T. K. (1993). Metaphors of Identity : A Culture-communication Dialogue. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fitzgerald, W. (1995). Catullan Provocations : Lyric Poetry and the Drama of Position. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Restoring to Catullus a provocative power that familiarity has tended to dim, this book argues that Catullus challenges us to think about the nature of lyric in new ways. Fitzgerald shows how Catullus’s poetry reflects the conditions of its own consumption as it explores the terms and possibilities of the poet’s license. Reading the poetry in relation to the drama of position played out between poet, poem, and reader, the author produces a fresh interpretation of almost all of Catullus’s oeuvre. Running through the book is an analysis of the ideological stakes behind the construction of the author Catullus in twentieth-century scholarship and of the agenda governing the interpreter’s position in relation to Catullus.
Fitzmier, J. R. (1998). New England’s Moral Legislator : Timothy Dwight, 1752-1817. Bloomington, Ind, Indiana University Press.
Fitzwater, E. (1981). The Pearl : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fitzwater, E. and I. Cliffs Notes (1967). Doctor Faustus : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fitzwater, E. and I. Cliffs Notes (1970). Cry, the Beloved Country : Notes. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Cover title: Cliffs notes on Paton’s Cry, the beloved country.
Fixico, D. L. (1997). Rethinking American Indian History. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
‘This volume of essays is the result of two conferences, held in 1994 and in 1995 at Western Michigan University’–p.4.
Fixico, D. L. (1998). The Invasion of Indian Country in the Twentieth Century : American Capitalism and Tribal Natural Resources. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Flack, J. D. (1993). TalentEd : Strategies for Developing the Talent in Every Learner. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Flagg, B. J. (1998). Was Blind, But Now I See : White Race Concsiousness and the Law. New York, NYU Press.
‘Race’does not speak to most white people. Rather, whites tend to associate race with people of color and to equate whiteness with racelessness. As Barbara J. Flagg demonstrates in this important book, this’transparency’phenomenon–the invisibility of whiteness to white people– profoundly affects the ways in whites make decisions: they rely on criteria perceived by the decisionmaker as race-neutral but which in fact reflect white, race-specific norms. Flagg here identifies this transparently white decisionmaking as a form of institutional racism that contributes significantly, though unobtrusively, to the maintenance of white supremacy. Bringing the discussion to bear on the arena of law, Flagg analyzes key areas of race discrimination law and makes the case for reforms that would bring legal doctrine into greater harmony with the recognition of institutional racism in general and the transparency phenomenon in particular. She concludes with an exploration of the meaning of whiteness in a pluralist culture, paving the way for a positive, nonracist conception of whiteness as a distinct racial identity. An informed and substantive call for doctrinal reform, Was Blind But Now I See is the most expansive treatment yet of the relationship between whiteness and law.
Flaherty, J. (1998). Coaching : Evoking Excellence in Others. Boston, Taylor & Francis [CAM].
Flaherty, J. E. (1999). Peter Drucker : Shaping the Managerial Mind. San Francisco, Calif, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Flaherty, L. T. and P. American Society for Adolescent (2008). Adolescent Psychiatry. New York, Routledge.
The period of adolescence can be a time of great creativity, as new intellectual capacities emerge, and as the individual adolescent attempts to make sense out of inner and outer experience. Volume 30 of Adolescent Psychiatry addresses the ways in which adolescent experience is transmuted into creative artistic production, as well as focuses on the relationship between creativity and psychopathology, and treatment for troubled adolescents. With the links between adolescence and creativity in mind, the volume opens with an in-depth examination of a young boy’s creation of his own story of Polyphemus. This is followed by a fresh look at the adolescent influences behind Austrian Symbolist painter Gustav Klimt. The next ten chapters comprise a special section devoted to creative solutions to some of the most challenging facing adolescent psychiatry. Here, numerous relevant studies are presented and conclusions drawn, as a whole addressing topics such as: an innovative residential treatment program for gifted adolescents who have failed academically and rejected previous attempts at treatment; motivational interviewing, a technique employed in the effort to find common ground between the therapist and patient; the importance of understanding adolescent sexuality and how to approach the topic with patients in an appropriate manner; and a discussion of the registration, commitment, and assessment of juvenile sex offenders. A final section investigates problematic examples of reactive attachment disorder, as well as treatment-refractory adolescent schizophrenia – when the medication doesn’t work. Volume 30 of Adolescent Psychiatry continues the wide-ranging scholarship and analytic sensibility that has been the hallmark of the series. Literary and artistic criticism reside comfortably between empirical research and case studies, all working together to broaden the horizon of research and application of psychiatric technique and theory for adolescence.
Flake, G. W. (1998). The Computational Beauty of Nature : Computer Explorations of Fractals, Chaos, Complex Systems, and Adaptation. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
‘Simulation,’writes Gary Flake in his preface,’becomes a form of experimentation in a universe of theories. The primary purpose of this book is to celebrate this fact.’In this book, Gary William Flake develops in depth the simple idea that recurrent rules can produce rich and complicated behaviors. Distinguishing’agents'(e.g., molecules, cells, animals, and species) from their interactions (e.g., chemical reactions, immune system responses, sexual reproduction, and evolution), Flake argues that it is the computational properties of interactions that account for much of what we think of as’beautiful’and’interesting.’From this basic thesis, Flake explores what he considers to be today’s four most interesting computational topics: fractals, chaos, complex systems, and adaptation.Each of the book’s parts can be read independently, enabling even the casual reader to understand and work with the basic equations and programs. Yet the parts are bound together by the theme of the computer as a laboratory and a metaphor for understanding the universe. The inspired reader will experiment further with the ideas presented to create fractal landscapes, chaotic systems, artificial life forms, genetic algorithms, and artificial neural networks.
Flamming, D. (1992). Creating the Modern South : Millhands and Managers in Dalton, Georgia, 1884-1984. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
In Creating the Modern South, Douglas Flamming examines one hundred years in the life of the mill and the town of Dalton, Georgia, providing a uniquely perceptive view of Dixie’s social and economic transformation.’Beautifully written, it combines the rich specificity of a case study with broadly applicable synthetic conclusions.’–Technology and Culture’A detailed and nuanced study of community development…. Creating the Modern South is an important book and will be of interest to anyone in the field of labor history.’–Journal of Economic History’A rich and provocative study…. Its major contribution to our knowledge of the South is its careful account of the evolution and collapse of mill culture.’–Journal of Southern History’Ambitious, and at times provocative, Creating the Modern South is a well-researched, highly readable, and engaging book.’–Journal of American History
Flanagan, D. (1997). Java Examples in a Nutshell : A Tutorial Companion to Java in a Nutshell. Cambridge [Mass.], O’Reilly.
Flanagan, D. (1999). Java Enterprise in a Nutshell : A Desktop Quick Reference. Beijing, O’Reilly.
Flanagan, M. (1999). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to the Old West. New York, Alpha Books.
Flanagan, O. J. (1992). Consciousness Reconsidered. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Description based on print version record.
Flanagan, O. J. (1998). Self Expressions : Mind, Morals, and the Meaning of Life. New York, Oxford University Press.
In this trailblazing collection of essays on free will and the human mind, distinguished philosopher Owen Flanagan seeks to reconcile a scientific view of ourselves with an account of ourselves as meaning makers and agents of free will. He approaches this old philosophical quagmire from new angles, bringing to it the latest insights of neuroscience, cognitive science, and psychiatry. Covering a host of topics, these essays discuss whether the conscious mind can be explained scientifically, whether dreams are self-expressive or just noise, the moral socialization of children, and the nature of psychological phenomena. Ultimately, Flanagan concludes that a naturalistic view of the self need not lead to nihilism, but rather to a liberating vision of personal identity which makes sense of agency, character transformation, and the value and worth of human life.
Flannagan, R. (1970). Paradise Lost, Notes : Including Milton’s Life and Work, Brief Synopsis, List of Characters, Summaries and Commentaries, Review Questions, Selected Bibliography. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
۱۹۶۳ ed. by C.K. Hillegass.
Flaschel, P., et al. (1997). Dynamic Macroeconomics : Instability, Fluctuation, and Growth in Monetary Economies. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Flatau, S. K. and M. Dean (2000). Counter Culture Texas. Plano, Tex, Republic of Texas Press.
Flaubert, G. Herodias. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Flaubert, G. Salammbo. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Flaubert, G. (1999). A Simple Soul. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Flavel, J. Christ Altogether Lovely. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Flavel, J. The Fountain of Life Opened Up, Or, A Display of Christ in His Essential and Mediatorial Glory. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Flavel, J. The Method of Grace in the Gospel Redemption. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Flavel, J. On Keeping the Heart. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Flaws, B. (2000). Curing Fibromyalgia Naturally with Chinese Medicine. Boulder, CO, Blue Poppy Press.
Flax, A. H. (1993). The Future of Aerospace. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Few technological advances have affected the lives and dreams of individuals and the operations of companies and governments as much as the continuing development of flight. From space exploration to package transport, from military transport to passenger helicopter use, from passenger jumbo jets to tilt-rotor commuter planes, the future of flying is still rapidly developing. The essays in this volume survey the state of progress along several fronts of this constantly evolving frontier. Five eminent authorities assess prospects for the future of rotary-wing aircraft, large passenger aircraft, commercial aviation, manned spaceflight, and defense aerospace in the post-Cold War era.
Flax, J. (1991). Thinking Fragments : Psychoanalysis, Feminism, and Postmodernism in the Contemporary West. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Fleischner, J. (1996). Mastering Slavery : Memory, Family, and Identity in Women’s Slave Narratives. New York, NYU Press.
In Mastering Slavery, Fleischner draws upon a range of disciplines, including psychoanalysis, African-American studies, literary theory, social history, and gender studies, to analyze how the slave narratives–in their engagement with one another and with white women’s antislavery fiction–yield a far more amplified and complicated notion of familial dynamics and identity than they have generally been thought to reveal. Her study exposes the impact of the entangled relations among master, mistress, slave adults and slave children on the sense of identity of individual slave narrators. She explores the ways in which our of the social, psychological, biological–and literary–crossings and disruptions slavery engendered, these autobiographers created mixed, dynamic narrative selves.
Fleischner, J. and M. K. Reim (1997). I Was Born a Slave : The Story of Harriet Jacobs. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.
Traces the life of a slave who suffered mistreatment from her master, spent years as a fugitive from slavery in North Carolina, and was eventually released to freedom with her children.
Fleisher, M. S. (1995). Beggars and Thieves : Lives of Urban Street Criminals. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.
As the incidence of violent crime rises in the United States, so does the public demand for a solution. But what will work? Mark S. Fleisher has spent years among inmates in jails and prisons and on the streets with thieves, gang members, addicts, and life-long criminals in Seattle and other cities across the country. In Beggars and Thieves, he writes about how and why they become and remain offenders, and about the actual role of jails and prisons in efforts to deter crime and rehabilitate criminals. Fleisher shows, with wrenching firsthand accounts, that parents who are addicts, abusers, and criminals beget irreversibly damaged children who become addicts, abusers, and criminals. Further, Fleisher contends that many well-intentioned educational and vocational training programs are wasted because they are offered too late to help. And, he provides sobering evidence that many youthful and adult offenders find themselves better off in prison—with work to do, medical care, a clean place to sleep, regular meals, and stable social ties—than they are in America’s cities. Fleisher calls for anti-crime policies that are bold, practical, and absolutely imperative. He prescribes life terms for violent offenders, but in prisons structured as work communities, where privileges are earned through work in expanded, productive industries that reduce the financial burden of incarceration on the public. But most important, he argues that the only way to prevent street crime, cut prison growth, and reduce the waste of money and human lives is to permanently remove brutalized children from criminal, addicted, and violent parents.
Fleisher, M. S. (1998). Dead End Kids : Gang Girls and the Boys They Know. Madison, Wis, University of Wisconsin Press.
Dead End Kids exposes both the depravity and the humanity in gang life through the eyes of a teenaged girl named Cara, a member of a Kansas City gang. In this shocking yet compassionate account, Mark Fleisher shows how gang girls’lives are shaped by poverty, family disorganization, and parental neglect.
Fleisher, P. (1996). Life Cycles of a Dozen Diverse Creatures. Brookfield, Conn, Lerner Publishing Group.
Compares and contrasts the life cycles of twelve animals including the opossum, bullfrog, and jellyfish.
Fleming, A. (1998). Swaledale : Valley of the Wild River. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.
Fleming, J. (1998). Web Navigation : Designing the User Experience. Sebastopol, Calif, O’Reilly.
Fleming, P., et al. (1997). Speech & Language Difficulties in Education : Approaches to Collaborative Practice for Teachers and Speech & Language Therapists. Bicester, Oxon, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.
‘Reprinted: c1999, Royal College of Speech & Language Therapists, 1997′–T.p. verso.
Flemmons, J. (1997). Jerry Flemmons’ More Texas Siftings : Another Bold and Uncommon Celebration of the Lone Star State. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.
Fletcher, A. C. (1995). Indian Story and Song From North America. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.
‘Bison book’–P. [i].
Fletcher, G. P. (1998). Basic Concepts of Criminal Law. New York, N.Y., Oxford University Press.
Fletcher, I. F. (1999). Insolvency in Private International Law : National and International Approaches. Oxford, Clarendon Press.
Fletcher, J. (1997). Getting That Job : How to Make a Success of Your Job Application. [N.p.], How to Books.
Fletcher, J. K. (1999). Disappearing Acts : Gender, Power, and Relational Practice at Work. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
This study of female design engineers has profound implications for attempts to change organizational culture. Joyce Fletcher’s research shows that emotional intelligence and relational behavior are often viewed as inappropriate because they collide with powerful, gender-linked images. Fletcher describes how organizations say they need such behavior and yet ignore it, thus undermining the possibility of radical change. She shows why the’female advantage’does not seem to be benefit women employees or organizations. She offers ways that individuals and organizations can make visible the invisible work.
Flexner, J. T. (1992). Doctors on Horseback : Pioneers of American Medicine. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Originally published: New York : Viking Press, 1937.
Flexner, J. T. (1992). States Dyckman : American Loyalist. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Originally published: Boston : Little, Brown, 1980.
Flexner, J. T. (1992). Steamboats Come True : American Inventors in Action. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Originally published: New York : Viking Press, 1944.
Flexner, J. T. (1993). John Singleton Copley. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Originally published: Boston : Houghton Mifflin, 1948.
Flexner, J. T. (1996). Maverick’s Progress : An Autobiography. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Flexner, J. T. (1998). Random Harvest. Bronx, NY, Oxford University Press USA.
Flin, R. H. (1996). Sitting in the Hot Seat : Leaders and Teams for Critical Incident Management. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Flinn, C. M. (2000). Genealogy Basics Online : A Step-by-step Introduction to Finding Your Ancestors Through the Internet. Cincinnati, Ohio, Course PTR.
Flint, R. and S. C. Flint (1997). The Coronado Expedition to Tierra Nueva : The 1540-1542 Route Across the Southwest. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
The Coronado Expedition to Tierra Nueva is an engaging record of key research by archaeologists, ethnographers, historians, and geographers concerning the first organized European entrance into what is now the American Southwest and northwestern Mexico. In search of where the expedition went and what peoples it encountered, this volume explores the fertile valleys of Sonora, the basins and ranges of southern Arizona, the Zuni pueblos and the Rio Grande Valley of New Mexico, and the Llano Estacado of the Texas panhandle. The twenty-one contributors to the volume have pursued some of the most significant lines of research in the field in the last fifty years; their techniques range from documentary analysis and recording traditional stories to detailed examination of the landscape and excavation of campsites and Indian towns. With more confidence than ever before, researchers are closing in on the route of the conquistadors.
Flipper, H. O. (1998). The Colored Cadet at West Point. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.
Originally published: New York : Homer Lee & Co., 1978.
Flipper, H. O. and T. D. Harris (1997). Black Frontiersman : The Memoirs of Henry O. Flipper, First Black Graduate of West Point. Fort Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.
Flippo, R. F. and D. C. Caverly (2000). Handbook of College Reading and Study Strategy Research. Mahwah, N.J., Taylor and Francis Ltd.
The Handbook of College Reading and Study Strategy Research is the most comprehensive and up-to-date source available for college reading and study strategy practitioners and administrators. In this thorough and systematic examination of theory, research, and practice, college reading teachers will find information to make better instructional decisions, administrators will find justification for programmatic implementations, and professors will find in one book both theory and practice to better prepare graduate students to understand the parameters and issues of this field. No other book currently provides a comprehensive collection of information, though college reading and study strategy programs continue to expand and can be found in four-year colleges, universities, community/junior colleges, medical schools, technical schools, and other postsecondary institutions around the world. The Handbook is an essential resource for professionals, researchers, and students as they continue to study, research, learn, and share more about college reading and study strategy issues and instruction.
Flood, R. L. and N. R. A. Romm (1996). Diversity Management : Triple Loop Learning. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Florestal, K. and R. Cooper (1997). Decentralization of Education : Legal Issues. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Flower, B. O. and V. University of (1995). An Interesting Representative of a Vanishing Race. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Flutie, D. and P. Lefko (1999). Flutie. Champaign, IL, Sports Publishing, Inc.
Flynn, L. and G. Lancaster (1996). Children’s Phonology Sourcebook. Bicester, Speechmark Publishing Ltd.
Flynn, R. (1995). Living with the Hyenas : Short Stories. Fort Worth, TX, Texas Christian University Press.
Flynn, T. M. (1997). Cryogenic Engineering. New York, Marcel Dekker.
Flynn, T. R. and D. Judovitz (1993). Dialectic and Narrative. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Flynt, J. W. (1989). Poor but Proud : Alabama’s Poor Whites. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Flynt, J. W. (1998). Alabama Baptists : Southern Baptists in the Heart of Dixie. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Flynt, J. W. and G. W. Berkley (1997). Taking Christianity to China : Alabama Missionaries in the Middle Kingdom, 1850-1950. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Flythe, S. (1990). Lent, the Slow Fast. Iowa City, University of Iowa Press.
Fodor, J. A. (1992). A Theory of Content and Other Essays. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
‘A Bradford book.’
Fodor, J. A. (1995). The Elm and the Expert : Mentalese and Its Semantics. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Written in a highly readable, irreverent style, The Elm and the Expert provides a lively discussion of semantic issues about mental representation, with special attention to issues raised by Frege’s problem, Twin cases, and the putative indeterminacy of reference.
Fodor, J. A. (1998). In Critical Condition : Polemical Essays on Cognitive Science and the Philosophy of Mind. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
‘A Bradford book.’
Fogarty, R. S. (1981). The Righteous Remnant : The House of David. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.
Fogelson, R. M. (1993). The Fragmented Metropolis : Los Angeles, 1850-1930. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Here with a new preface, a new foreword, and an updated bibliography is the definitive history of Los Angeles from its beginnings as an agricultural village of fewer than 2,000 people to its emergence as a metropolis of more than 2 million in 1930—a city whose distinctive structure, character, and culture foreshadowed much of the development of urban America after World War II.
Fogg, C. D. (1994). Team-based Strategic Planning : A Complete Guide to Structuring, Facilitating, and Implementing the Process. New York, AMACOM.
Fogg, C. D. (1999). Implementing Your Strategic Plan : How to Turn ‘intent’ Into Effective Action for Sustainable Change. New York, AMACOM.
Fogleman, A. S. (1996). Hopeful Journeys : German Immigration, Settlement, and Political Culture in Colonial America, 1717-1775. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Hopeful Journeys traces the German migrant groups from their origins to their places of final settlement in the colonies. The immigrants’Old World customs, beliefs, and connections did not entirely disappear as they adapted to life in the colonies; instead, the Germans’past ways helped shape behavior in the New World. Germans settled in rural, ethnic communities where family, village, and religion helped them succeed in the multi-ethnic, capitalist economy of British North America. This collective strategy carried into the political arena, as the immigrants and their descendants sought to solidify and protect their gains. Fogleman contends that, to a significant degree, the immigrants and their children developed a new ethnic identity: adapting to the strains of migration, settlement, and politicization, they became Americanized without becoming less German.
Foley, G. (1995). Photovoltaic Applications in Rural Areas of the Developing World. Washington, DC, World Bank Publications.
Foley, G. and P. Energy Sector Management Assistance (1997). The Niger Household Energy Project : Promoting Rural Fuelwood Markets and Village Management of Natural Woodlands. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
‘UNDP ESMAP, Joint United Nations Development Programme/World Bank Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme’–Cover.
Foley, J. F. (1999). The Global Entrepreneur : Taking Your Business International. Chicago, IL, Kaplan Publishing.
Foley, J. M. (1990). Traditional Oral Epic : The Odyssey, Beowulf, and the Serbo-Croation Return Song. London, University of California Press.
John Miles Foley offers an innovative and straightforward approach to the structural analysis of oral and oral-derived traditional texts. Professor Foley argues that to give the vast and complex body of oral’literature’its due, we must first come to terms with the endemic heterogeneity of traditional oral epics, with their individual histories, genres, and documents, as well as both the synchronic and diachronic aspects of their poetics.Until now, the emphasis in studies of oral traditional works has been placed on addressing the correspondences among traditions—shared structures of’formula,”theme,’and’story-pattern.’Traditional Oral Epic explores the incongruencies among traditions and focuses on the qualities specific to certain oral and oral-derived works. It is certain to inspire further research in this field.
Foley, N. (1997). The White Scourge : Mexicans, Blacks, and Poor Whites in Texas Cotton Culture. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In a book that fundamentally challenges our understanding of race in the United States, Neil Foley unravels the complex history of ethnicity in the cotton culture of central Texas. This engrossing narrative, spanning the period from the Civil War through the collapse of tenant farming in the early 1940s, bridges the intellectual chasm between African American and Southern history on one hand and Chicano and Southwestern history on the other. The White Scourge describes a unique borderlands region, where the cultures of the South, West, and Mexico overlap, to provide a deeper understanding of the process of identity formation and to challenge the binary opposition between’black’and’white’that often dominates discussions of American race relations.In Texas, which by 1890 had become the nation’s leading cotton-producing state, the presence of Mexican sharecroppers and farm workers complicated the black-white dyad that shaped rural labor relations in the South. With the transformation of agrarian society into corporate agribusiness, white racial identity began to fracture along class lines, further complicating categories of identity. Foley explores the’fringe of whiteness,’an ethno-racial borderlands comprising Mexicans, African Americans, and poor whites, to trace shifting ideologies and power relations. By showing how many different ethnic groups are defined in relation to’whiteness,’Foley redefines white racial identity as not simply a pinnacle of status but the complex racial, social, and economic matrix in which power and privilege are shared.Foley skillfully weaves archival material with oral history interviews, providing a richly detailed view of everyday life in the Texas cotton culture. Addressing the ways in which historical categories affect the lives of ordinary people, The White Scourge tells the broader story of racial identity in America; at the same time it paints an evocative picture of a unique American region. This truly multiracial narrative touches on many issues central to our understanding of American history: labor and the role of unions, gender roles and their relation to ethnicity, the demise of agrarian whiteness, and the Mexican-American experience.
Folger Collective on Early Women, C. (1995). Women Critics 1660-1820 : An Anthology. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Folino, D. F. (1997). The Agile Manager’s Guide to Making Effective Decisions. Bristol, Vt, Velocity Business Pub.
Folkman, J. (1998). Employee Surveys That Make a Difference : Using Customized Feedback Tools to Transform Your Organization. Provo, UT, Novations Group.
Folkman, J. (1998). Making Feedback Work : Turning Feedback From Employee Surveys Into Change. Provo, UT, Novations Group.
Folsom, E. (1994). Walt Whitman : The Centennial Essays. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
In 1992, the year of the hundredth anniversary of Walt Whitman’s death, a major gathering of international scholars took place at the University of Iowa. Over 150 participants heard papers by 20 of the world’s most eminent critics of Whitman. Three generations of scholars offered new essays that brilliantly tracked the course of past and present Whitman scholarship. So significant was this historic celebration of the great American poet that the opening session was covered by CBS “Sunday Morning,” National Public Radio’s “Morning Edition,” the New York Times, and other newspapers across the country. Musical and theatrical performances, art exhibitions, slide shows, readings, songs, and even a recently discovered recording of Whitman’s voice were presented during the three days of the conference. But the heart of the conference was this series of original essays by some of the most innovative scholars working in the field of American literature. There has ever been a more important collection of Whitman criticism. In these essays, readers will find the most suggestive recent approaches to Whitman alongside the most reliable traditional approaches. Walt Whitman: The Centennial Essays captures Whitman’s energy and vitality, which have only increased in the century after his death.
Folsom, F. (1991). Impatient Armies of the Poor : The Story of Collective Action of the Unemployed, 1808-1942. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Folsom, F. (1994). Days of Anger, Days of Hope : A Memoir of the League of American Writers, 1937-1942. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Fondiller, S. H. and N. National League for (1999). The Writer’s Workbook : Health Professionals’ Guide to Getting Published. Sudbury, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Foner, N. (1995). The Caregiving Dilemma : Work in an American Nursing Home. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Along with increasing life expectancy comes the knowledge that many Americans will one day enter nursing homes. Who are the people who will care for us or for our relatives? Nancy Foner provides a major study of institutional care that focuses on nursing aides, who are the backbone of American nursing homes. She examines the strains and paradoxes facing nursing aides—asked, on the one hand, to provide compassionate care and, on the other, to cope with the pressures of the workplace and the institution.Aides are expected to look after patients, who are predominantly older women, with kindness and consideration, but nursing home regulations and bureaucratic forces often hinder even the best efforts to offer consistently supportive care. Positioned at the bottom of the nursing hierarchy, aides must cope with the needs of frail, dependent residents, pressures from patients’relatives and from their own families, and demands of supervisors and coworkers.Foner’s detailed description and analysis of caregiving dilemmas, based on intensive field research in a New York facility, brings the perspective of the nursing aides to the fore. This is a timely contribution to the study of work, bureaucracy, and the future of an aging American population.
Foner, P. S. and R. J. Branham (1998). Lift Every Voice : African American Oratory, 1787-1900. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.
Fong, D. S. and R. D. Ross (1998). The Diabetes Eye Care Sourcebook. Los Angeles, NTC Contemporary.
Fong, M. S. (1993). The Role of Women in Rebuilding the Russian Economy. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fonow, M. M. and J. A. Cook (1991). Beyond Methodology : Feminist Scholarship As Lived Research. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Fontaine, S. I. and S. Hunter (1993). Writing Ourselves Into the Story : Unheard Voices From Composition Studies. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Fonte, M. and V. Cox (1997). The Worth of Women : Wherein Is Clearly Revealed Their Nobility and Their Superiority to Men. Chicago, Ill, University of Chicago Press.
Gender equality and the responsibility of husbands and fathers: issues that loom large today had currency in Renaissance Venice as well, as evidenced by the publication in 1600 of The Worth of Women by Moderata Fonte. Moderata Fonte was the pseudonym of Modesta Pozzo (1555–۹۲), a Venetian woman who was something of an anomaly. Neither cloistered in a convent nor as liberated from prevailing codes of decorum as a courtesan might be, Pozzo was a respectable, married mother who produced literature in genres that were commonly considered’masculine’—the chivalric romance and the literary dialogue. This work takes the form of the latter, with Fonte creating a conversation among seven Venetian noblewomen. The dialogue explores nearly every aspect of women’s experience in both theoretical and practical terms. These women, who differ in age and experience, take as their broad theme men’s curious hostility toward women and possible cures for it. Through this witty and ambitious work, Fonte seeks to elevate women’s status to that of men, arguing that women have the same innate abilities as men and, when similarly educated, prove their equals. Through this dialogue, Fonte provides a picture of the private and public lives of Renaissance women, ruminating on their roles in the home, in society, and in the arts. A fine example of Renaissance vernacular literature, this book is also a testament to the enduring issues that women face, including the attempt to reconcile femininity with ambition.
Foot, R. (1995). The Practice of Power : US Relations with China Since 1949. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
This book looks at changes in American relations with China since 1949. Focusing on some of the attributes of power, it shows how American positions on Chinese representation at the UN and the trade embargo were subtly eroded.
Foote, J. S. (1998). Live From the Trenches : The Changing Role of the Television News Correspondent. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Contributions by correspondents; includes the discussion held during a conference at Southern Illinois University at Carbondale, Apr. 1996.
Forbes, A. (1996). Heroes Against AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes how fundraisers, activists, epidemiologists, writers, and social workers help people suffering with AIDS.
Forbes, A. (1996). Kids with AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.
Explains, in simple terms, how AIDS and HIV viruses affect children who are infected and how family and friends can help them.
Forbes, A. (1996). Living in a World with AIDS. New York, Rosen/PowerKids Press.
Introduces readers to AIDS, the disease caused by HIV viruses, tells how people become infected and how to avoid infection.
Forbes, A. (1996). Myths and Facts About AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.
Presents simple factual information to dispel misconceptions about HIV and AIDS.
Forbes, A. (1996). What Is AIDS? New York, PowerKids Press.
Presents information about the disease called AIDS by explaining such things as what causes it, how it is spread, and how to avoid getting it.
Forbes, A. (1996). What You Can Do About AIDS. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes three things everyone can do about AIDS: learn the facts, teach others, and help people with HIV or AIDS.
Forbes, A. (1996). When Someone You Know Has AIDS. New York, Rosen/PowerKids Press.
Introduces AIDS, explaining what it is, how it cannot be spread by casual contact, and how to act around someone who has it.
Forbes, A. (1996). Where Did AIDS Come From? New York, Rosen/PowerKids Press.
Discusses the possible origin of AIDS, how it is spread, and how it can be avoided.
Forbes, J. D. (1994). Apache, Navaho, and Spaniard. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Forbes, J. D. (1995). Only Approved Indians : Stories. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Force, L. M. (1996). Tess of the D’Urbervilles : Notes, Including Biographical and Critical Introduction, List of Characters, Synopsis of the Story … Analysis and Discussion, Character Analyses. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Cover title: Cliffs notes on Hardy’s Tess of the d’Urbervilles.
Ford, C. B. (2000). The Girls : Jewish Women of Brownsville, Brooklyn, 1940-1995. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Ford, J. (1998). Coleridge on Dreaming : Romanticism, Dreams and the Medical Imagination. Cambridge, U.K, Cambridge University Press.
This book is the first in-depth investigation of Coleridge’s responses to his dreams and to contemporary debates on the nature of dreaming, a subject of perennial interest to poets, philosophers and scientists throughout the Romantic period. Coleridge wrote and read extensively on the subject, but his richly diverse and original ideas have hitherto received little attention, scattered as they are throughout his notebooks, letters and marginalia. Jennifer Ford’s emphasis is on analysing the ways in which dreaming processes were construed, by Coleridge in his dream readings, and by his contemporaries in a range of poetic and medical works. This historical exploration of dreams and dreaming allows Ford to explore previously neglected contemporary debates on’the medical imagination’. By avoiding purely biographical or psychoanalytic approaches, she reveals instead a rich historical context for the ways in which the most mysterious workings of the Romantic imagination were explored and understood.
Ford, K. J. (1997). Gender and the Poetics of Excess : Moments of Brocade. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.
Ford, L. S. (2000). Transforming Process Theism. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Ford, M. K. and V. University of (1996). Woman’s Progress a Comparison of Centuries. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Ford, N. D. (1998). Supercharge Your Immunity. New Canaan, Conn, NTC Contemporary.
Forehand, R. L. and N. J. Long (1996). Parenting the Strong-willed Child : The Clinically Proven Five-week Program for Parents of Two- to Six-year-olds. Chicago, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Forell, C. A. and D. M. Matthews (2000). A Law of Her Own : The Reasonable Woman As a Measure of Man. New York, NYU Press.
Despite the apparent progress in women’s legal status, the law retains a profoundly male bias, and as such contributes to the pervasive violence and injustice against women. In A Law of Her Own, the authors propose to radically change law’s fundamental paradigm by introducing a’reasonable woman standard’for measuring men’s behavior. Advocating that courts apply this standard to the conduct of men-and women-in legal settings where women are overwhelmingly the injured parties, the authors seek to eliminate the victimization and objectification of women by dismantling part of the legal structure that supports their subordination. A woman-based legal standard-focusing on respect for bodily integrity, agency, and autonomy-would help rectify the imbalance in how society and its legal system view sexual and gender-based harassment, rape, stalking, battery, domestic imprisonment, violence, and death. Examining the bias of the existing’reasonable person’standard through analysis of various court cases and judicial decisions, A Law of Her Own aims to balance the law to incorporate women’s values surrounding sex and violence.
Foreman, E. K. (1991). Survey Sampling Principles. New York, CRC Press.
Foreman, G. (1938). Sequoyah. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.
Foreman, G. (1953). Indian Removal : The Emigration of the Five Civilized Tribes of Indians. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Foreman, G. (1989). The Five Civilized Tribes– Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek, Seminole. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Foreman, G. (1994). Pioneer Days in the Early Southwest. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.
Originally published: Cleveland : A.H. Clark, 1926. With new introd.
Foreman, G. and V. University of (1996). The Last of the Five Tribes. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Foreman, N. and R. Gillett (1998). A Handbook of Spatial Research Paradigms and Methodologies. East Sussex, U.K., Psychology Press.
Spatial cognition is a broad field of enquiry, emerging from a wide range of disciplines and incorporating a wide variety of paradigms that have been employed with human and animal subjects. This volume is part of a two- volume handbook reviewing the major paradigms used in each of the contributors’research areas.; This volume considers the issues of neurophysiological aspects of spatial cognition, the assessment of cognitive spatial deficits arising from neural damage in humans and animals, and the observation of spatial behaviours in animals in their natural habitats.; This handbook should be of interest to new and old students alike. The student new to spatial research can be brought up-to- speed with a particular range of techniques, made aware of the background and pitfalls of particular approaches, and directed toward useful sources. For seasoned researchers, the handbook provides a rapid scan of the available tools that they might wish to consider as alternatives when wishing to answer a particular’spatial’research problem.
Foresta, R. A. (1991). Amazon Conservation in the Age of Development : The Limits of Providence. Gainesville, Fla, University Press of Florida.
Forester, J. (1999). The Deliberative Practitioner : Encouraging Participatory Planning Processes. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
Citizen participation in such complex issues as the quality of the environment, neighborhood housing, urban design, and economic development often brings with it suspicion of government, anger between stakeholders, and power plays by many — as well as appeals to rational argument. Deliberative planning practice in these contexts takes political vision and pragmatic skill. Working from the accounts of practitioners in urban and rural settings, North and South, John Forester shows how skillful deliberative practices can facilitate practical and timely participatory planning processes. In so doing, he provides a window onto the wider world of democratic governance, participation, and practical decision-making. Integrating interpretation and theoretical insight with diverse accounts of practice, Forester draws on political science, law, philosophy, literature, and planning to explore the challenges and possibilities of deliberative practice.
Form, W. H. (1995). Segmented Labor, Fractured Politics : Labor Politics in American Life. New York, Springer.
Forman, R. K. C. (1998). The Innate Capacity : Mysticism, Psychology, and Philosophy. New York, Oxford University Press.
This book is the sequel to Robert Forman’s well-received collection, The Problem of Pure Consciousness (Oxford, 1990). The essays in the earlier volume argued that some mystical experiences do not seem to be formed or shaped by the language system–a thesis that stands in sharp contradistinction to deconstruction in general and to the’constructivist’school of mysticism in particular, which holds that all mysticism is the product of a cultural and linguistic process. In The Innate Capacity, Forman and his colleagues put forward a hypothesis about the formative causes of these’pure consciousness’experiences. All of the contributors agree that mysticism is the result of an innate human capacity, rather than a learned, socially conditioned and constructive process. The innate capacity is understood in several different ways. Many perceive it as an expression of human consciousness per se, awareness itself. Some hold that consciousness should be understood as a built-in link to some hidden, transcendent aspect of the world, and that a mystical experience is the experience of that inherent connectedness. Another thesis that appears frequently is that mystics realize this innate capacity through a process of releasing the hold of the ego and the conceptual system. The contributors here look at mystical experience as it is manifested in a variety of religious and cultural settings, including Hindu Yoga, Buddhism, Sufism, and medieval Christianity. Taken together, the essays constitute an important contribution to the ongoing debate about the nature of human consciousness and mystical experience and its relation to the social and cultural contexts in which it appears.
Formisano, R. P. (1997). The Great Lobster War. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Forni, P. M. (1996). Adventures in Speech : Rhetoric and Narration in Boccaccio’s Decameron. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Parts of this work were previously published in Italian.
Forrest, S. (1998). The Preservation of the Village : New Mexico’s Hispanics and the New Deal. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico.
Forsberg, R. (1995). Nonproliferation Primer : Preventing the Spread of Nuclear, Chemical, and Biological Weapons. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Forsyth, P. (1997). Conducting Effective Negotiations : How to Get the Deal You Want. [N.p.], How To Books.
Forsyth, P. (2000). Marketing on a Tight Budget : An Action Guide to Low Cost Business Growth. London, Kogan Page.
Forsyth, P. T. The Soul of Prayer. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Forsythe, D. P. (1988). Human Rights and U.S. Foreign Policy : Congress Reconsidered. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Forsythe, D. W. (1997). Memos to the Governor : An Introduction to State Budgeting. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.
Fort, A. O. (1998). Jåivanmukti in Transformation : Embodied Liberation in Advaita and Neo-Vedanta. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Forta, B. and N. Weiss (1998). The ColdFusion 4.0 Web Application Construction Kit. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.
Forta, B. and N. Weiss (1999). Advanced ColdFusion 4.0 Application Development. Indianapolis, Ind, Pearson Education, Inc.
Fortune, J. and G. Peters (1995). Learning From Failure : The Systems Approach. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Fossey, R. and M. Bateman (1998). Condemning Students to Debt : College Loans and Public Policy. New York, N.Y., Teachers College Press.
Foster, D. W. (1997). Sexual Textualities : Essays on Queer/ing Latin American Writing. Austin, Tex, University of Texas Press.
Foster, F. S. (1993). Written by Herself : Literary Production by African American Women, 1746-1892. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Foster, G. A. (1999). Captive Bodies : Postcolonial Subjectivity in Cinema. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Foster, H. D. (1999). Webster’s Seventh of March Speech and the Secession Movement, 1850. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Foster, J. (1996). How to Get Ideas. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Foster, K. A. (1997). The Political Economy of Special-purpose Government. Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press.
Foster, K. R. and P. W. Huber (1997). Judging Science : Scientific Knowledge and the Federal Courts. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Foster, L. and P. S. Herzog (1994). Defending Diversity : Contemporary Philosophical Perspectives on Pluralism and Multiculturalism. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Based on a conference sponsored by the Philosophy Dept. of the University of Massachusetts at Boston.
Foster, L. and M. L. Janson (1998). Adventure Guide to Northern California. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.
Foster, L. and J. W. Swanson (1970). Experience & Theory. [Amherst, Mass.], University of Massachusetts Press.
Papers originally presented at a public lecture series held at the University of Massachusetts during the academic year 1968-69.
Foster, M. and V. University of (1996). The Trial Balance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Foster, R. F. (1997). W.B. Yeats : A Life. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Foster, S., et al. (1990). A Field Guide to Medicinal Plants : Eastern and Central North America. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
‘Sponsored by the National Audubon Society, the National Wildlife Federation, and the Roger Tory Peterson Institute.’
Foster, S. and B. World (2000). Groundwater in Rural Development : Facing the Challenges of Supply and Resource Sustainability. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Foster, S. L. (1995). Choreographing History. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Foster, S. L. (1998). Choreography & Narrative : Ballet’s Staging of Story and Desire. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Foster, S. S. D., et al. (1998). Groundwater in Urban Development : Assessing Management Needs and Formulating Policy Strategies. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Foster, W. M. and D. L. Swift (1999). Air Pollutants and the Respiratory Tract. New York, Marcel Dekker.
Fott, D. (1998). John Dewey : America’s Philosopher of Democracy. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield.
Foulke, P. and R. Foulke (1998). Romantic Weekends : New England: Coastal Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Connecticut, Coastal Massachusetts, Rhode Island. Edison, N.J., Hunter Publishing.
Fountain, G. and P. Brazeau (1994). Remembering Elizabeth Bishop : An Oral Biography. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Fountain, J. F. (1996). Subject Headings for School and Public Libraries : An LCSH/Sears Companion. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Fowler, B. A. and C. National Research (1993). Measuring Lead Exposure in Infants, Children, and Other Sensitive Populations. Washington, D.C., National Academies Press.
Lead is a ubiquitous toxic agent that is especially damaging to the young child and the developing fetus. Unlike many environmental health risks, the risks associated with lead are no longer theoretical but have been observed for many years. Indeed, the first regulation of lead in paint was enacted in the 1920s. Currently, because of growing evidence of lead toxicity at lower concentrations, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recently lowered its lead-exposure guideline to 10 ug/dl lead in blood from 25 ug/dl. Measuring Lead Exposure in Infants, Children, and Other Sensitive Populations addresses the public health concern about the logistics and feasibility of lead screening in infants and children at such low concentrations. This book will serve as the basis for all U.S. Public Health Service activities and for all state and local programs in monitoring lead.
Fowler, D. (1986). The Kingdom of Dreams in Literature and Film : Selected Papers From the Tenth Annual Florida State University Conference on Literature and Film. Tallahassee, University Press of Florida.
Fowler, L. J. and D. H. Fowler (1990). Revelations of Self : American Women in Autobiography. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fowler, R. B. (1995). The Greening of Protestant Thought. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
The Greening of Protestant Thought traces the increasing influence of environmentalism on American Protestantism since the first Earth Day, which took place in 1970. Robert Booth Fowler explores the extent to which ecological concerns permeate Protestant thought and examines contemporary controversies within and between mainline and fundamentalist Protestantism over the Bible’s teachings about the environment. Fowler explores the historical roots of environmentalism in Protestant thought, including debates over God’s relationship to nature and the significance of the current environmental crisis for the history of Christianity. Although he argues that mainline Protestantism is becoming increasingly’green,’he also examines the theological basis for many fundamentalists’hostility toward the environmental movement. In addition, Fowler considers Protestantism’s policy agendas for environmental change, as well as the impact on mainline Protestant thinking of modern eco-theologies, process and creation theologies, and ecofeminism.
Fowler, R. B. (1998). Energy & the Deregulated Marketplace : 1998 Survey. Lilburn, GA, Fairmont Press.
Fowler, V. L. and I. Federated Garden Clubs of (1997). Gardening in Iowa and Surrounding Areas. Iowa City, University of Iowa Press.
Fowler, W. R. (1989). The Cultural Evolution of Ancient Nahua Civilizations : The Pipil-Nicarao of Central America. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Fox, A. B. and S. Association for Canadian Studies in the United (1996). Canada in World Affairs. [East Lansing], Michigan State University Press.
Fox, D. (2000). Economy and Semantic Interpretation. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Fox, D. M. (1993). Power and Illness : The Failure and Future of American Health Policy. Berkeley, University of California Press.
During most of this century, American health policy has emphasized caring for acute conditions rather than preventing and managing chronic illness—even though chronic illness has caused most sickness and death since the 1920s. In this provocative and wide-ranging book, Daniel Fox explains why this has been so and offers a forceful argument for fundamental change in national health care priorities.Fox discusses how ideas about illness and health care, as well as the power of special interest groups, have shaped the ways in which Americans have treated illness. Those who make health policy decisions have increased support for hospitals, physicians, and medical research, believing that people then would become healthier. This position, implemented at considerable cost, has not adequately taken into account the growing burden of chronic disabling illness. While decision makers may have defined chronic disease as a high priority in research, they have not given it such a priority in the financing of health services.The increasing burden of chronic illness is critical. Fox suggests ways to solve this problem without increasing the already high cost of health care—but he does not underestimate the difficulties in such a strategy. Advocating the redistribution of resources within hospital and medical services, he targets those that are redundant or marginally effective.There could be no more timely subject today than American health care. And Daniel Fox is uniquely able to address its problems. A historian of medicine, with knowledge of how hospitals and physicians behave and how health policy is made at government levels, he has extensively researched published and unpublished documents on health care. What he proposes could profoundly affect all Americans.
Fox, G. Selected Epistles of George Fox. Eugene, Ore, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fox, G. (1998). Office Etiquette and Protocol. New York, Learning Express.
Fox, G. and R. M. Jones George Fox : An Autobiography. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fox, J. (2000). Multiple and Generalized Nonparametric Regression. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.
Fox, J. (2000). Nonparametric Simple Regression : Smoothing Scatterplots. Thousand Oaks, Calif, SAGE Publications, Inc.
Fox, J. (2000). Starting and Building Your Own Accounting Business. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fox, J. and SoftDisk (1999). The Little Shepard of Kingdom Come. [Shreveport, La.], Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fox, J. and V. University of (1996). ‘Hell Fer Sartain’ : And Other Stories. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fox, J. and V. University of (1996). A Knight of the Cumberland. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fox, J. A. and L. D. Brown (1998). The Struggle for Accountability : The World Bank, NGOs, and Grassroots Movements. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Fox, J. C. (1997). Affirmative Action Plan Workbook. Chicago, CCH Inc.
Fox, J. W., et al. (1992). Proboscidean and Paleoindian Interactions. Waco, Tex, Baylor University.
Fox, K. (1999). Everything You Need to Know About Your Legal Rights. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Briefly discusses the legal rights of individuals, emphasizing real-life situations in which teenagers may find themselves.
Fox, R. (2002). 25 Natural Ways to Relieve Headaches. Chicago, Keats Pub.
Fox, R. A. (1993). Archaeology, History, and Custer’s Last Battle : The Little Big Horn Reexamined. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
On the afternoon of June 25, 1867, an overwhelming force of Sioux and Cheyenne Indians quickly mounted a savage onslaught against General George Armstrong Custer’s battalion, driving the doomed troopers of the U.S. Seventh Cavalry to a small hill overlooking the Little Bighorn River, where Custer and his men bravely erected their heroic last stand.So goes the myth of the Battle of the Little Bighorn, a myth perpetuated and reinforced for over 100 years. In truth, however,’Custer’s Last Stand’was neither the last of the fighting nor a stand.Using innovative and standard archaeological techniques, combined with historical documents and Indian eyewitness accounts, Richard Allan Fox, Jr. vividly replays this battle in astonishing detail. Through bullets, spent cartridges, and other material data, Fox identifies combat positions and tracks soldiers and Indians across the Battlefield. Guided by the history beneath our feet, and listening to the previously ignored Indian testimonies, Fox reveals scenes of panic and collapse and, ultimately, a story of the Custer battle quite different from the fatalistic versions of history. According to the author, the five companies of the Seventh Cavalry entered the fray in good order, following planned strategies and displaying tactical stability. It was the sudden disintegration of this cohesion that caused the troopers’defeat. The end came quickly, unexpectedly, and largely amid terror and disarray. Archaeological evidences show that there was no determined fighting and little firearm resistance. The last soldiers to be killed had rushed from Custer Hill.
Fox, W. F. (1994). Strategic Options for Urban Infrastructure Management. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fox-Rose, J. (2000). Opportunities in Nursing Assistant Careers. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.
Fr²lund, S. (1996). Coordinating Distributed Objects : An Actor-based Approach to Synchronization. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Fraioli, D. A. (2000). Joan of Arc : The Early Debate. Woodbridge, Suffolk, UK, Boydell & Brewer.
Joan of Arc arrived at the French court claiming to be sent by God to come to the aid of the dauphin Charles. Most studies of Joan focus on her political expediency, but the starting point of this book is her assertion that she was sent by God: it is the first real exploration of the application of the Catholic doctrine of discretio spirituum(the discernment of spirits) to her case, and ofher reception as a visionary woman. The author examines contemporary theological documents which show genuine debate about Joan’s mission and whether she was diabolically or divinely inspired, also taking into account the two major literary works dealing with her, Christine de Pizan’s Ditie de Jehanne d’Arc and Martin Le Franc’s Le champion des dames, as well as Joan’s own letter tothe English. Appendices offer translations of pertinent Latin and French texts.Professor DEBORAH FRAIOLI teaches in the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures at Simmons College, Boston.
Frakes, J. C. (1994). Brides and Doom : Gender, Property, and Power in Medieval German Women’s Epic. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Francaviglia, R. V. (1996). Main Street Revisited : Time, Space, and Image Building in Small-Town America. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
As an archetype for an entire class of places, Main Street has become one of America’s most popular and idealized images. In Main Street Revisited, the first book to place the design of small downtowns in spatial and chronological context, Richard Francaviglia finds the sources of romanticized images of this archetype, including Walt Disney’s Main Street USA, in towns as diverse as Marceline, Missouri, and Fort Collins, Colorado. Francaviglia interprets Main Street both as a real place and as an expression of collective assumptions, designs, and myths; his Main Streets are treasure troves of historic patterns. Using many historical and contemporary photographs and maps for his extensive fieldwork and research, he reveals a rich regional pattern of small-town development that serves as the basis for American community design. He underscores the significance of time in the development of Main Street’s distinctive personality, focuses on the importance of space in the creation of place, and concentrates on popular images that have enshrined Main Street in the collective American consciousness.
Francaviglia, R. V. (1997). Hard Places : Reading the Landscape of America’s Historic Mining Districts. Iowa City, Iowa, University Of Iowa Press.
Working with the premise that there are much meaning and value in the’repelling beauty’of mining landscapes, Richard Francaviglia identifies the visual clues that indicate an area has been mined and tells us how to read them, showing the interconnections among all of America’s major mining districts. With a style as bold as the landscape he reads and with photographs to match, he interprets the major forces that have shaped the architecture, design, and topography of mining areas. Covering many different types of mining and mining locations, he concludes that mining landscapes have come to symbolize the turmoil between what our society elects to view as two opposing forces: culture and nature.
France, A. Penguin Island. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
France, L. B. (1996). With Rod and Line in Colorado Waters. Boulder, Colo, Pruett Pub. Co.
Originally published: Denver : Chain, Hardy & Co., c1884.
Francese, J. (1997). Narrating Postmodern Time and Space. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Franchot, J. (1994). Roads to Rome : The Antebellum Protestant Encounter with Catholicism. Berkeley, University of California Press.
‘Roads to Rome is a cultural, literary, and religious history of Protestant attitudes toward Roman Catholicism in nineteenth-century America. Jenny Franchot recounts the response of native-born Protestant Americans toward the’foreign’practices of the’immigrant church’–A response characterized by both dramatic hostility and fascination.”Franchot begins by analyzing romantic Protestant historiography; she includes an extended treatment of the century’s major historians of American empire, William Hickling Prescott and Francis Parkman. Their stories of America’s historical development returned obsessively to the question of Catholicism, as it was carried in the minds of cultures of Mesoamerican and North American Indians and as it manifested itself among the Europeans who came to conquer and convert them.”From historical accounts of Catholicism and Indian captivity, Franchot turns to the hugely popular tales of convent incarceration, narrative exposes that spawned the mob destruction of an Ursuline convent outside Boston in 1834. Such improbable tales of Protestant’maidens’who escaped the lecherous tyranny of mother superiors and father confessors extend the tradition of the Indian captivity narrative into the ethnically, theologically, and sexually charged discourse of Protestant nativism – a development central to the captivity fiction of Edgar Allan Poe and Herman Melville.’
Francina, S. (1997). The New Yoga for People Over 50 : A Comprehensive Guide for Midlife and Older Beginners. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.
Francis, M. and I. Zweiniger-Bargielowska (1996). The Conservatives and British Society, 1880-1990. Cardiff, University of Wales.
Papers originally presented at a conference held at the University of Wales conference centre at Gregynog, Sept. 12-14, 1995.
Francis, P. A. (1997). Listening to Farmers : Participatory Assessment of Policy Reform in Zambia’s Agriculture Sector. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Francis, P. A. and J. A. Akinwumi (1996). State, Community, and Local Development in Nigeria. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Francis, P. A. and B. World (1998). Hard Lessons : Primary Schools, Community, and Social Capital in Nigeria. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Francke, U. and M. Institute of (1994). Fetal Research and Applications : A Conference Summary. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.
Research involving human fetuses and fetal tissue has been a subject of national debate and rancor for more than two decades. Despite the many demonstrated medical benefits of such research and the issuance of guidelines by various governmental and private ethics advisory bodies, federal support of this research has been severely curtailed. In 1993 the Institute of Medicine (IOM) sponsored a conference on fetal research and applications. This book examines the current state of fetal research and fetal tissue research. It contains an overview of research in the field and a short history on the regulatory and legislative actions governing the field. The bulk of the volume centers on ethical and legal issues of fetal research, preembryo research, fetal research, and fetal tissue transplantation. The volume also contains a full reprinting of the summary from the 1989 IOM book Medically Assisted Conception: An Agenda for Research, including the recommendations and research agenda suggested in that volume. Readers can therefore view that information in context with the suggestions and topics discussed at the conference. The background and research summarized in Fetal Research and Applications should provide insights for future progress and contribute to a fuller understanding of the social and ethical issues involved in this field.
Francus, M. (1994). The Converting Imagination : Linguistic Theory and Swift’s Satiric Prose. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Franey, A. and C. Kaye (1998). Managing High Security Psychiatric Care. London, Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
Frank, A. G. (1998). ReORIENT : Global Economy in the Asian Age. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Andre Gunder Frank asks us to ReOrient our views away from Eurocentrism—to see the rise of the West as a mere blip in what was, and is again becoming, an Asia-centered world. In a bold challenge to received historiography and social theory he turns on its head the world according to Marx, Weber, and other theorists, including Polanyi, Rostow, Braudel, and Wallerstein. Frank explains the Rise of the West in world economic and demographic terms that relate it in a single historical sweep to the decline of the East around 1800. European states, he says, used the silver extracted from the American colonies to buy entry into an expanding Asian market that already flourished in the global economy. Resorting to import substitution and export promotion in the world market, they became Newly Industrializing Economies and tipped the global economic balance to the West. That is precisely what East Asia is doing today, Frank points out, to recover its traditional dominance. As a result, the’center’of the world economy is once again moving to the’Middle Kingdom’of China. Anyone interested in Asia, in world systems and world economic and social history, in international relations, and in comparative area studies, will have to take into account Frank’s exciting reassessment of our global economic past and future.
Frank, D. (1999). Buy American : The Untold Story of Economic Nationalism. Boston, Mass, Beacon Press.
Frank, D. H. (1992). Autonomy and Judaism : The Individual and the Community in Jewish Philosophical Thought. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Frank, D. H. (1993). A People Apart : Chosenness and Ritual in Jewish Philosophical Thought. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Frank, D. H. (1995). Commandment and Community : New Essays in Jewish Legal and Political Philosophy. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Frank, E. E. (1983). Literary Architecture : Essays Toward a Tradition: Walter Pater, Gerard Manley Hopkins, Marcel Proust, Henry James. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Description based on print version record.
Frank, J. A. (1999). Precision Putting. Champaign, IL, Human Kinetics.
Frank, S. (1999). Crime, Cultural Conflict, and Justice in Rural Russia, 1856-1914. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
This book is the first to explore the largely unknown world of rural crime and justice in post-emancipation Imperial Russia. Drawing upon previously untapped provincial archives and a wealth of other neglected primary material, Stephen P. Frank offers a major reassessment of the interactions between peasantry and the state in the decades leading up to World War I. Viewing crime and punishment as contested metaphors about social order, his revisionist study documents the varied understandings of criminality and justice that underlay deep conflicts in Russian society, and it contrasts official and elite representations of rural criminality—and of peasants—with the realities of everyday crime at the village level.
Frank, S. L. (1993). Man’s Soul : An Introductory Essay in Philosophical Psychology. Athens, Ohio University Press.
Frankel, J., et al. (1999). MP3 Power! with Winamp. Cincinnati, OH, Course PTR.
Frankel, L. P. (1994). Kindling the Spirit : Acts of Kindness and Words of Courage for Women. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.
Frankena, F. (1992). Strategies of Expertise in Technical Controversies : A Study of Wood Energy Development. Bethlehem, Pa, Lehigh University Press.
Frankenberger, E. (1998). Food and Love : Dealing with Family Attitudes About Weight. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Examines the role that food plays in the home and how the family affects self-image, and provides suggestions for healthy living to protect against eating disorders.
Frankenberger, W. T. and R. A. Engberg (1998). Environmental Chemistry of Selenium. New York, CRC Press.
‘Written as a complement to the definitive work selenium in the Environment (Marcel Dekker, Inc.). Presents basic and the most recent applied research developments in selenium remediation-emphasizing field investigations as well as covering topics from analytical methods and modeling to regulatory aspects from federal and state perspectives.’
Franklin, B. Boston and London. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. London, 1757-1775. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. Paris 1776-1785. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. Philadelphia 1726-1757 : Articles of Belief and Acts of Religion. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. Philadelphia 1785-1790. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. Poor Richard Improved. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. and V. University of (1995). The Autobiography of Benjamin Franklin. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Franklin, B. M. (1994). From ‘backwardness’ to ‘at-risk’ : Childhood Learning Difficulties and the Contradictions of School Reform. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Franklin, C. G. (1997). Writing Women’s Communities : The Politics and Poetics of Contemporary Multi-Genre Anthologies. Madison, University of Wisconsin Press.
Beginning in the 1980s, a number of popular and influential anthologies organized around themes of shared identity—Nice Jewish Girls, This Bridge Called My Back, Home Girls, and others—have brought together women’s fiction and poetry with journal entries, personal narratives, and transcribed conversations. These groundbreaking multi-genre anthologies, Cynthia G. Franklin demonstrates, have played a crucial role in shaping current literary studies, in defining cultural and political movements, and in building connections between academic and other communities. Exploring intersections and alliances across the often competing categories of race, class, gender, and sexuality, Writing Women’s Communities contributes to current public debates about multiculturalism, feminism, identity politics, the academy as a site of political activism, and the relationship between literature and politics.
Franklin, J. L. (1982). Journey Toward Hope : A History of Blacks in Oklahoma. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Franklin, W. and M. Steiner (1992). Mapping American Culture. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
What connections can be drawn between oral history and the shopping mall? Gospel music and the Diablo Canyon nuclear power plant? William Carlos Williams’s Patterson and the Manhattan Project’s secret cities? The answers lie in this insightful collection of essays that read and illuminate the American landscape. Through literature and folklore, music and oral history, autobiography, architecture, and photography, eleven leading writers and thinkers explore the dialectic between space and place in modern American life. The result is an eloquent and provocative reminder of the environmental context of events—the deceptively simple fact that events “take place.”
Franko, M. (1995). Dancing Modernism/performing Politics. Bloomington, Indiana University Press.
Franks, B. D., et al. (1999). The Health Fitness Handbook. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.
Frantzen, A. J. (1991). Speaking Two Languages : Traditional Disciplines and Contemporary Theory in Medieval Studies. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Frantzich, S. E. and J. Sullivan (1999). The C-span Revolution. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.[Trade paper, 1999]
Franzen, T. (1996). Spinsters and Lesbians : Independent Womanhood in the United States. New York, NYU Press.
Americans have long held fast to a rigid definition of womanhood, revolving around husband, home, and children. Women who rebelled against this definition and carved out independent lives for themselves have often been rendered invisible in U.S. history.In this unusual comparative study, Trisha Franzen brings to light the remarkable lives of two generations of autonomous women: Progressive Era spinsters and mid-twentieth century lesbians. While both groups of women followed similar paths to independence–separating from their families, pursuing education, finding work, and creating woman-centered communities–they faced different material and cultural challenge and came to claim very different identities. Many of the turn-of-the-century women were prominent during their time, from internationally recognized classicist Edith Hamilton through two early Directors of the Women’s Bureau, Mary Anderson and Freida Miller. Maturing during the time of a broad and powerful women’s movement, they were among that era’s new women, the often-single women who were viewed as in the vanguard of women’s struggle for equality. In contrast, never-married women after World War II, especially lesbians, were considered beyond the pale of real womanhood. Before the women’s and gay/lesbian liberation movements, they had no positive contemporary images of alternative lives for women. Highlighting the similarities and differences between women-oriented women confronting changing gender and sexuality systems, Spinsters and Lesbians thus traces a continuum among women who constructed lives outside institutionalized heterosexuality.
Frappier-Mazur, L. (1996). Writing the Orgy : Power and Parody in Sade. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Fraser, I. (1998). Hegel and Marx : The Concept of Need. Edinburgh, [Scotland], Edinburgh University Press.
Fraser, J. T. (1987). Time, the Familiar Stranger. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
Fraser, L. M. and K. E. Zimon (1997). The Rule Wynn and Rule (Edmonton) Architectural Drawings : An Inventory of the Collection at the Canadian Architectural Archives at the University of Calgary Library. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.
Frayser, S. G. and T. J. Whitby (1995). Studies in Human Sexuality : A Selected Guide. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Frazer, J. G. (1998). The Golden Bough : A Study in Magic and Religion. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
Description based on print version record.
Frazer, T. C. (1993). ‘Heartland’ English : Variation and Transition in the American Midwest. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
‘A publication in the Centennial series of the American Dialect Society in celebration of the beginning of its second century of research into language variation in America.’
Frazier, A. W. (1990). Behind the Scenes : Yeats, Horniman, and the Struggle for the Abbey Theatre. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
Frazier, W. and A. Sachare (1998). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Playing Basketball. New York, NY, Alpha.
Whether watching from a courtside seat or from the luxury of a living room couch, sports fans want to know exactly what’s going on in between those two hoops-from what the players are thinking, to why fouls are called, to anticipating what the players are going to do before they actually do it. And there is no better man to explain the ins and outs of America’s hottest sport than the Knicks’former star guard, Walt Frazier. In his inimitable voice and style,’Clyde’turns it on as he describes the basics basketball in simple terms anyone can understand, and clues readers into what makes stars such as Michael Jordan so invincible. Includes exciting action photos and a wealth of’Clyde’s Chalk Talk,”Clyde’s Record Book,’and’Clyde’s Tips’sidebars.
Frederic, H. The Damnation of Theron Ware. Mt. View, Calif, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Frederic, H. The Market-place. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Frederick, D. C. (1994). Rugged Justice : The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals and the American West, 1891-1941. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Few chapters in American judicial history have a past as colorful as that of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, whose jurisdiction encompasses California, Oregon, Nevada, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Arizona, Hawaii, and Alaska. In the first fifty years after its creation in 1891, this court handled a wide range of cases involving railroads, the Alaska gold rush, disputes over natural resources, and the evolution of the labor movement. David Frederick culled archival sources, including court records and lawyers’and judges’papers, in Los Angeles, St. Louis, San Francisco, Portland, Eugene, and Washington, D.C., and here explores how the court and its judges embodied the same pioneering impulse as other newcomers to the West. In 1895, for example, the Ninth Circuit adjudicated United States v. Stanford, a case of enormous ramifications that determined the liability of railroad robber barons for their unpaid loans obtained to build the transcontinental railroad. The court ruled in favor of Mrs. Jane Stanford, widow of a railroad magnate, thereby saving her fledgling college, Stanford University. Reflecting the prevailing anti-Chinese sentiment, the first Ninth Circuit judges stringently implemented Chinese exclusion laws, which severely restricted Asian immigration during the late nineteenth-century. And in one celebrated Alaska gold rush case, the court in 1900 thwarted an attempt to steal vast sums of gold by judicial process in Nome, Alaska. The court became an important institution in Western development, ruling on questions of natural resource extraction, matters relating to World War I and Prohibition, and issues arising under F.D.R.’s New Deal programs. The institutional evolution of the court also signaled significant changes in the roles of federal judges as the process of federalizing the law gained momentum in the immediate pre-New Deal era. Many of these developments led to heated arguments among the judges over institutional reforms. Rugged Justice vividly portrays and important and somewhat picaresque chapter of American judicial history and will appeal to anyone interested in American studies, Western history, and the courts.
Frederick, S. (1999). A Mother’s Guide to Raising Healthy Children– Naturally. Los Angeles, Ca, NTC Contemporary.
Fredericks, A. D. (1993). Frantic Frogs and Other Frankly Fractured Folktales for Readers Theatre. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
More than 20 reproducible scripts for side-splitting send-ups of wacky folktales and fairy tales.
Fredericks, A. D. (1997). The Librarian’s Complete Guide to Involving Parents Through Children’s Literature : Grades K-6. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Frederickson, H. G. and J. M. Johnston (1999). Public Management Reform and Innovation : Research, Theory, and Application. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.
Leading scholars present the most complete, as well as the most advanced, treatment of public management reform and innovation available. The subject of reform in the public sector is not new; indeed, its latest rubric, reinventing government, has become good politics. Still, as the contributors ask in this volume, is good politics necessarily good government? Given the growing desire to reinvent government, there are hard questions to be asked: Is the private sector market model suitable and effective when applied to reforming public and governmental organizations? What are the major political forces affecting reform efforts in public management? How is public management reform accomplished in a constitutional democratic government? How do the values of responsiveness, professionalism, and managerial excellence shape current public management reforms? In this volume, editors H. George Frederickson and Jocelyn M. Johnston bring together scholars with a shared interest in empirical research to confront head-on the toughest questions public managers face in their efforts to meet the demands of reform and innovation. Throughout the book, the authors consider the bureaucratic resistance that results when downsizing and reinvention are undertaken simultaneously, the dilemma public managers face when elected executives set a reform agenda that runs counter to the law, and the mistaken belief that improved management can remedy flawed policy.
Frederickson, K. (1996). Opportunities in Nursing Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Fredrickson, G. M. (1997). The Comparative Imagination : On the History of Racism, Nationalism, and Social Movements. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In this collection of essays, an eminent American historian of race relations discusses issues central to our understanding of the history of racism, the role of racism, and the possibilites for justice in contemporary society. George M. Fredrickson provides an eloquent and vigorous examination of race relations in the United States and South Africa and at the same time illuminates the emerging field of comparative history—history that is explicitly cross-cultural in its comparisons of nations, eras, or social structures. Taken together, these thought-provoking, accessible essays—several never before published—bring new precision and depth to our understanding of racism and justice, both historically and for society today.The first group of essays in The Comparative Imagination summarizes and evaluates the cross-national comparative history written in the past fifty years. These essays pay particular attention to comparative work on slavery and race relations, frontiers, nation-building and the growth of modern welfare states, and class and gender relations. The second group of essays represents some of Fredrickson’s own explorations into the cross-cultural study of race and racism. Included are new essays covering such topics as the theoretical and cross-cultural meaning of racism, the problem of race in liberal thought, and the complex relationship between racism and state-based nationalism. The third group contains Fredrickson’s recent work on anti-racist and black liberation movements in the United States and South Africa, especially in the period since World War II.In addition, Fredrickson’s provocative introduction breaks significant new intellectual ground, outlining a justification for the methods of comparative history in light of such contemporary intellectual trends as the revival of narrative history and the predominance of postmodern thought.
Fredriksson, K. (1985). American Rodeo : From Buffalo Bill to Big Business. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.
Fredriksson, P. and B. World (1999). Trade, Global Policy, and the Environment. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Papers presented at a World Bank conference in April 1998.
Freed, W. J. (2000). Neural Transplantation : An Introduction. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
Although there are many scientific and philosophical reasons to study the brain, for William J. Freed,’the most compelling reason to study the brain is to be able to repair the brains of individuals with nervous system injury or disease.’Advances in repairing the nervous system, as well as new data on brain development, growth, and plasticity, have revolutionized the field of brain research and given rise to the technology of brain tissue transplantation. In this book Freed discusses both what may and what may not be possible.The book covers two aspects of neural tissue transplantation research. One involves the transplantation of particular cells to repair or augment specific neuronal systems. This technique could be useful for such conditions as Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, chronic pain, and epilepsy. The other line of research concerns regeneration from injury, especially of the spinal cord.After providing basic background on transplantation, brain structure, and development, the book discusses Parkinson’s disease, the use of transplants to influence localized brain functions, circuit reconstruction, and genetic engineering and other future technologies.
Freedman, D. P. (1995). Millay at 100 : A Critical Reappraisal. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Freedman, R. O. (1993). The Middle East After Iraq’s Invasion of Kuwait. Gainesville, Fla, University Press of Florida.
Freedman, S. W. (1999). Inside City Schools : Investigating Literacy in Multicultural Classrooms. New York, Teachers College Press.
Freeman, A. (1999). How to Save Your Company Big $$$ in Small Ways : True Stories of Real Companies. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Freeman, B. C. (1997). The Feminine Sublime : Gender and Excess in Women’s Fiction. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
The Feminine Sublime provides a new and startling insight into the modes and devices employed in the creation of women’s fiction since the eighteenth century. Barbara Claire Freeman argues that traditional theorizations of the sublime depend upon unexamined assumptions about femininity and sexual difference, and that the sublime could not exist without misogynistic constructions of’the feminine.’Taking this as her starting point, Freeman suggests that the’other sublime’that comes into view from this new perspective not only offers a crucial way to approach representations of excess in women’s fiction, but allows us to envision other modes of writing the sublime.Freeman reconsiders Longinus, Burke, Kant, Weiskel, Hertz, and Derrida while also engaging a wide range of women’s fiction, including novels by Chopin, Morrison, Rhys, Shelley, and Wharton. Addressing the coincident rise of the novel and concept of the sublime in eighteenth-century European culture, Freeman allies the articulation of sublime experience with questions of agency and passion in modern and contemporary women’s fiction. Arguments that have seemed merely to explain the sublime also functioned to evaluate, domesticate, and ultimately exclude an otherness that is almost always gendered as feminine. Freeman explores the ways in which fiction by American and British women, mainly of the twentieth century, responds to and redefines what the tradition has called’the sublime.’
Freeman, E. A. Race and Language. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, E. A. William the Conqueror. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Freeman, H. (1995). Industrial Pollution Prevention Handbook. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Freeman, K. S. (1997). Blake’s Nostos : Fragmentation and Nondualism in The Four Zoas. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Freeman, M. E. W. The Copy-cat and Other Stories. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Freeman, M. E. W. The Wind in the Rose-bush : And Other Stories of the Supernatural. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Freeman, M. E. W. The Yates Pride : A Romance. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). After the Rain. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). A Conflict Ended. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Criss-cross. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Eglantina. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Emancipation. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). A Guest in Sodom. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Last Gift. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Lost Dog. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). Love and the Witches. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). An Old Arithmetician. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). A Poetess. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Revolt of ‘Mother’. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1995). The Revolt of Sophia Lane. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Cat. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Copy-cat & Other Stories. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). Emmy. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). A Gatherer of Simples. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). Humble Pie. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Prism. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). Squirrel. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Three Old Sisters and the Old Beau. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). A Wandering Samaritan. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1996). The Whist-players. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1998). A Maiden Lady. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, M. E. W. and V. University of (1998). The Yates Pride : A Romance. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freeman, R. D. (1998). Bilingual Education and Social Change. Clevedon [England], Multilingual Matters.
Freese, S. W. and D. L. Sizemore (1994). A Century in the Works : Freese and Nichols Consulting Engineers, 1894-1994. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.
Freilich de Segal, A. and J. Friedman (1998). Cláper. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Freiss, M. (1998). Protecting Networks with SATAN. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly.
Freitag, R. (1998). Catalogue of the Tiger Beetles of Canada and the United States. Ottawa, NRC Research Press.
Issued by the National Research Council of Canada.
Freitag, S. B. (1989). Culture and Power in Banaras : Community, Performance, and Environment, 1800-1980. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Freixas, X. (1997). Microeconomics of Banking. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
French, B. A. (1998). The Ticking Tenure Clock : An Academic Novel. Albany, State University of New York Press.
French, E. and J. Lecompte (1987). Emily, the Diary of a Hard-worked Woman. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.
French, P. A. (1997). Cowboy Metaphysics : Ethics and Death in Westerns. Lanham, Md, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
For many of us, the image of the cowboy hero facing off against the villain dominates our memories of the movies. Peter French examines the world of the western, one in which death is annihilation, the culmination of life, and there is nothing else. In that world he finds alternatives to Judeo-Christian traditions that dominate our ethical theories, alternatives that also attack the views of the most prominent ethicists of the past three centuries. More than just a meditation on the portrayal of the good, the bad, and the ugly on the big screen, French’s work identifies an attitude toward life that he claims is one of the most distinctive and enduring elements of American culture.
French, R. M. (1995). The Subtlety of Sameness : A Theory and Computer Model of Analogy-making. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
‘A Bradford book.’
French, W. E. (1996). A Peaceful and Working People : Manners, Morals, and Class Formation in Northern Mexico. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Frenkel, J. A., et al. (1996). Fiscal Policies and Growth in the World Economy. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
Covering a full array of topics in open economy macro and public economics, Fiscal Policies and Growth in the World Economy has been thoroughly revised and extended. The added material in this new edition includes stochastic rational-expectations extensions of the Mundell-Fleming model, the development of a dynamic-optimizing approach of the trade balance, and an entirely new part on issues of international economic convergence, which also contains a comprehensive policy overview.
Freud, S. and V. University of (1997). A Young Girl’s Diary. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Freudenburg, W. R. and R. Gramling (1994). Oil in Troubled Waters : Perceptions, Politics, and the Battle Over Offshore Drilling. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Frey, B. J. (1998). Graphical Models for Machine Learning and Digital Communication. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
A variety of problems in machine learning and digital communication deal with complex but structured natural or artificial systems. In this book, Brendan Frey uses graphical models as an overarching framework to describe and solve problems of pattern classification, unsupervised learning, data compression, and channel coding. Using probabilistic structures such as Bayesian belief networks and Markov random fields, he is able to describe the relationships between random variables in these systems and to apply graph-based inference techniques to develop new algorithms. Among the algorithms described are the wake-sleep algorithm for unsupervised learning, the iterative turbodecoding algorithm (currently the best error-correcting decoding algorithm), the bits-back coding method, the Markov chain Monte Carlo technique, and variational inference.
Frey, H.-J. (1996). Interruptions. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Frey, N. L. (1998). Pilgrim Stories : On and Off the Road to Santiago, Journeys Along an Ancient Way in Modern Spain. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Each year thousands of men and women from more than sixty countries journey by foot and bicycle across northern Spain, following the medieval pilgrimage road known as the Camino de Santiago. Their destination is Santiago de Compostela, where the remains of the apostle James are said to be buried. These modern-day pilgrims and the role of the pilgrimage in their lives are the subject of Nancy Louise Frey’s fascinating book.Unlike the religiously-oriented pilgrims who visit Marian shrines such as Lourdes, the modern Road of St. James attracts an ecumenical mix of largely well-educated, urban middle-class participants. Eschewing comfortable methods of travel, they choose physically demanding journeys, some as long as four months, in order to experience nature, enjoy cultural and historical patrimony, renew faith, or cope with personal trauma.Frey’s anthropological study focuses on the remarkable reanimation of the Road that has gained momentum since the 1980s. Her intensive fieldwork (including making the pilgrimage several times herself) provides a colorful portrayal of the pilgrimage while revealing a spectrum of hopes, discontents, and desires among its participants, many of whom feel estranged from society. The Camino’s physical and mental journey offers them closer community, greater personal knowledge, and links to the past and to nature.But what happens when pilgrims return home? Exploring this crucial question Frey finds that pilgrims often reflect deeply on their lives and some make significant changes: an artistic voice is discovered, a marriage is ended, meaningful work is found. Other pilgrims repeat the pilgrimage or join a pilgrims’association to keep their connection to the Camino alive. And some only remain pilgrims while on the road. In all, Pilgrim Stories is an exceptional prism through which to understand the desires and dissatisfactions of contemporary Western life at the end of the millennium.’Feet are touched, discussed, massaged, [and] become signs of a journey well traveled:’I did it all on foot!’… Pilgrims give feet a power and importance not recognized in daily life, as a causeway and direct channel to the road, the past, meaningful relations, nature, and the self.’
Frey, R. (1993). The World of the Crow Indians : As Driftwood Lodges. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.[Trade paper, 1993]
Frey, R. (1995). Stories That Make the World : Oral Literature of the Indian Peoples of the Inland Northwest As Told by Lawrence Aripa, Tom Yellowtail, and Other Elders. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Frey, S. R. and B. Wood (1998). Come Shouting to Zion : African American Protestantism in the American South and British Caribbean to 1830. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
The conversion of African-born slaves and their descendants to Protestant Christianity marked one of the most important social and intellectual transformations in American history. Come Shouting to Zion is the first comprehensive exploration of the processes by which this remarkable transition occurred. Using an extraordinary array of archival sources, Sylvia Frey and Betty Wood chart the course of religious conversion from the transference of traditional African religions to the New World through the growth of Protestant Christianity in the American South and British Caribbean up to 1830. p Come Shouting to Zion depicts religious transformation as a complex reciprocal movement involving black and white Christians. It highlights the role of African American preachers in the conversion process and demonstrates the extent to which African American women were responsible for developing distinctive ritual patterns of worship and divergent moral values within the black spiritual community. Finally, the book sheds light on the ways in which, by serving as a channel for the assimilation of Western culture into the slave quarters, Protestant Christianity helped transform Africans into African Americans.
Freyer, T. A. (1990). Justice Hugo Black and Modern America. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.
A reprint of 2 special issues of the Alabama law review, v. 36, no. 3 (spring 1985) and v. 38, no. 2 (winter 1987).
Friberg, S. and K. Larsson (1997). Food Emulsions. New York, CRC Press.
Fried, B. and J. Sherma (1999). Thin-Layer Chromatography, Revised And Expanded. New York, CRC Press.
The fourth edition of this work emphasizes the general practices and instrumentation involving TLC and HPTLC, as well as their applications based on compound types, while providing an understanding of the underlying theory necessary for optimizing these techniques. The book details up-to-date qualitative and quantitative densitometric experiments on organic dyes, lipids, antibiotics, pharmaceuticals, organic acids, insecticides, and more.
Fried, G. and G. J. Hademenos (1999). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Biology. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Fried, R. (1999). Breathe Well, Be Well : A Program to Relieve Stress, Anxiety, Asthma, Hypertension, Migraine, and Other Disorders for Better Health. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fried, R. L. (1995). The Passionate Teacher : A Practical Guide. Boston, Beacon Press.
An inspiring handbook, enthusiastically embraced by teachers; with a new chapter Every teacher can be a passionate teacher-one who engages young people in the excitement of learning and ideas-if teaching is not undermined by the ways we’do business’in schools. The Passionate Teacher draws on voices, stories, and successes of teachers in urban, suburban, and rural classrooms to help you become, and remain, a passionate teacher despite the obstacles. This edition includes a new chapter for teachers beginning their careersFrom the Trade Paperback edition.
Frieden, K. (1995). Classic Yiddish Fiction : Abramovitsh, Sholem Aleichem, and Peretz. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Friedenberg, R. V. (1989). ‘Hear O Israel’ : The History of American Jewish Preaching, 1654-1970. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Friedfertig, M. and G. West (1998). The Electronic Day Trader. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Friedl, E. (1997). Children of Deh Koh : Young Life in an Iranian Village. Syracuse, N.Y., Syracuse University Press.
Friedl, J. E. F. (1997). Mastering Regular Expressions : Powerful Techniques for Perl and Other Tools. Sebastopol, O’Reilly.
Friedland, L. S. and V. University of (1998). Anton Chekhov. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Friedland, M. B. (1998). Lift up Your Voice Like a Trumpet : White Clergy and the Civil Rights and Antiwar Movements, 1954-1973. Chapel Hill, University of North Carolina Press.
When the Supreme Court declared in 1954 that segregated publicschools were unconstitutional, the highest echelons ofProtestant, Catholic, and Jewish religious organizationsenthusiastically supported the ruling, and black civil rightsworkers expected and actively sought the cooperation of theirwhite religious cohorts. Many white southern clergy, however,were outspoken in their defense of segregation, and even thosewho supported integration were wary of risking their positions byurging parishioners to act on their avowed religious beliefs in acommon humanity. Those who did so found themselves abandoned by friends, attacked by white supremacists, and often driven fromtheir communities. p Michael Friedland here offers a collective biography of severalsouthern and nationally known white religious leaders who didstep forward to join the major social protest movements of themid-twentieth century, lending their support first to the civilrights movement and later to protests over American involvementin Vietnam. Profiling such activists as William Sloane CoffinJr., Daniel and Philip Berrigan, Abraham Joshua Heschel, EugeneCarson Blake, Robert McAfee Brown, and Will D. Campbell, hereveals the passions and commitment behind their involvement in these protests and places their actions in the context of a burgeoning ecumenical movement.
Friedlander, H. (1995). The Origins of Nazi Genocide : From Euthanasia to the Final Solution. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
Tracing the rise of racist and eugenic ideologies, Henry Friedlander explores in chilling detail how the Nazi program of secretly exterminating the handicapped and disabled evolved into the systematic destruction of Jews and Gypsies. He describes how the so-called euthanasia of the handicapped provided a practical model for the later mass murder, thereby initiating the Holocaust.The Nazi regime pursued the extermination of Jews, Gypsies, and the handicapped based on a belief in the biological, and thus absolute, inferiority of those groups. To document the connection between the assault on the handicapped and the Final Solution, Friedlander shows how the legal restrictions and exclusionary policies of the 1930s, including mass sterilization, led to mass murder during the war. He also makes clear that the killing centers where the handicapped were gassed and cremated served as the models for the extermination camps.Based on extensive archival research, the book also analyzes the involvement of the German bureaucracy and judiciary, the participation of physicians and scientists, and the nature of popular opposition.
Friedlander, S. and N. Uzel (1992). The Whirling Dervishes : Being an Account of the Sufi Order Known As the Mevlevis and Its Founder the Poet and Mystic Mevlana Jalalu’ddin Rumi. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Friedman, L. G. and T. R. Furey (1999). The Channel Advantage : Going to Market with Multiple Sales Channels to Reach More Customers, Sell More Products, Make More Profit. Oxford, Routledge.
The Channel Advantage’deals with one topic, and deals with it comprehensively and rigorously: how to construct a sales channel system that will yield world-class sales performance and durable competitive advantage. This book helps readers move decisively away from the notion of channel strategy as a sideline to the core business. Building a channel advantage is the core business today, and this is an essential text and reference for all serious marketing and sales professionals and students. Channel innovation is separating market winners from market losers, and not just in leading-edge technology industries. In a business world where industry players are selling practically the same products at essentially the same prices at about the same cost, the only real source of sustainable competitive advantage is the sales channel: how you sell, not what you sell. Selling becomes a question of how to connect products with customers via the best mix of sales channels: the sales force, value-added partners, distributors, retail stores, telemarketing, and the Internet. In short, how companies sell has become as important as what they sell.’The Channel Advantage’explains how leading companies develop strategies that integrate e-commerce, telemarketing, sales forces, and distributors to achieve superior sales performance and sustainable competitive advantage.Timothy R. Furey is chairman, CEO and co-founder of Oxford Associates, a privately held consulting firm specializing in sales and market strategy, e-commerce channel integration and market research, based in Bethesda, Maryland. Oxford has achieved an annual growth of more than forty percent since its creation in 1991 and was named one of America’s 500 fastest growing private companies by Inc. Magazine in 1997. Furey, a pioneer in the use of hybrid sales and marketing strategies for blue chip companies, works extensively with senior management leadership teams to develop and implement go-to-market growth strategies. His clients include IBM, American Express, Marriott, Xerox, Fidelity Investments, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Johnson & Johnson. Under his leadership, Oxford Associates has developed leading-edge strategies, business processes and systems for deploying and integrating multi-channel sales and marketing systems. They work to align products with the right customers via an appropriate mix of the Internet, telesales, distributors, value-added partners, and traditional sales force channels.Mr. Furey is the co-author of THE CHANNEL ADVANTAGE (Butterworth-Heinemann, August 31, 1999), which is endorsed by the CEOs of America Online, Lotus Development, Ocean Spray, and Xerox. Mr. Furey also serves on the Board of Directors of Alpha Industries (Nasdaq:AHAA), a leading semiconductor manufacturer for wireless telephone applications.Previously, Mr. Furey worked with Boston Consulting Group, Strategic Planning Associates, Kaiser Associates and the Marketing Science Institute. He earned a BA in Economics, cum laude, from Harvard University and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. Lawrence G. Friedman is an internationally recognized channel strategy consultant whose clients have included companies such as Lotus, AT&T, Canon, Compaq Digital Equipment, Microsoft and Bell Atlantic. He also held executive level positions at Andersen Consulting and Huthwaite, Inc., the sales research firm that developed the SPIN Selling Model.In 1996, Friedman, with Neil Rackham and Richard Ruff, co-authored the best-seller, GETTING PARTNERING RIGHT (McGraw-Hill). He is on the review board of the Journal of Selling and Major Account Management, which published his article, Multiple Channel Sales Strategy, in the April, 1999 issue.His firm, The Sales Strategy In
Friedman, M. (1992). A Program for Monetary Stability. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Friedman, M. and R. D. Friedman (1982). Capitalism and Freedom : Fortieth Anniversary Edition. Chicago, University of Chicago Press.
Selected by the Times Literary Supplement as one of the’hundred most influential books since the war’How can we benefit from the promise of government while avoiding the threat it poses to individual freedom? In this classic book, Milton Friedman provides the definitive statement of his immensely influential economic philosophy—one in which competitive capitalism serves as both a device for achieving economic freedom and a necessary condition for political freedom. The result is an accessible text that has sold well over half a million copies in English, has been translated into eighteen languages, and shows every sign of becoming more and more influential as time goes on.
Friedman, M. S. (1992). A Heart of Wisdom : Religion and Human Wholeness. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Friedman, M. S. (1996). Martin Buber and the Human Sciences. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Friedman, S. M., et al. (1999). Communicating Uncertainty : Media Coverage of New and Controversial Science. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
Exploring the interactions that swirl around scientific uncertainty and its coverage by the mass media, this volume breaks new ground by looking at these issues from three different perspectives: that of communication scholars who have studied uncertainty in a number of ways; that of science journalists who have covered these issues; and that of scientists who have been actively involved in researching uncertain science and talking to reporters about it. In particular, Communicating Uncertainty examines how well the mass media convey to the public the complexities, ambiguities, and controversies that are part of scientific uncertainty. In addition to its new approach to scientific uncertainty and mass media interactions, this book distinguishes itself in the quality of work it assembles by some of the best known science communication scholars in the world. This volume continues the exploration of interactions between scientists and journalists that the three coeditors first documented in their highly successful volume, Scientists and Journalists: Reporting Science as News, which was used for many years as a text in science journalism courses around the world.
Friedman-Kasaba, K. (1996). Memories of Migration : Gender, Ethnicity, and Work in the Lives of Jewish and Italian Women in New York, 1870-1924. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Friedmann, J. (2000). How to Make Money Scriptwriting. Exeter, England, Intellect.
Many books deal with how to write better scripts, but this is the only one to tackle the business side of being a professional writer.Written by a leading literary agent, this is an indispensable insider’s guide to the development process – from the original idea right through to production – it provides the reader with an easy-to-read handbook for: • Identifying what audiences want and understanding their emotional needs • Developing successful ideas for film and television drama • Writing more effective treatments and step outlines • Improving one’s ability to pitch ideas and scripts • Surviving’development hell’• Handling meetings to get what you want out of them • Negotiating and understanding contracts • Protecting ideas, treatments and scripts • Establishing copyright for writers
Friedmann, R. R. (1998). Crime and Criminal Justice in Israel : Assessing the Knowledge Base Toward the Twenty-first Century. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Friel, J. (1998). Cycling Past 50. Champaign, Ill, Human Kinetics.
Friel, J. C. and L. D. Friel (1998). The 7 Worst Things Parents Do. Deerfield Beach, Fla, Health Communications, Inc.
Fries, A. L. The Moravians in Georgia, 1735-1740. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Fries, R. C. (1997). Reliable Design of Medical Devices. New York, CRC Press.
Presenting the basic concepts and major issues associated with medical device design, this text describes current development processes as well as standards and regulatory information, providing a basis for assessing new technologies. It aims to help manufacturers establish and operate a viable reliability assurance programme, and purchasers to formulate effective methods of vendor evaluation.
Fries, R. C. (1998). Medical Device Quality Assurance and Regulatory Compliance. New York, CRC Press.
‘Acquaints developers of medical devices with the basic concepts and major issues of medical quality assurance and regulatory documents, describes the requirements listed in these documents, and provides strategies for compliance with these requirements.’
Frigon, N. L. and H. K. Jackson (1996). The Leader : Developing the Skills & Personal Qualities You Need to Lead Effectively. New York, AMACOM.
Frink, M. and C. E. Barthelmess (1965). Photographer on an Army Mule. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Frisch, A. (1995). Essential System Administration. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly & Associates.
Frisch, C. (1995). Careers Inside the World of Sales. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Frisch, C. (1999). Careers in Starting and Building Franchises. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Describes what franchises are and how they work, the education and training needed, different kinds of franchise businesses, career opportunities, and more.
Frisch, C. (2000). Everything You Need to Know About Getting a Job. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Explains how to get a job, including information on everything from social security cards to resumes and networking tips.
Frisch, H. (1998). Countdown to Statehood : Palestinian State Formation in the West Bank and Gaza. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Frisch, W. (1993). The Early Works of Arnold Schoenberg, 1893-1908. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Frischtak, L. L. (1994). Governance Capacity and Economic Reform in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Frison, G. C. (1996). The Mill Iron Site. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
Frisvad, J. C., et al. (1998). Chemical Fungal Taxonomy. New York, CRC Press.
Fritsche, J. (1999). Historical Destiny and National Socialism in Heidegger’s Being and Time. Berkeley, University of California Press.
There has been much debate over the relationship of Heidegger’s philosophy—in particular his book Being and Time—to his practical involvement with National Socialism. Yet the question has never been addressed through a comparison of Being and Time with other texts on history and politics written at the time. Johannes Fritsche does this, providing a detailed interpretation of the relevant passages in Being and Time—especially sections 72-77 on fate, community, and society. He analyzes for comparison two other authors who explicitly regarded themselves as rightists—Adolf Hitler (Mein Kampf) and Max Scheler (Formalism in Ethics and other writings)—and two authors on the left—Georg Lukács (History and Class Consciousness) and Paul Tillich (The Socialist Decision).Fritsche concludes that Being and Time is a brilliant summary of right-wing politics in general, which proposes the destruction of liberal society in order to regenerate an idealized community. In addition, Heidegger rejects positions on the right, such as Scheler’s, that enabled their authors to distance themselves from the most extreme political rightists, and thus he paves the way for National Socialism. Being and Time, Fritsche demonstrates, must be seen as a clear case for the National Socialists and their project of revitalization of the Volksgemeinschaft, the community of the people.
Fritz, R. (1996). Corporate Tides : The Inescapable Laws of Organizational Structure. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Fritz, R. (1997). Wars of Succession : The Blessings, Curses and Lessons That Family-owned Firms Offer Anyone in Business. Santa Monica, Calif, Silver Lake Publishing.
Fritz, R. (1999). The Path of Least Resistance for Managers : Designing Organizations to Succeed. San Francisco, CA, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Fröberg, R. (1997). An Introduction to Gröbner Bases. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Froissart, J. Chronicles of Froissart. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Froment Meurice, M. (1995). Solitudes : From Rimbaud to Heidegger. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Fromer, R. (1993). The Holocaust Odyssey of Daniel Bennahmias, Sonderkommando. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.
Fronius, H. (2007). Women and Literature in the Goethe Era 1770-1820 : Determined Dilettantes. Oxford, Clarendon Press.
The Goethe era of German literature was dominated by men. Women were discouraged from reading and scorned as writers; Schiller saw female writers as typical’dilettantes’. But the attempt to exclude did not always succeed, and the growing literary market rewarded some women’s determination. This study combines archival research, literary analysis, and statistical evidence to give a sociological-historical overview of the conditions of women’s literary production. Highlighting many authors who have fallen into obscurity, this study tells the story of women who managed to write and publish at a time when their efforts were not welcomed. Although eighteenth-century gender ideology is an important pre-condition for women’s literary production, it does not necessarily determine the praxis of their actual experiences, as this study makes clear. Using a range of examples from a variety of sources, the real story of women who read, wrote, and published in the shadow of Goethe emerges.
Frost, C. F. (1996). Changing Forever : The Well-kept Secret of America’s Leading Companies. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.
Frost, D. and L. H. Westling (1995). Witness to Injustice. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.
Frost, L. A. (1990). The Custer Album : A Pictorial Biography of General George A. Custer. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Reprint. Originally published: Seattle, Wash. : Superior Pub. Co., c1964.
Frost, R. and V. University of (1997). A Group of Poems. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Frucht, W. (1999). Imaginary Numbers : An Anthology of Marvelous Mathematical Stories, Diversions, Poems, and Musings. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Fruchtman, J. (1996). Thomas Paine : Apostle of Freedom. [N.p.], Four Walls Eight Windows.
Frueh, J. (1996). Erotic Faculties. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Frugé, A. (1993). A Skeptic Among Scholars : August Frugé on University Publishing. Berkeley, University of California Press.
When August Frugé joined the University of California Press in 1944, it was part of the University’s printing department, publishing a modest number of books a year, mainly monographs by UC faculty members. When he retired as director 32 years later, the Press had been transformed into one of the largest, most distinguished university presses in the country, publishing more than 150 books annually in fields ranging from ancient history to contemporary film criticism, by notable authors from all over the world. August Frugé’s memoir provides an exciting intellectual and topical story of the building of this great press. Along the way, it recalls battles for independence from the University administration, the Press’s distinctive early style of book design, and many of the authors and staff who helped shape the Press in its formative years.
Frumkin, N. (1998). Tracking America’s Economy. Armonk, N.Y., ME Sharpe, Inc.
Fry, E. H. and S. Association for Canadian Studies in the United (1996). The Canadian Political System. Washington, D.C., Michigan State University Press.
Fry, H. and G. Wine (1999). Hayden Fry : A High Porch Picnic. Champaign, IL, Sports.
Fry, R. W. (1999). 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, R. W. (1999). The Great Big Book of How to Study. Franklin Lakes, N.J., Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, R. W. (1999). The Great Big Book of Personal Productivity. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, R. W. (2000). 101 Great Answers to the Toughest Interview Questions. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.
Fry, R. W. (2000). ‘Ace’ Any Test. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.
Fry, R. W. (2000). Ask the Right Questions. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.
Fry, R. W. (2000). Get Organized. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, R. W. (2000). How to Study. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, R. W. (2000). Improve Your Memory. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.
Fry, R. W. (2000). Improve Your Reading. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, R. W. (2000). Improve Your Writing. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Delmar Thomson Learning.
Fry, V. and M. United States Holocaust Memorial (1997). Surrender on Demand. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.
‘Published in conjunction with the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum.’
Frydman, R., et al. (1998). Capitalism with a Comrade’s Face : Studies in the Postcommunist Transition. Budapest, Hungary, Central European University Press.
Frydman, R., et al. (1993). The Privatization Process in Central Europe : Economic Environment, Legal and Ownership Structure, Institutions for State Regulation, Overview of Privatization Programs, Initial Transformation of Enterprises. Budapest, Central European University Press.
Frykman, G. A. (1998). Seattle’s Historian and Promoter : The Life of Edmond Stephen Meany. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.
As a young man, Edmond Meany tried and failed at a couple of business ventures in Seattle before he found his niche as a promoter, specifically of Washington’s participation in the Chicago World’s Fair of 1893. He parlayed this success into a seat in the state legislature, and became one of the prime movers of Seattle’s first world’s fair, the Alaska-Yukon-Pacific Exposition of 1909. Many of the buildings from that fair later became incorporated into Meany’s beloved second home, the campus of the University of Washington, where he taught history for nearly four decades. Two buildings on the UW campus have been named for him.
Fu, C. W.-h. and S. Heine (1995). Japan in Traditional and Postmodern Perspectives. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fu, L., et al. (1995). The Sea of Regret : Two Turn-of-the-century Chinese Romantic Novels. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.
Fuchs, R. J. and U. United Nations (1994). Mega-city Growth and the Future. Tokyo, United Nations University Press.
Fuchs, S. (1992). The Professional Quest for Truth : A Social Theory of Science and Knowledge. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fudenberg, D. and D. K. Levine (1998). The Theory of Learning in Games. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
In economics, most noncooperative game theory has focused on equilibrium in games, especially Nash equilibrium and its refinements. The traditional explanation for when and why equilibrium arises is that it results from analysis and introspection by the players in a situation where the rules of the game, the rationality of the players, and the players’payoff functions are all common knowledge. Both conceptually and empirically, this theory has many problems.In The Theory of Learning in Games Drew Fudenberg and David Levine develop an alternative explanation that equilibrium arises as the long-run outcome of a process in which less than fully rational players grope for optimality over time. The models they explore provide a foundation for equilibrium theory and suggest useful ways for economists to evaluate and modify traditional equilibrium concepts.
Fuglie, K. O. and D. Schimmelpfennig (2000). Public-Private Collaboration in Agricultural Research : New Institutional Arrangements and Economic Implications. Ames, Iowa, Wiley-Blackwell.
Fuhrhop, J.-H. and C. Endisch (2000). Molecular and Supramolecular Chemistry of Natural Products and Their Model Compounds. New York, CRC Press.
An assessment of the known properties of natural products and their model compounds to determine their usefulness in biological and medical experimentation, as well as in synkinetics – the reversible synthesis of noncovalent compounds. It explores new techniques such as cryoelectron and scanning force microscopy and solid-state NMR spectroscopy of membrane systems. There are 500 figures and reaction schemes.
Fujita, F. (1993). Foo, a Japanese-American Prisoner of the Rising Sun : The Secret Prison Diary of Frank ‘Foo’ Fujita. Denton, Tex, University of North Texas Press.
Fujita, M., et al. (1999). The Spatial Economy : Cities, Regions, and International Trade. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
Since 1990 there has been a renaissance of theoretical and empirical work on the spatial aspects of the economy — that is, where economic activity occurs and why. Using new tools — in particular, modeling techniques developed to analyze industrial organization, international trade, and economic growth — this’new economic geography’has emerged as one of the most exciting areas of contemporary economics.The authors show how seemingly disparate models reflect a few basic themes, and in so doing they develop a common’grammar’for discussing a variety of issues. They show how a common approach that emphasizes the three-way interaction among increasing returns, transportation costs, and the movement of productive factors can be applied to a wide range of issues in urban, regional, and international economics. This book is the first to provide a sound and unified explanation of the existence of large economic agglomerations at various spatial scales.
Fujitani, T. (1996). Splendid Monarchy : Power and Pageantry in Modern Japan. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Using ceremonials such as imperial weddings and funerals as models, T. Fujitani illustrates what visual symbols and rituals reveal about monarchy, nationalism, city planning, discipline, gender, memory, and modernity. Focusing on the Meiji Period (1868-1912), Fujitani brings recent methods of cultural history to a study of modern Japanese nationalism for the first time.
Fukao, M. (1995). Financial Integration, Corporate Governance, and the Performance of Multinational Companies. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Fuke, R. P. (1999). Imperfect Equality : African Americans and the Confines of White Racial Attitudes in Post-emancipation Maryland. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Fukui, H. (1993). Food and Population in a Northeast Thai Village. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press.
Fulco, C., et al. (1995). The Development of Medications for the Treatment of Opiate and Cocaine Addictions : Issues for the Government and Private Sector. Washington, DC, National Academies Press.
Pharmacotherapy, as a means of treating drug addiction in combination with other treatment modalities, has received too little attention from the research community, the pharmaceutical industry, public health officials, and the federal government. Medications to combat drug addiction could have an enormous impact on the medical consequences and socioeconomic problems associated with drug abuse, both for drug-dependent individuals and for American society as a whole. This book examines the current environment for and obstacles to the development of anti-addiction medications, specifically those for treating opiate and cocaine addictions, and proposes incentives for the pharmaceutical industry that would help overcome those obstacles and accelerate the development of anti-addiction medications.
Fuller, A. W. and V. University of (1995). A Wife Manufactured to Order. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Fuller, R. (1995). The Brotherhood of the Common Life and Its Influence. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Fulmer, W. E. (2000). Shaping the Adaptive Organization. New York, AMACOM.
Includes bibliographical references and index.
Fulton, G. B. and E. K. Metress (1995). Perspectives on Death and Dying. Boston, Mass, Jones & Bartlett Learning.
Fulton, J. (1998). Complete Idiot’s Guide to Upgrading and Repairing PCs. Indianapolis, Ind, Que.
Rev. ed. of: Complete idiot’s guide to upgrading your PC. c1996.
Fulton, M. (1998). Exploring Careers in Cyberspace. New York, Rosen Pub. Group.
Provides background information on the Internet and such related careers as programmer, writers, designers, sales representatives, and’Cyber-bosses,’and includes interviews with people working in the field.
Fultz, J. (1998). In Search of Donna Reed. Iowa City, Iowa, University of Iowa Press.
Fulweiler, H. W. (1993). Here a Captive Heart Busted : Studies in the Sentimental Journey of Modern Literature. New York, Oxford University Press USA.
Fundaciâon Salvadoreäna para el Desarrollo Econâomico y, S. and B. World (1998). El Salvador, Rural Development Study. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Fuoss, K. (1997). Striking Performances : Performing Strikes. Jackson, University Press of Mississippi.
Furdell, E. L. (1998). James Welwood : Physician to the Glorious Revolution. [N.p.], Combined Publishing.
Furgang, K. (2000). Let’s Take a Field Trip to a Coral Reef. New York, PowerKids Press.
Explains the nature of a coral reef, the conditions it needs to grow, and the plant and animal life surrounding it.
Furgang, K. (2000). Let’s Take a Field Trip to a Tide Pool. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes tide pools and the plants and animals that live in them.
Furgang, K. (2000). Let’s Take a Trip to a Beehive. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes how bees live together in colonies, how they make honey, find food, and communicate, and explains why bees are important to flowers and humans.
Furht, B. (1998). Multimedia Technologies and Applications for the 21st Century : Visions of World Experts. Boston, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Furlong, P. J. (1991). Between Crown and Swastika : The Impact of the Radical Right on the Afrikaner Nationalist Movement in the Fascist Era. [Middletown, Conn.], Wesleyan University Press.
Furlough, E. and V. De Grazia (1996). The Sex of Things : Gender and Consumption in Historical Perspective. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This volume brings together the most innovative historical work on the conjoined themes of gender and consumption. In thirteen pioneering essays, some of the most important voices in the field consider how Western societies think about and use goods, how goods shape female, as well as male, identities, how labor in the family came to be divided between a male breadwinner and a female consumer, and how fashion and cosmetics shape women’s notions of themselves and the society in which they live. Together these essays represent the state of the art in research and writing about the development of modern consumption practices, gender roles, and the sexual division of labor in both the United States and Europe.Covering a period of two centuries, the essays range from Marie Antoinette’s Paris to the burgeoning cosmetics culture of mid-century America. They deal with topics such as blue-collar workers’survival strategies in the interwar years, the anxieties of working-class consumers, and the efforts of the state to define women’s—especially wives’and mothers’—consumer identity. Generously illustrated, this volume also includes extensive introductions and a comprehensive annotated bibliography. Drawing on social, economic, and art history as well as cultural studies, it provides a rich context for the current discourse around consumption, particularly in relation to feminist discussions of gender.
Furman, A. (1997). Israel Through the Jewish-American Imagination : A Survey of Jewish-American Literature on Israel, 1928-1995. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Furman, L. S. and V. University of (1995). Hard-hearted Barbary Allen. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Furman, L. S. and V. University of (1995). A Special Providence. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Furnham, A. (1998). The Psychology of Managerial Incompetence : A Sceptic’s Dictionary of Modern Organizational Issues. London, Taylor & Francis [CAM].
Furst, D. and L. R. Furst (1994). Home Is Somewhere Else : Autobiography in Two Voices. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Furst, L. R. (1992). Through the Lens of the Reader : Explorations of European Narrative. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Furst, P. T. and S. B. Schaefer (1996). People of the Peyote : Huichol Indian History, Religion, & Survival. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
‘An international and multidisciplinary collection on the Huichol. Chapters on contemporary life include the discussion of gender, religion, healing and ceremonial practices, peyotism, and cultural change. Particularly interesting are Nahmad Sitton’s piece on Huichol religion and the Mexican State; Shaefer’s chapter on peyotism and meaning; and the conclusions co-authored by Furst and Schaefer that offers an excellent illustration of the challenges and dynamism of Huichol contemporary life’–Handbook of Latin American Studies, v. 57.
Furth, C. (1999). A Flourishing Yin : Gender in China’s Medical History: 960–۱۶۶۵. Berkeley, University of California Press.
This book brings the study of gender to Chinese medicine and in so doing contextualizes Chinese medicine in history. It examines the rich but neglected tradition of fuke, or medicine for women, over the seven hundred years between the Song and the end of the Ming dynasty. Using medical classics, popular handbooks, case histories, and belles lettres, it explores evolving understandings of fertility and menstruation, gestation and childbirth, sexuality, and gynecological disorders.Furth locates medical practice in the home, where knowledge was not the monopoly of the learned physician and male doctors had to negotiate the class and gender boundaries of everyday life. Women as healers and as patients both participated in the dominant medical culture and sheltered a female sphere of expertise centered on, but not limited to, gestation and birth. Ultimately, her analysis of the relationship of language, text, and practice reaches beyond her immediate subject to address theoretical problems that arise when we look at the epistemological foundations of our knowledge of the body and its history.
Furubotn, E. G. and R. Richter (1991). The New Institutional Economics : A Collection of Articles From the Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics. College Station, Texas A&M University Press.
Fusarelli, L. D., et al. (2015). Handbook of Education Politics and Policy. New York, Routledge.
This revised edition of the Handbook of Education Politics and Policy presents the latest research and theory on the most important topics within the field of the politics of education. Well-known scholars in the fields of school leadership, politics, policy, law, finance, and educational reform examine the institutional backdrop to our educational system, the political behaviors and cultural influences operating within schools, and the ideological and philosophical positions that frame discussions of educational equity and reform. In its second edition, this comprehensive handbook has been updated to capture recent developments in the politics of education, including Race to the Top and the Common Core State Standards, and to address the changing role politics play in shaping and influencing school policy and reform. Detailed discussions of key topics touch upon important themes in educational politics, helping leaders understand issues of innovation, teacher evaluation, tensions between state and federal lawmakers over new reforms and testing, and how to increase student achievement. Chapter authors also provide suggestions for improving the political behaviors of key educational groups and individuals with the hope that an understanding of political goals, governance processes, and policy outcomes may contribute to ongoing school reform.
Fuster, V. and I. S. Nash (1999). Efficacy of Myocardial Infarction Therapy : An Evaluation of Clinical Trials Evidence. New York, Dekker.
Futrell, R. F. (1989). Ideas, Concepts, Doctrine : Basic Thinking in the United States Air Force, 1961-1984. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala, Air University Press.
Gaag, J. v. d. and B. World (1995). Public and Private Initiatives : Working Together for Health and Education. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
This booklet seeks to examine the change in Bank focus on lending towards an approach to economic growth via a human resources development method. The forward cites a need for a better understanding of the importance of and interconnections among two essential prerequesites for development: 1) a thriving, growing economy and public policies that make that possible, and 2) investment in people through education, health and other basic services. In response to this combination the Bank is giving high priority to helping countries respond to the challenges and opportunities before them by lending for education, health, nutrition and other aspects of human capital development. As part of these efforts, the Bank assists countries to arrive at whatever form of public/private mix is best for their particular circumstances. This booklet decribes that work with two main purposes. The first is to help redress an information gap. Many decision makers and others involved in choices about public/private roles have limited information on, or experience with, the diversity and subtleties of issues and possible solutions on what private entities can and do contribute in the health and education fields. The public side they may know well, but the private possibilities much less so. The examples presented here of different approaches from different countries and situations are meant to help correct that informational imbalance. The second purpose is to bring together recent instances of the Bank’s support for health and education initiatives involving the private sector, including some where non-governmental organizations and community-based groups have played an important role. A cross-section from various regions and subsectors of human development projects, these cases indicate the breadth and new directions of strategies now emerging. Some are still in their early stages, others more advanced.
Gâandara, P. C. (2000). The Dimensions of Time and the Challenge of School Reform. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Gabarro, J. J. (1987). The Dynamics of Taking Charge. Boston, Mass, Harvard Business School Press.
Gabbard, D. (2000). Knowledge and Power in the Global Economy : Politics and the Rhetoric of School Reform. Mahwah, N.J., Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.
Gabbert, L. (1999). An American Rodeo : Riding and Roping. New York, PowerKids Press.
Describes the work that cowboys do and how events at a rodeo evolved as a test of cowboys’skills.
Gabehart, S. (1997). The Upstart Guide to Buying, Valuing, and Selling Your Business. Chicago, Ill, Kaplan Publishing.
‘Bonus software Windows friendly’–Cover.
Gable, F. B. (1990). Opportunities in Pharmacy Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Gaboriau, E. The Mystery of Orcival. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaboriau, E. (1999). The Count’s Millions. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaboriau, E. (1999). Other People’s Money. Champaigne, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaboriau, E. (2000). Baron Trigault’s Vengeance. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gabriel, K. (1996). Country Towns of New Mexico. Oaks, PA, NTC Contemporary.
Gabriel, K. (1996). Gambler Way : Indian Gaming in Mythology, History, and Archaeology in North America. Boulder, Colo, Johnson Books.
Gad, S. C. (1999). Product Safety Evaluation Handbook. New York, CRC Press.
‘Provides comprehensive, single-source coverage of the latest toxicity testing requirements and methods for personal care products, industrial and agricultural chemicals, and consumer goods. Second Edition, contains a new chapter on toxicokinetic testing and modeling, offers the latest solutions to common problems in testing and risk assessment, supplies an updated bibliography and more than 1300 references-over 100 new to this edition, and more.’
Gadamasetti, K. G. (1999). Process Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry. New York, CRC Press.
Providing guidance for chemists and other scientists entering pharmaceutical discovery and development, this up-to-the-minute reference presents contributions from an international group of nearly 50 renowned researchers—offering a solid grounding in synthetic and physical organic chemistry, and clarifying the roles of various specialties in the development of new drugs. Featuring over 1000 references, tables, and illustrations, Process Chemistry in the Pharmaceutical Industry is sure to find its way to the bookshelves of organic, physical, analytical, process, and medicinal chemists and biochemists; pharmacists; and upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in these disciplines.
Gadamer, H. G. (1994). Literature and Philosophy in Dialogue : Essays in German Literary Theory. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gadamer, H. G., et al. (1997). Gadamer on Celan : ‘Who Am I and Who Are You?’ and Other Essays. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gadamer, H. G., et al. (1992). Hans-Georg Gadamer on Education, Poetry, and History : Applied Hermeneutics. Albany, SUNY Press.
In these essays, appearing for the first time in English, Gadamer addresses practical questions about recent politics in Europe, about education and university reform, and about the role of poetry in the modern world. This book also includes a series of interviews that the editors conducted in 1986. Gadamer elaborates on his experiences in education and politics, touching on the collapse of the Weimar Republic, the early Frankfurt School, Heidegger and the Nazis, university life in East Germany, and the prospects for Europe in the coming years.Hans-Georg Gadamer was probably Heidegger’s leading interpreter in Germany, and in the 1950s and 1960s he became the world’s leading exponent of hermeneutics. His hermeneutical theory explains how it is that ancient art and philosophy still speak to us today. His influential idea of the “fusion of horizons” also shows how it is that we understand what is remote form our own culture.
Gadd, G. M. and N. A. R. Gow (1995). The Growing Fungus. New York, Springer.
Gaddie, R. K. and J. L. Regens (2000). Regulating Wetlands Protection : Environmental Federalism and the States. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gadjigo, S. (1993). Ousmane Sembáene : Dialogues with Critics and Writers. Amherst, University of Massachusetts Press.
‘This book first appeared in October 1993 as a special issue of Contributions in black studies’–Verso t.p.
Gadotti, M. (1994). Reading Paulo Freire : His Life and Work. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gadotti, M. (1996). Pedagogy of Praxis : A Dialectical Philosophy of Education. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gaertner, J. T. (1990). North Bank Road : The Spokane, Portland & Seattle Railway. Pullman, Wash, Washington State University Press.
Gaffney, A. and W. University of (1998). Aftermath : Remembering the Great War in Wales. Cardiff, University of Wales.
‘Published on behalf of the History and Law Committee of the Board of Celtic Studies.’
Gaffney, P. D. (1994). The Prophet’s Pulpit : Islamic Preaching in Contemporary Egypt. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Muslim preaching has been central in forming public opinion, building grassroots organizations, and developing leadership cadres for the wider Islamist agenda. Based on in-depth field research in Egypt, Patrick Gaffney focuses on the preacher and the sermon as the single most important medium for propounding the message of Islam. He draws on social history, political commentary, and theological sources to reveal the subtle connections between religious rhetoric and political dissent.Many of the sermons discussed were given during the rise of Islamic fundamentalism, and Gaffney attempts to describe this militant movement and to compare it with official Islam. Finally, Gaffney presents examples of the sermons, so readers can better understand the full range of contemporary Islamic expression.
Gage, S. M. (1999). The Agile Manager’s Guide to Extraordinary Customer Service. Bristol, Vt, Velocity Business Pub.
Gage, T. (1997). The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Cigars. New York, Alpha Books.
Gage, T. (1999). The Pocket Idiot’s Guide to Choosing Cigars. New York, N.Y., Alpha Books.
Gagel, D. V. (1998). Ohio Photographers, 1839-1900. Nevada City, CA, Carl Mautz Pub.
Gaines, A. D. and A. American Anthropological (1992). Ethnopsychiatry : The Cultural Construction of Professional and Folk Psychiatries. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gaines, G. S. and J. P. Pate (1998). The Reminiscences of George Strother Gaines : Pioneer and Stateman of Early Alabama and Mississippi, 1805-1843. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University Alabama Press.
This first book-length, annotated edition of Gaines’Reminiscences provides a fascinating glimpse into the early history of the Mississippi-Alabama Territory and antebellum Alabama. The two sections of the Reminiscences of George Strother Gaines form one of the most important primary sources on the early history of Alabama and Mississippi. The Reminiscences cover the years 1805 to 1843, during which time Gaines served as assistant factor and then factor of the Choctaw trading house (1805-18), cashier of Tombeckbee Bank in St. Stephens (1818-22), a merchant in Demopolis (1822-32), and finally a banker and merchant in Mobile (1832-43). In addition, Gaines played a key role in Indian-white relations during the Creek War of 1813-14, served a two-year term in the Alabama Senate (1825-27), led a Choctaw exploring party to the new Choctaw lands in the West following the Treaty of Dancing Rabbit Creek (1830-31), and served as the superintendent for Choctaw removal (1831-32). Gaines dictated his Reminiscences in 1871 at the age of eighty-seven. Part of the Reminiscences, referred to as the’first series,’was originally published in five issues of the Mobile Register in June-July 1872 as’Notes on the Early Days of South Alabama.’Nearly a century later, the first series and the previously unpublished second series,’Reminiscences of Early Times in Mississippi Territory,’were published in a 1964 issue of the Alabama Historical Quarterly as’Gaines’Reminiscences.’In this first book-length edition of the Reminiscences, James Pate has provided an extensive biographical introduction, notes, illustrations, maps, and appendixes to aid the general reader and the scholar. The appendixes include additional unpublished primary materials-including interviews conducted by Albert James Pickett in 1847 and 1848 that provide further information about this important early pioneer and statesman.
Gaines, J. (1991). Contested Culture : The Image, the Voice, and the Law. Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina Press.
Jane M. Gaines examines the phenomenon of images as property, focusing on the legal staus of mechanically produced visual and audio images from popular culture. Bridging the fields of critical legal studies and cultural studies, she analyzes copyright, trademark, and intellectual property law, asking how the law constructs works of authorship and who owns the country’s cultural heritage.
Gaines, W. C. (1998). Civil War Gold and Other Lost Treasures. [N.p.], Combined Publishing.
Gâisli, P. and E. P. Durrenberger (1996). Images of Contemporary Iceland : Everyday Lives and Global Contexts. Iowa City, IA, University Of Iowa Press.
The Anthropology of Iceland presents the first perspectives on Icelandic anthropology from both Icelandic and foreign anthropologists. The thirteen essays in this volume are divided into four themes: ideology and action; kinship and gender; culture, class, and ethnicity; and the Commonwealth period of circa 930 to 1220, which saw the flowering of sagas. Insider and outsider viewpoints on such topics as the Icelandic women’s movement, the transformation of the fishing industry, the idea of mystical power in modern Iceland, and archaeological research in Iceland merge to form an international, comparative discourse. Individually and collectively, by bringing the insights of anthropology to bear on Iceland, the native and foreign authors of this volume carry Iceland into the realm of modern anthropology, advancing our understanding of the island’s people and the practice of anthropology.
Gaitachew, B. (1993). The Emperor’s Clothes : A Personal Viewpoint of Politics and Administration in the Imperial Ethiopian Government, 1941-1974. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.
… An engaging personal account of a public service career n the period leading to the 1974 revolution. It…persuades and provides real insight into the genuine noblesse oblige of the first generation of technocrats drawn from the social elite of the post- war period. -James McCann, Boston University
Gaither, C. C. and A. E. Cavazos-Gaither (1998). Mathematically Speaking : A Dictionary of Quotations. Bristol, CRC Press.
For the first time, a book has brought together in one easily accessible form the best expressed thoughts that are especially illuminating and pertinent to the discipline of mathematics. Mathematically Speaking: A Dictionary of Quotations provides profound, wise, and witty quotes from the most famous to the unknown. You may not find all the quoted’jewels’that exist, but you will definitely a great many of them here. The extensive author and subject indexes provide you with the perfect tools for locating quotations for practical use or pleasure, and you will soon enjoy discovering what others have said on topics ranging from addition to zero.This book will be a handy reference for the mathematician or scientific reader and the wider public interested in who has said what on mathematics.
Galal, A. (1994). Welfare Consequences of Selling Public Enterprises : An Empirical Analysis: a Summary. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
‘Summary of a book published by Oxford University Press for the World Bank’–P. [ii].
Galal, A., et al. (1994). Does Privatization Deliver? : Highlights From a World Bank Conference. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Galanti, G.-A. (1997). Caring for Patients From Different Cultures : Case Studies From American Hospitals. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Galbraith, J. K. (1983). The Anatomy of Power. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
Galbraith, J. K. (1987). Economics in Perspective : A Critical History. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
Galbraith, J. K. (1994). A Journey Through Economic Time : A Firsthand View. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
Galbraith, J. K. (1996). The Good Society : The Humane Agenda. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
Galbraith, J. K. (1998). The Affluent Society. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company.
‘Updated and with a new introduction by the author’–Cover.
Gale, F. G. (1994). Political Literacy : Rhetoric, Ideology, and the Possibility of Justice. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Gale, X. L. (1996). Teachers, Discourses, and Authority in the Postmodern Composition Classroom. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gale, X. L. and F. G. Gale (1999). (Re)visioning Composition Textbooks : Conflicts of Culture, Ideology, and Pedagogy. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gale, Z. and V. University of (1997). Friday. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Gale, Z. and V. University of (1998). The Secret Dove. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Galilei, G. and M. A. Finocchiaro (1989). The Galileo Affair : A Documentary History. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In 1633 the Roman Inquisition concluded the trial of Galileo Galilei with a condemnation for heresy. The trial was itself the climax of a series of events which began two decades earlier (in 1613) and included another series of Inquisition proceedings in 1615-1616. Besides marking the end of the controversy that defines the original episode, the condemnation of 1633 also marks the beginning of another classic controversy-about the Galileo affair, its causes, its implications, and its lessons; about whether, for example, John Milton was right when in the Areopagitica he commented on his visit to Galileo in Florence by saying:’There it was that I found and visited the famous Galileo, grown old a prisoner to the Inquisition, for thinking in astronomy otherwise than the Franciscan and Dominican licensers thought.’I happen to be extremely interested in this second story and second controversy, and a critical interpretation of the affair remains one of my ultimate goals. But that is not the subject of the present work, which is rather concerned with something more fundamental, namely with the documentation of the original episode. To be more exact, the aim of this book is to provide a documentary history of the series of developments which began in 1613 and culminated in 1633 with the trial and condemnation of Galileo. That is, it aims to provide a collection of the essential texts and documents containing information about both the key events and the key issues. The documents have been translated into English from the original languages, primarily Italian and partly Latin; they have been selected, are arranged, annotated, introduced, and otherwise edited with the following guiding principles in mind: to make the book as self-contained as possible and to minimize contentious interpretation and evaluation. The Galileo affair is such a controversial and important topic that one needs a sourcebook from which to learn firsthand about the events and the issues; since no adequate volume of the kind exists, this work attempts to fill the lacuna. The originals of the documents translated and collected here can all be found in printed sources. In fact, with one exception they are all contained in the twenty volumes of the National Edition of Galileo’s works, edited by Antonio Favaro and first published in 1890-1909. The exception is the recently discovered’Anonymous Complaint About The Assayer,’whose original was discovered and first published in 1983 by Pietro Redondi; this document is also contained in the critical edition of the Inquisition proceedings edited by Sergio M. Pagano and published in 1984 by the Pontifical Academy of Sciences. My selection was affected partly by the criterion of importance insofar as I chose documents that I felt to be (more or less) essential. Since I was also influenced by the double focus of this documentary history on events and issues, I therefore included two types of documents: the first consists of relatively short documents which are mostly either Inquisition proceedings (Chapters V and IX) or letters (Chapters I, VII, and VIII) and which primarily (though not exclusively) record various occurrences; the second type consists of longer essays by Galileo (Chapters II, Ill, IV, and VI) which discuss many of the central scientific and philosophical issues and have intrinsic importance independent of the affair. Finally, my goal of maximizing the autonomy of this volume suggested another reason for including some of these longer informative essays on the scientific issues (Chapters IV and VI).
Galilei, G. and M. A. Finocchiaro (1997). Galileo on the World Systems : A New Abridged Translation and Guide. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Galileo’s 1632 book, Dialogue on the Two Chief World Systems, Ptolemaic and Copernican, comes alive for twentieth-century readers thanks to Maurice Finocchiaro’s brilliant new translation and presentation. Condemned by the Inquisition for its heretical proposition that the earth revolves around the sun, Galileo’s masterpiece takes the form of a debate, divided into four’days,’among three highly articulate gentlemen.Finocchiaro sets the stage with his introduction, which not only provides the human and historical framework for the Dialogue but also admits the reader gracefully into the basic non-Copernican understanding of the universe that would have been shared by Galileo’s original audience. The translation of the Dialogue is abridged in order to highlight its essential content, and Finocchiaro gives titles to the various parts of the debate as a guide to the principal topics. By explicating his own critical reading of this text that is itself an exercise in critical reasoning on a gripping real-life controversy, he illuminates those universal, perennial activities of the human mind that make Galileo’s book a living document. This is a concrete, hands-on introduction to critical thinking. The translation has been made from the Italian text provided in volume 7 of the Critical National Edition of Galileo’s complete works edited by Antonio Favaro. The translator has also consulted the 1632 edition, as well as the other previous English translations, including California’s 1967 version.Galileo on the World Systems is a remarkably nuanced interpretation of a classic work and will give readers the tools to understand and evaluate for themselves one of the most influential scientific books in Western civilization.
Galin, M. (1997). Between East and West : Sufism in the Novels of Doris Lessing. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gall, G. J. (1999). Pursuing Justice : Lee Pressman, the New Deal, and the CIO. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gallagher, B. J. and W. H. Schmidt (1997). A Peacock in the Land of Penguins : A Tale of Diversity and Discovery. San Francisco, Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Gallagher, C. (1995). Nobody’s Story : The Vanishing Acts of Women Writers in the Marketplace, 1670-1920. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Exploring the careers of five influential women writers of the Restoration and eighteenth century, Catherine Gallagher reveals the connections between the increasing prestige of female authorship, the economy of credit and debt, and the rise of the novel. The’nobodies’of her title are not ignored, silenced, or anonymous women. Instead, they are literal nobodies: the abstractions of authorial personae, printed books, intellectual property rights, literary reputations, debts and obligations, and fictional characters. These are the exchangeable tokens of modern authorship that lent new cultural power to the increasing number of women writers through the eighteenth century. Women writers, Gallagher discovers, invented and popularized numerous ingenious similarities between their gender and their occupation. The terms’woman,”author,”marketplace,’and’fiction’come to define each other reciprocally.Gallagher analyzes the provocative plays of Aphra Behn, the scandalous court chronicles of Delarivier Manley, the properly fictional nobodies of Charlotte Lennox and Frances Burney, and finally Maria Edgeworth’s attempts in the late eighteenth century to reform the unruly genre of the novel.
Gallagher, G. W. (1991). Struggle for the Shenandoah : Essays on the 1864 Valley Campaign. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.
Few geographical regions played a more critical role in the American Civil War than the Shenandoah Valley of Virginia. At no time did the Valley loom larger on the military landscape than in the late summer and fall of 1864, when the armies of Jubal A. Early and Philip H. Sheridan waged their bitter struggle. The military and political stakes were immense. War on civilians first became policy on a theater-wide scale, and tactical operations ranged from guerrilla activity to the grand encounter at Cedar Creek. Without an appreciation of why the Shenandoah Valley became first a battleground and then a wasteland, it is impossible to understand fully the last year of the war. These essays seek to illuminate various facets of the 1864 Valley campaign. The authors question the relative importance of operations in the Shenandoah, the respective performances of Early and Sheridan, and the roles of Confederate guerrillas and cavalry. Often departing from conventional views and sometimes disagreeing with one another, the essays should spark further debate on one of the more important an dramatic military events of the conflict.
Gallagher, G. W. (1992). The First Day at Gettysburg : Essays on Confederate and Union Leadership. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.
The Battle of Gettysburg exerts a unique hold on the national imagination. Many writers have argued that it represented the turning point of the Civil War, after which Confederate fortunes moved inexorably toward defeat. Successive generations of historians have not exhausted the topic of leadership at Gettysburg, especially with regard to the first day of the battle. Often overshadowed by more famous events on the second and third days, the initial phase of the contest offers the most interesting problems of leadership, including Lee’s strategy and tactics, the conduct of Confederate corps commanders Richard S. Ewell and A.P. Hill, Oliver Otis Howard’s role on the Union side, and a series of notable debacles among Lee’s brigadiers. Drawing on a range of sources, the contributors combine interpretation and fresh evidence that should challenge students of the battle, Civil War buffs, and military historians to reconsider their understanding of the events of July 1, 1863.
Gallagher, G. W. (1993). The Second Day at Gettysburg : Essays on Confederate and Union Leadership. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.
Notable Civil War historians herein continue the evaluation of select commanders begun in The First Day at Gettysburg: Essays on Confederate and Union Leadership. Using fresh manuscript sources coupled with a careful consideration of the existing literature, they explore issues such as Robert E. Lee’s decision to renew the tactical offensive on July 2; James Longstreet’s effectiveness in executing Lee’s plan; the origin and impact of Daniel E. Sickle’s decision to advance his Third Corps, which formed the infamous Sickle’s Salient; the little-understood role of Henry W Slocum and his Union Twelfth Corps; and the contribution of John C. Caldwell’s division in the maelstrom of the Wheatfield. Provocative and occasionally at odds with one another, these essays present new evidence to expand understanding of the battle and offer sometimes controversial interpretations to prompt re-evaluation of several officers who played crucial roles during the second day at Gettysburg. Historians and other students of the battle who are not persuaded by all of the essays nonetheless will find they cannot lightly dismiss their arguments.
Gallagher, J. (1998). The World Wars Through the Female Gaze. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Gallagher, S. E. (1998). The Rule of the Rich? : Adam Smith’s Argument Against Political Power. University Park, Pa, Pennsylvania State University Press.
Gallardo, J. S., et al. (1997). A Commercial Bank’s Microfinance Program : The Case of Hatton National Bank in Sri Lanka. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Gallas, K. (1998). ‘Sometimes I Can Be Anything’ : Power, Gender, and Identity in a Primary Classroom. New York, Teachers College Press.
Gallaway, B. P. (1994). Texas, the Dark Corner of the Confederacy : Contemporary Accounts of the Lone Star State in the Civil War. Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press.
Gallegos, S. (1996). Stone Horses. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Galliers, R. and W. Currie (1999). Rethinking Management Information Systems : An Interdisciplinary Perspective. New York, OUP Oxford.
This book examines influential ideas within Management Information Systems (MIS). Leading international contributors summarize key topics and explore a variety of issues currently being discussed in the field. They re-visit influential ideas such as socio-technical theory, systems thinking, and structuration theory and demonstrate their relevance to newer ideas such as re-engineering, hybrid management, knowledge workers, and outsourcing. In locating MIS within an interdisciplinary context, particularly in the light of rapid technological changes, this book will form the link between past and future approaches to MIS.
Gallimore, R. (1999). Developmental Perspectives on Children with High-incidence Disabilities. Mahwah, N.J., Routledge.
This volume has two purposes. The first is to summarize, substantiate, and extend current knowledge on the development of children with high incidence disabilities–most notably, learning disabilities, behavioral disorders, and mild mental retardation. The second is to honor the career of Professor Barbara K. Keogh and her contributions to the developmental study of children with high incidence disabilities. Internationally recognized for her accomplishments, Keogh is esteemed for her originality and clarity of thought. For nearly forty years, she has set an extraordinary model of analytic rigor combined with a kind and generous manner that inspires, supports, and sets an exacting standard of scholarship. The contributing authors to this volume represent only a fraction of the students and scholars touched by her distinguished career. In conceiving this volume, the editors sought to represent the topics, problems, and issues to which Keogh has devoted herself. They invited chapters that summarize what is known about the high incidence handicapping conditions that her research has mainly addressed and sought to reflect the probing, questioning style that she brings to her own work. Researchers, policymakers, and graduate students in special education and associated disciplines who seek to stay current will find this volume crucial reading.
Gallmeister, B. O. (1995). POSIX. 4–programming for the Real World. Sebastopol, CA, O’Reilly & Associates.
Galnoor, I. (1995). The Partition of Palestine : Decision Crossroads in the Zionist Movement. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Galt, J. Annals of the Parish. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Galt, J. The Ayrshire Legatees. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Galt, J. The Provost. Champaign Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Galvin, B. (1998). Hotel Malabar. Iowa City, University Of Iowa Press.
Galvin, P. J. (1995). Opportunities in Plumbing and Pipe Fitting Careers. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Gambhir, V. (1995). The Teaching and Acquisition of South Asian Languages. Philadelphia, University of Pennsylvania Press.
Gamble, E. B. (1999). The God-idea of the Ancients or Sex in Religion. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gamble, E. B. and V. University of (1997). The God-idea of the Ancients, Or, Sex in Religion. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Gamble, S. (1997). Angela Carter : Writing From the Front Line. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Gambles, A. (1999). Protection and Politics : Conservative Economic Discourse, 1815-1852. [Suffolk, England], Boydell & Brewer.
The complex and troubled relationship between protectionism and Conservatism in nineteenth-century Britain is the focus of this book. It looks at how the developing free-trade orthodoxy was challengedwithin Conservatism, and offers new perspectives on the intellectual controversies which precipitated the Conservative party’s split of 1846 and the intricate denouement of 1846-52. In contrast to traditional accounts, it also seeks to explore the intellectual character of opposition to the evolving mid-Victorian consensus framed around free trade, laissez-faire and sound money, revealing how Conservatives debated key aspects of economic policy. Through an exhaustive reading of Conservative journals, pamphlets and contributions to parliamentary debates, the author is able to expose an alternative set of ideas about the direction of British economic and social change and the role of government in moulding it. Dr ANNA GAMBLES is lecturer in modern British history, University of Kent atCanterbury.
Gamman, J. K. (1994). Overcoming Obstacles in Environmental Policymaking : Creating Partnerships Through Mediation. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gammel, I. (1994). Sexualizing Power in Naturalism : Theodore Dreiser and Frederick Philip Grove. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.
Gammel, I. (1999). Confessional Politics : Women’s Sexual Self-representations in Life Writing and Popular Media. Carbondale, Southern Illinois University Press.
Gamst, F. C. (1995). Meanings of Work : Considerations for the Twenty-first Century. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gandara, P. C. (1995). Over the Ivy Walls : The Educational Mobility of Low-income Chicanos. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gander, E. (1999). The Last Conceptual Revolution : A Critique of Richard Rorty’s Political Philosophy. Albany, NY, State University of New York Press.
Gandhi, L. (1998). Postcolonial Theory : A Critical Introduction. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Ganim, B. (1998). Approach an Advertising Agency and Walk Away with the Job You Want. Lincolnwood, IL, NTC Contemporary.
Originally published: How to approach an advertising agency and walk away with the job you want. Lincolnwood, Ill. : VGM Career Horizons, c1993.
Gannett, C. (1992). Gender and the Journal : Diaries and Academic Discourse. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Gansler, J. S. (1996). Defense Conversion. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
Author of two widely-read books on the defense industry, Jacques Gansler takes a hard look at the need to convert the industry from an inefficient and noncompetitive part of the U.S. economy to an integrated, civilian/military operation. He defines the challenges, especially the influence of old-line defense interests, and presents examples of restructuring. Gansler discusses growing foreign involvement, lessons of prior industrial conversions, the best structure for the next century, current barriers to integration, a three-part transformation strategy, the role of technological leadership, and the critical workforce. He concludes by outlining sixteen specific actions for achieving civil/military integration.In Gansler’s view, the end of the Cold War with the former Soviet Union represents a permanent downturn rather than a cyclical decline in the defense budget. He argues that this critical transition period requires a restructuring of the defense acquisitions process to achieve a balance between economic concerns and national security, while maintaining a force size and equipment modernization capable of deterring future conflicts.Gansler argues that for the defense industry to survive and thrive, the government must make its acquisitions process more flexible, specifically by lowering barriers to integration. This includes, among other things, rethinking the production specifications for new equipment and changing bids for contracts from a cost basis to a price basis.Gansler point out that by making primarily political and procedural changes (rather than legislative ones), companies will be able to produce technology for both civilian and military markets, instead of exclusively for one or the other as has been the norm. This dual-use approach would save the government billions of dollars annually and would enable the military to diversify by utilizing state-of-the-art.
Ganzevoort, H. and H. Ganzevoort (1999). The Last Illusion : Letters From Dutch Immigrants in the ‘land of Opportunity’. Calgary, University of Calgary Press.
Letters translated from original Dutch.
Gâomez, A. R. (1994). Quest for the Golden Circle : The Four Corners and the Metropolitan West, 1945-1970. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Gâomez-Quiänones, J. (1990). Chicano Politics : Reality and Promise, 1940-1990. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Gâomez-Quiänones, J. (1994). Roots of Chicano Politics, 1600-1940. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
Gaonkar, A. G. (1995). Ingredient Interactions : Effects on Food Quality. New York, CRC Press.
This work examines how major food ingredients such as water, salt, hydrocolloids, starches, lipids, proteins, flavours and additives interact with other constituents of food and affect food quality with respect to microstructure, texture, flavour and appearance. The intention is to provide new opportunities for food product development. It considers both real foods and model food systems.
Gapenski, L. C. (1996). Understanding Health Care Financial Management : Text, Cases, and Models. Chicago, Ill, AUPHA Press/Health Administration Press.
Gapenski, L. C. (1999). Healthcare Finance : An Introduction to Accounting and Financial Management. Chicago, IL, Health Administration Press.
‘Louis Gapenski introduces the primary concepts and managerial applications of healthcare finance to nonfinancial managers, clinicians, and students. By giving equal treatment to both accounting and finance concepts, this book teaches not only how to measure financial performance, but how to use that information to make better management decisions.’–BOOK JACKET.
Garavaglia, L. A. and C. G. Worman (1997). Firearms of the American West, 1866-1894. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Reprint. Originally published: Albuquerque, N.M. : University of New Mexico Press, 1985.
Garavaglia, L. A. and C. G. Worman (1998). Firearms of the American West, 1803-1865. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Originally published: Albuquerque : University of New Mexico Press, c1984.
Garay, M. S. and S. A. Bernhardt (1998). Expanding Literacies : English Teaching and the New Workplace. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Garbade, K. D. (1996). Fixed Income Analytics. Cambridge, Mass, MIT Press.
‘A collection of articles… that appeared between 1983 and 1990 in Topics in money and securities markets, a series of occasional papers written by members of the Cross Markets Research group at Bankers Trust Company’–P. [ix].
Garbassi, F., et al. (1998). Polymer Surfaces : From Physics to Technology. Chichester [England], John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Garber, A. M. and R. National Bureau of Economic (1998). Frontiers in Health Policy Research. Cambridge, Mass, The MIT Press.
This is the first volume of a new annual series that will present policy-relevant economic research on health care and health policy issues. The emphasis will be on less technical papers written primarily for a policy audience. Each volume will contain approximately five papers from an annual conference to be held in spring in Washington, D.C. Topics to be covered include the implications of health care policy provisions, health care organization and management, health outcomes, health care output and productivity, health-related behavior, health and aging, and health and children.ContributorsLaurence Baker, Ernst Berndt, David Cutler, Alan M. Garber, Thomas Macurdy, Mark McClellan, Louise Sheiner, Richard Zeckhauser
Garbey, M. and H. G. Kaper (1991). Asymptotic Analysis and the Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations. New York, CRC Press.
Integrates two fields generally held to be incompatible, if not downright antithetical, in 16 lectures from a February 1990 workshop at the Argonne National Laboratory, Illinois. The topics, of interest to industrial and applied mathematicians, analysts, and computer scientists, include singular per
Garcâia, K. S. (1994). Broken Bars : New Perspectives From Mexican Women Writers. Albuquerque, N.M., University of New Mexico Press.
Garcâia, M. (1997). Affirmative Action’s Testament of Hope : Strategies for a New Era in Higher Education. Albany, State University of New York Press.
Garcâia, V. F. (1997). Black December : Banking Instability, the Mexican Crisis, and Its Effect on Argentina. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
García, M. a. C. (1996). Havana USA : Cuban Exiles and Cuban Americans in South Florida, 1959-1994. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In the years since Fidel Castro came to power, the migration of close to one million Cubans to the United States continues to remain one of the most fascinating, unusual, and controversial movements in American history. María Cristina García—a Cuban refugee raised in Miami—has experienced firsthand many of the developments she describes, and has written the most comprehensive and revealing account of the postrevolutionary Cuban migration to date. García deftly navigates the dichotomies and similarities between cultures and among generations. Her exploration of the complicated realm of Cuban American identity sets a new standard in social and cultural history.
García, M. T. (1995). Memories of Chicano History : The Life and Narrative of Bert Corona. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Who is Bert Corona? Though not readily identified by most Americans, nor indeed by many Mexican Americans, Corona is a man of enormous political commitment whose activism has spanned much of this century. Now his voice can be heard by the wide audience it deserves. In this landmark publication—the first autobiography by a major figure in Chicano history—Bert Corona relates his life story.Corona was born in El Paso in 1918. Inspired by his parents’participation in the Mexican Revolution, he dedicated his life to fighting economic and social injustice. An early labor organizer among ethnic communities in southern California, Corona has agitated for labor and civil rights since the 1940s. His efforts continue today in campaigns to organize undocumented immigrants.This book evolved from a three-year oral history project between Bert Corona and historian Mario T. García. The result is a testimonio, a collaborative autobiography in which historical memories are preserved more through oral traditions than through written documents. Corona’s story represents a collective memory of the Mexican-American community’s struggle against discrimination and racism. His narration and García’s analysis together provide a journey into the Mexican-American world.Bert Corona’s reflections offer us an invaluable glimpse at the lifework of a major grass-roots American leader. His story is further enriched by biographical sketches of others whose names have been little recorded during six decades of American labor history.
Garciagodoy, J. (1998). Digging the Days of the Dead : A Reading of Mexico’s Dâias De Muertos. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Gard, W. (1979). The Chisholm Trail. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.
Gardiner, M. E., et al. (2000). Coloring Outside the Lines : Mentoring Women Into School Leadership. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Gardner, B. (1997). The Sai Prophecy : A Novel. Deerfield Beach, FL, Health Communications, Inc.
Gardner, C. B. (1995). Passing By : Gender and Public Harassment. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Catcalls, wolf whistles, verbal slurs, pinches, stalking—virtually every woman has experienced some form of unwanted public attention by men. Off the street, in semi-public places such as restaurants and department stores, women often suffer the insult of being passed over by employees eager to serve men. How pervasive is this behavior? How dangerous can it be? What, if anything, should be done about it?Passing By, an illuminating, unsettling work, explores the important yet little-examined issue of gender-related public harassment. Based on extensive research—including in-depth interviews with nearly five-hundred midwestern women and men—it documents the many types of indignity visited on women in public places. As Carol Brooks Gardner demonstrates, these indignities cross all lines of age, class, and ethnicity and follow a typical pattern whereby a man or men take advantage of a woman’s momentary or permanent vulnerability. Beyond describing the scope and variety of harassing behaviors, the book investigates the different ways women and men respond to and interpret them.Gardner concludes, provocatively, that gender-based public harassment exerts a powerful control over women’s feelings of comfort in the towns and communities where they live and work. Further, she defines it as a new category of social problem that shares much in common with sexual harassment and, in its more menacing form, requires legal remedy.
Gardner, E. B. (1999). Opportunities in Arts and Crafts Careers. Lincolnwood, Il, NTC Contemporary.
Gardner, E. G. (1999). The Cell of Self-knowledge : Seven Early Mystical Treatises. Grand Rapids, Mich, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Gardner, J. (1967). Sir Gawain and the Green Knight: Notes : With Notes on Pearl and Brief Commentary on Purity and Patience. Lincoln, Neb, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
First published under title: The Gawain-poet; notes on Pearl and Sir Gawain and the green knight.
Gardner, J. and A. H. Bell (2000). Overcoming Anxiety, Panic, and Depression : New Ways to Regain Your Confidence. Franklin Lakes, NJ, Career Press.
Gardner, K. (1997). Songs at the River’s Edge : Stories From a Bangladeshi Village. London, Pluto Press.
Gardner, K. and D. Lewis (1996). Anthropology, Development, and the Post-modern Challenge. London, Pluto Press.
Gardner, L. C. and T. Gittinger (1997). Vietnam : The Early Decisions. Austi, Tex, University of Texas Press.
Garfield, L. R., et al. (1994). Crete and James : Personal Letters of Lucretia and James Garfield. East Lansing, Mich, Michigan State University Press.
Garfinkel, S. (2000). Database Nation : The Death of Privacy in the 21st Century. Beijing, O’Reilly.
Garfinkel, S. and H. Abelson (1999). Architects of the Information Society : Thirty-Five Years of the Laboratory for Computer Science at MIT. Cambridge, MA, The MIT Press.
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Laboratory for Computer Science (LCS) has been responsible for some of the most significant technological achievements of the past few decades. Much of the hardware and software driving the information revolution has been, and continues to be, created at LCS. Anyone who sends and receives email, communicates with colleagues through a LAN, surfs the Web, or makes decisions using a spreadsheet is benefiting from the creativity of LCS members.LCS is an interdepartmental laboratory that brings together faculty, researchers, and students in a broad program of study, research, and experimentation. Their principal goal is to pursue innovations in information technology that will improve people’s lives. LCS members have been instrumental in the development of ARPAnet, the Internet, the Web, Ethernet, time-shared computers, UNIX, RSA encryption, the X Windows system, NuBus, and many other technologies.This book, published in celebration of LCS’s thirty-fifth anniversary, chronicles its history, achievements, and continued importance to computer science. The essays are complemented by historical photographs.
Garg, H. G. and M. T. Longaker (2000). Scarless Wound Healing. New York, CRC Press.
Applies recent molecular discoveries to the evolving treatment of skin therapy and points out future research areas.Presenting the most up-to-date research in wound treatment, this comprehensive reference analyzes the critical alterations in the composition and organization of the extracellular matrix following injury. Beginning with a chemicobiological history of wound healing and leading into a study of artificial wound coverings, the book progresses toward the application of fetal wound materials for adult scarless repair and the role of different macromolecules in wound repair. With nearly 40 recognized specialists addressing the most recent developments in wound care today, Scarless Wound Healing investigates the multifaceted role of hyaluronan in epithelial recovery the effects of changes in sulfation on skin proteoglycans distribution and composition changes of proteoglycans, including syndecans in scarring the role of the hyaluronan receptors RHAMM and CD44 in wound recovery the biology of fibroproliferative disorders the influence of transforming growth factors (TGF) to stimulate cell recovery fetal wound healing and more!Supplemented with over 1500 literature references, drawings, and tables, Scarless Wound Healing is invaluable reading for all plastic, reconstructive, cosmetic, maxillofacial, and general surgeons; dermatologists; glyco- and chemical biologists; and medical school students.
Gargan, J. J. (2000). Handbook of State Government Administration. New York, CRC Press.
Garis, H. R. and V. University of (1996). Johnnie and Billie Bushytail. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Garland, H. and V. University of (1994). Two Stories of Oklahoma. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Garland, H. and V. University of (1995). Drifting Crane. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Garland, M. (1995). The Postal Confessions. Amherst, Mass, University of Massachusetts Press.
Garner, G. O. (1993). Careers in Engineering. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Garner, G. O. (1994). Careers in Social and Rehabilitation Services. Lincolnwood, Ill, NTC Contemporary.
Garner, G. O., et al. (1996). Great Jobs for Engineering Majors. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Garner, J. (1997). Careers in Horticulture and Botany. Lincolnwood, Ill., USA, NTC Contemporary.
Garner, R. J., et al. (1999). Ernst & Young’s Financial Planning Essentials. New York, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. [US].
Garnett, J. L. and A. Kouzmin (1997). Handbook of Administrative Communication. New York, CRC Press.
Garnier, R. The Tragedie of Antonie. Eugene, Or, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Garnier, R. and J. Taylor (1996). 100% Mathematical Proof. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Garoian, C. R. (1999). Performing Pedagogy : Toward an Art of Politics. Albany, N.Y., State University of New York Press.
Garrard, L. H. (1973). Wah-to-yah and the Taos Trail, Or, Prairie Travel and Scalp Dances, with a Look at Los Rancheros From Muleback and the Rocky Mountain Campfire. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.
Original copyright 1955.
Garretón Merino, M. A., et al. (1992). Fear at the Edge : State Terror and Resistance in Latin America. Berkeley, University of California Press.
Despite the emergence of fragile democracies in Latin America in the 1980s, a legacy of fear and repression haunts this region. This provocative volume chronicles the effect of systematic state terror on the social fabric in Chile, Argentina, Brazil, and Uruguay from the 1960s to the mid-1980s.The contributors, primarily Latin American scholars, examine the deep sense of insecurity and the complex social psychology of people who live in authoritarian regimes. There is Argentina, where the brutal repression of the 1976 coup almost completely smothered individuals who might once have opposed government practices, and Uruguay, where the government forced the population into neutrality and isolation and cast a silent pall on everyday life. Accounts of repression and resistance in Chile and Brazil are also vividly presented. The denial and rationalization by citizens in all four countries can only be understood in the context of the generalized fear and confusion created by the violent military campaigns, which included abductions, torture, and disappearances of alleged terrorists.The recent transition to civilian rule in these countries has spotlighted their powerful legacy of fear. These important essays reveal disturbing insights into how fear is generated, legitimized, accommodated, and resisted among people living under totalitarian rule.
Garrett, J. K. (1996). Fort Worth : A Frontier Triumph. Ft. Worth, Tex, Texas Christian University Press.
Facsim. of: Austin, Tex. : Encino Press, 1972.
Garrett, P. F. (1988). The Authentic Life of Billy the Kid. Norman, Okla, University of Oklahoma Press.
A reprint of the 1st ed.: The authentic life of Billy, the Kid, the noted desperado of the Southwest, whose deeds of daring and blood made his name a terror in New Mexico, Arizona, and northern Mexico. By Pat. F. Garrett, by whom he was finally hunted down and captured by killing him. Santa Fe, N. M., New Mexican Print. and Pub. co., 1882.
Garrison, T. P. The Laying of the Monster. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Garrison, W. L. and J. D. Ward (2000). Tomorrow’s Transportation : Changing Cities, Economies, and Lives. Boston, Artech House, Inc.
Garrod, S. C. and M. J. Pickering (1999). Language Processing. Hove, East Sussex, U.K., Psychology Press.
Language Processing questions what happens when we process language – what mental operations occur during processing and how they are organised over time. The last decade has seen real advances in the study of language processing that have wide ranging implications for human cognition in general. Language Processing gives an account of these developments both as they relate to experimental studies of processing and as they relate to computational modelling of the processes. In addition to chapters covering core topics, such as lexical processing, syntactic parsing and the comprehension of discourse, special topics of recent interest are also included.
Garry, P. M. (1992). Liberalism and American Identity. Kent, Ohio, Kent State University Press.
Since, 1968, liberalism as a viable political ideology has been under attack, with the most aggressive assault occurring in the 1988 presidential campaign. While conservatives denounced the L-word and proclaimed its death as a political ideology, liberals and Democrats failed to defend America’s proud liberal tradition. Liberals have yet to take the ideological offensive. Indeed, without a clear ideological identity, it is not surprising that the Democratic party appears uncertain as to its future political message, particularly as it prepares for the 1992 election. In Liberalism and American Identity, Patrick Garry presents a coherent and well-argued thesis of t he meaning and importance of liberalism in American politics. His is the first work that attempts to rejuvenate political liberalism since the devastating attack on it during the 1980s. Presenting a workable definition of liberalism, Garry demonstrates the vital role it has played, and can continue to play, in American history. His examination of the liberal ideology and tradition in American politics reveals not only the nation’s liberal identity, but also the conservative tendency to label liberalism un-American as a means to circumvent discussion of social problems. Garry defines liberalism through historical examples and the beliefs and leadership of prominent Americans, namely Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman and John Kennedy. He then applies these principles to a discussion of current politics and the problems of crime, poverty, and national defense. Although arguing that the conservative attack during the 1980s greatly misrepresented the American liberal tradition, Garry also acknowledges that changes within accepted liberal doctrines during the 1960s and 1970s led to a deviation of contemporary liberalism from its roots. This betrayal of liberalism and its degeneration into special interest politics, he asserts, caused an identity crisis among liberals and alienated large segments of the American electorate previously supportive of the politics of Roosevelt, Truman and Kennedy. In an effort to resolve the recent problems of liberals, Garry outlines a future direction for liberalism in America. For a public uncertain of its political course, and for liberals seeking a reinvigoration of their creed, this is an important and timely book.
Garshin, V. M. and V. University of (1996). The Red Flower of the Mad. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Garshin, V. M. and V. University of (1998). The Gipsy’s Bear : A Story. Charlottesville, Va, Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Garson, G. D. (2000). Handbook of Public Information Systems. New York, CRC Press.
Garson, R. A. and S. S. Kidd (1999). The Roosevelt Years : New Perspectives on American History, 1933-1945. Edinburgh, Scotland, Edinburgh University Press.
Garthoff, R. L. (1994). The Great Transition : American-Soviet Relations and the End of the Cold War. Washington, D.C., Brookings Institution Press.
Gartner, R. (1993). Exploring Careers in the National Parks. New York, Rosen Pub. Co.
Explores the different careers available within the National Park Service and offers career tips and information on training.
Garton-Good, J. (1999). All About Mortgages. Chicago, Kaplan Publishing.
Garver, J. W. (1997). Face Off : China, the United States, and Taiwan’s Democratization. Seattle, University of Washington Press.
Taiwan’s first presidential election, in 1996, sparked a Sino-U.S. military showdown that resulted in the biggest show of U.S. naval force in East Asia since the Vietnam War. This book is the first to explore the origins and triangular dynamics of that historic confrontation. Analyzing the key decisions and misperceptions that led to the Taiwan Strait crisis, Garver warns that it may usher in a more confrontational era of Sino-U.S. relations.China is already emerging as an economic powerhouse and fears of its becoming an expansionist military power have grown in recent years as China has rapidly built up its armed forces since 1989. It has also adopted a more assertive stance in several territorial disputes with its neighbors, arousing new security concerns for Asia as a whole.When China tried to intimidate Taiwan’s voters by firing missiles and conducting large-scale military exercises off its coasts in the period preceding the 1996 election, the U.S. dispatched two aircraft carrier battle groups to Taiwan. The prestige of all sides was fully engaged as powerful do domestic interests demanded an assertive posture. Eventually, China adopted a more cautious stance and the crisis passed. But it marked the first instance of Chinese nuclear coercion of the U.S. and gave the’China threat’new credence in the U.S. and elsewhere in Asia.The author has studied the Taiwan question for more than 30 years and has witnessed first-hand the growth and culmination of Taiwan’s democratization. This sober, mature reflection of decades of thought is certain to inform the debate on the’China threat’and the future of Sino-U.S. relations.
Garvey, P. R. (2000). Probability Methods for Cost Uncertainty Analysis : A Systems Engineering Perspective. New York, CRC Press [CAM].
Garvie, E. (1990). Story As Vehicle : Teaching English to Young Children. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.
Gaskell, E. C. Cranford, and Other Tales. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaskell, E. C. The Life of Charlotte Brontë. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaskell, E. C. The Life of Charlotte Brontë. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaskell, E. C. (1999). The Old Nurse’s Story. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gaskell, P. (1998). Landmarks in English Literature. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Gaskell, P. (1999). Landmarks in European Literature. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.
Gately, D. and S. S. Streifel (1997). The Demand for Oil Products in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Gates, J. T., et al. (1988). Music Education in the United States : Contemporary Issues. Tuscaloosa, University of Alabama Press.
Based on proceedings of symposia sponsored by the Alabama Project: Music, Society, and Education in America.
Gatta, J. (1997). American Madonna : Images of the Divine Woman in Literary Culture. New York, Oxford University Press.
This book explores a notable if unlikely undercurrent of interest in Mary as mythical Madonna that has persisted in American life and letters from fairly early in the nineteenth century into the later twentieth. This imaginative involvement with the Divine Woman — verging at times on devotional homage — is especially intriguing as manifested in the Protestant writers who are the focus of this study: Nathaniel Hawthorne, Margaret Fuller, Harriet Beecher Stowe, Harold Frederic, Henry Adams, and T.S. Eliot. John Gatta argues that flirtation with the Marian cultus offered Protestant writers symbolic compensation for what might be culturally diagnosed as a deficiency of psychic femininity, or anima, in America. He argues that the literary configurations of the mythical Madonna express a subsurface cultural resistance to the prevailing rationalism and pragmatism of the American mind in an age of entrepreneurial conquest.
Gaukroger, S. (1995). Descartes : An Intellectual Biography. Oxford, Clarendon Press.
Gaulier, S., et al. (1997). Buddhism in Afghanistan and Central Asia. Leiden, Brill.
Gaulke, S. (1997). 101 Ways to Captivate a Business Audience. New York, AMACOM.
Gaunilo and Anselm (2000). Gaunilo, in Behalf of the Fool, and Anselm, Reply. New York, N.Y., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Gauron, A. (2000). European Misunderstanding. New York, Algora Publishing.
An advisor to Lionel Jospin, this author paints a picture of the messy march toward a unified Europe and calls for a more representative system, starting with a Constitution for al or Europe.
Gautier, T. o. (1999). Captain Fracasse : Subtitle. Champaign, Ill, Project Gutenberg.
Gautreau, R. and W. Savin (1999). Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Modern Physics. New York, McGraw-Hill Professional.
Gavin, L. (1997). American Women in World War I : They Also Served. Niwot, Colo, University Press of Colorado.
Interweaving personal stories with historical photos and background, this lively account documents the history of the more than 40,000 women who served in relief and military duty during World War I. Through personal interviews and excerpts from diaries, letters, and memoirs, Lettie Gavin relates poignant stories of women’s wartime experiences and provides a unique perspective on their progress in military service. American Women in World War I captures the spirit of these determined patriots and their times for every reader and will be of special interest to military, women’s, and social historians.
Gawain, S. (2000). The Four Levels of Healing : A Guide to Balancing the Spiritual, Mental, Emotional, and Physical Aspects of Life. Novato, CA, Nataraj Pub.
Gawain, S. (2000). The Path of Transformation : How Healing Ourselves Can Change the World. Novato, Calif, Nataraj Pub.
Originally published: 1993.
Gawthrop, L. C. (1998). Public Service and Democracy : Ethical Imperatives for the 21st Century. New York, Chatham House Publishers.
Gay, G. (2000). Culturally Responsive Teaching : Theory, Research, and Practice. New York, Teachers College Press.
Gay, J. The Beggar’s Opera. Raleigh, N.C., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Gaynor, C. (1998). Decentralization of Education : Teacher Management. Washington, D.C., World Bank Publications.
Gazzaniga, M. S. (1997). Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences is a brief, informative yet informal guide to recent developments in the cognitive neurosciences by the scientists who are in the thick of things.’Getting a fix on important questions and how to think about them from an experimental point of view is what scientists talk about, sometimes endlessly. It is those conversations that thrill and motivate,’observes Michael Gazzaniga. Yet all too often these exciting interactions are lost to students, researchers, and others who are’doing’science. Conversations in the Cognitive Neurosciences brings together a series of interviews with prominent individuals in neuroscience, linguistics, philosophy, and psychology that have appeared over the past few years in the Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience.The ten interviews are divided into five sections: basic neuroscience approaches to cognition (Floyd Bloom and Mark Raichle), attentional and perceptual processes (Michael I. Posner and William T. Newsome), neural basis of memory (Randy Gallistel and Endel Tulving), language (Steven Pinker and Alfonso Caramazza), and imagery and consciousness (Stephen M. Kosslyn and Daniel C. Dennett).A Bradford Book
Gazzaniga, M. S. (1998). The Mind’s Past. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
Why does the human brain insist on interpreting the world and constructing a narrative? In this ground-breaking work, Michael S. Gazzaniga, one of the world’s foremost cognitive neuroscientists, shows how our mind and brain accomplish the amazing feat of constructing our past—a process clearly fraught with errors of perception, memory, and judgment. By showing that the specific systems built into our brain do their work automatically and largely outside of our conscious awareness, Gazzaniga calls into question our everyday notions of self and reality. The implications of his ideas reach deeply into the nature of perception and memory, the profundity of human instinct, and the ways we construct who we are and how we fit into the world around us.Over the past thirty years, the mind sciences have developed a picture not only of how our brains are built but also of what they were built to do. The emerging picture is wonderfully clear and pointed, underlining William James’s notion that humans have far more instincts than other animals. Every baby is born with circuits that compute information enabling it to function in the physical world. Even what helps us to establish our understanding of social relations may have grown out of perceptual laws delivered to an infant’s brain. Indeed, the ability to transmit culture—an act that is only part of the human repertoire—may stem from our many automatic and unique perceptual-motor processes that give rise to mental capacities such as belief and culture.Gazzaniga explains how the mind interprets data the brain has already processed, making’us’the last to know. He shows how what’we’see is frequently an illusion and not at all what our brain is perceiving. False memories become a part of our experience; autobiography is fiction. In exploring how the brain enables the mind, Gazzaniga points us toward one of the greatest mysteries of human evolution: how we become who we are.
Gèardenfors, P. (2000). Conceptual Spaces : The Geometry of Thought. Cambridge, Mass, A Bradford Book.
Within cognitive science, two approaches currently dominate the problem of modeling representations. The symbolic approach views cognition as computation involving symbolic manipulation. Connectionism, a special case of associationism, models associations using artificial neuron networks. Peter Gärdenfors offers his theory of conceptual representations as a bridge between the symbolic and connectionist approaches.Symbolic representation is particularly weak at modeling concept learning, which is paramount for understanding many cognitive phenomena. Concept learning is closely tied to the notion of similarity, which is also poorly served by the symbolic approach. Gärdenfors’s theory of conceptual spaces presents a framework for representing information on the conceptual level. A conceptual space is built up from geometrical structures based on a number of quality dimensions. The main applications of the theory are on the constructive side of cognitive science: as a constructive model the theory can be applied to the development of artificial systems capable of solving cognitive tasks. Gärdenfors also shows how conceptual spaces can serve as an explanatory framework for a number of empirical theories, in particular those concerning concept formation, induction, and semantics. His aim is to present a coherent research program that can be used as a basis for more detailed investigations.
Gèattens, M.-L. (1995). Women Writers and Fascism : Reconstructing History. Gainesville, University Press of Florida.
Geber, S. Z. (1996). How to Manage Stress for Success. New York, AMACOM.
Gedda, N., et al. (1999). Nicolai Gedda : My Life & Art. Portland, Or, Amadeus Press.
Geddes, B. (1994). Politician’s Dilemma : Building State Capacity in Latin America. Berkeley, University of California Press.
In Latin America as elsewhere, politicians routinely face a painful dilemma: whether to use state resources for national purposes, especially those that foster economic development, or to channel resources to people and projects that will help insure political survival and reelection. While politicians may believe that a competent state bureaucracy is intrinsic to the national good, political realities invariably tempt leaders to reward powerful clients and constituents, undermining long-term competence. Politician’s Dilemma explores the ways in which political actors deal with these contradictory pressures and asks the question: when will leaders support reforms that increase state capacity and that establish a more meritocratic and technically competent bureaucracy?Barbara Geddes brings rational choice theory to her study of Brazil between 1930 and 1964 and shows how state agencies are made more effective when they are protected from partisan pressures and operate through merit-based recruitment and promotion strategies. Looking at administrative reform movements in other Latin American democracies, she traces the incentives offered politicians to either help or hinder the process.In its balanced insight, wealth of detail, and analytical rigor, Politician’s Dilemma provides a powerful key to understanding the conflicts inherent in Latin American politics, and to unlocking possibilities for real political change.
Gee, H. (1996). Before the Backbone : Views on the Origin of the Vertebrates. London, Springer.
This book provides the first unbiased guide to a field newly invigorated by technical advances in molecular and developmental biology. This book will be essential reading for students and researchers in areas such as developmental biology, vertebrate zoology and palaeontology.
Gee, H. (1997). Limelight : A Greenwich Village Photography Gallery and Coffeehouse in the Fifties: a Memoir. Albuquerque, University of New Mexico Press.
In the late 1950s, Limelight was the busiest coffeehouse in New York and the only photography gallery in the country. This is the story of Helen Gee’s efforts to open Limelight and her fight to keep it afloat for seven years. The major figures in photography appear in this story – Edward Steichen, Robert Frank, W. Eugene Smith, Berenice Abbott, and others – and so do the big events of the period: the opening of The Family of Man, the publication of The Americans. Gee has her own personal stories as well, raising her Asian American daughter alone, dealing with a landlord with underworld ties and bookies who did business in the hall of her apartment house, and coping with unwelcome advances, quixotic employees, and suicidal photographers. This is also a portrait of a time when Greenwich Village was a center of creative activity, when actors, writers, painters, and photographers were part of a burgeoning coffeehouse scene.
Gee, J. and V. Gee (1999). Super Service : Seven Keys to Delivering Great Customer Service Even When You Don’t Feel Like It: Even When They Don’t Deserve It. New York, N.Y., McGraw-Hill Professional.
Geer, B., et al. (1998). Notes for Serials Cataloging. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Rev. ed. of: Notes for serials cataloging / Nancy G. Thomas. 1st ed. 1986.
Gehr, P. and J. Heyder (2000). Particle-lung Interactions. New York, CRC Press.
This wide-ranging, comprehensive reference presents the latest developments in aerosol science and interactions between particles and the respiratory tract-utilizing an inter-disciplinary approach that integrates advances in physics, chemistry, and engineering with the epidemiological and biomedical sciences, and focusing on the dynamics of particle deposition, retention, and clearance. Containing the work of more than 40 internationally recognized experts, Particle-Lung Interactionscovers therapeutic and diagnostic aspects of particle inhalation surveys particles ranging in size from 0.01-10 microns interacting with pulmonary cells analyzes stereological estimation of particle retention reveals the sentinel of the pulmonary surveillance system highlights the correlation between particulate air pollution and cardiovascular mortality describes airborne irritants that activate neural reflexes investigates particulate matter in clearance kinetics and inflammatory responses in the lungs explores particle-surfactant interaction, keying on fine ambient particles at air-liquid interfaces and more! Abundantly referenced with over 2700 bibliographic citations, Particle-Lung Interactions is an indispensable resource for pulmonologists, physiologists, clinical immunologists, allergists, toxicologists, pediatricians and general practitioners, pharmacists, biochemists, surface physicists, and upper-level undergraduate, graduate, and medical school students in these disciplines.
Gehring, W. D. (1994). Groucho and W.C. Fields : Huckster Comedians. Jackson, Miss, University Press of Mississippi.
Geiger, R. L. (2015). The History of American Higher Education : Learning and Culture From the Founding to World War II. Princeton, Princeton University Press.
This book tells the compelling saga of American higher education from the founding of Harvard College in 1636 to the outbreak of World War II. The most in-depth and authoritative history of the subject available, The History of American Higher Education traces how colleges and universities were shaped by the shifting influences of culture, the emergence of new career opportunities, and the unrelenting advancement of knowledge.Roger Geiger, arguably today’s leading historian of American higher education, vividly describes how colonial colleges developed a unified yet diverse educational tradition capable of weathering the social upheaval of the Revolution as well as the evangelical fervor of the Second Great Awakening. He shows how the character of college education in different regions diverged significantly in the years leading up to the Civil War—for example, the state universities of the antebellum South were dominated by the sons of planters and their culture—and how higher education was later revolutionized by the land-grant movement, the growth of academic professionalism, and the transformation of campus life by students. By the beginning of the Second World War, the standard American university had taken shape, setting the stage for the postwar education boom.Breathtaking in scope and rich in narrative detail, The History of American Higher Education is the most comprehensive single-volume history of the origins and development of American higher education.
Geikie, A. Geographical Evolution. Hoboken, N.J., Generic NL Freebook Publisher.
Geiogamah, H. (1980). New Native American Drama : Three Plays. Norman, University of Oklahoma Press.
Geisler, H. (1997). Storytelling Professionally : The Nuts and Bolts of a Working Performer. Englewood, Colo, Libraries Unlimited.
Geladi, P. and H. Grahn (1996). Multivariate Image Analysis. Chichester, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Gelbart, N. R. (1998). The King’s Midwife : A History and Mystery of Madame Du Coudray. Berkeley, Calif, University of California Press.
This unorthodox biography explores the life of an extraordinary Enlightenment woman who, by sheer force of character, parlayed a skill in midwifery into a national institution. In 1759, in an effort to end infant mortality, Louis XV commissioned Madame Angélique Marguerite Le Boursier du Coudray to travel throughout France teaching the art of childbirth to illiterate peasant women. For the next thirty years, this royal emissary taught in nearly forty cities and reached an estimated ten thousand students. She wrote a textbook and invented a life-sized obstetrical mannequin for her demonstrations. She contributed significantly to France’s demographic upswing after 1760.Who was the woman, both the private self and the pseudonymous public celebrity? Nina Rattner Gelbart reconstructs Madame du Coudray’s astonishing mission through extensive research in the hundreds of letters by, to, and about her in provincial archives throughout France. Tracing her subject’s footsteps around the country, Gelbart chronicles du Coudray’s battles with finance ministers, village matrons, local administrators, and recalcitrant physicians, her rises in power and falls from grace, and her death at the height of the Reign of Terror. At a deeper level, Gelbart recaptures du Coudray’s interior journey as well, by questioning and dismantling the neat paper trail that the great midwife so carefully left behind. Delightfully written, this tale of a fascinating life at the end of the French Old Regime sheds new light on the histories of medicine, gender, society, politics, and culture.
Gelber, S. (1988). Hard-core Delinquents : Reaching Out Through the Miami Experiment. Tuscaloosa, Ala, University of Alabama Press.